CN102033710B - Method for managing file folder and related equipment - Google Patents

Method for managing file folder and related equipment Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN102033710B
CN102033710B CN 201010592864 CN201010592864A CN102033710B CN 102033710 B CN102033710 B CN 102033710B CN 201010592864 CN201010592864 CN 201010592864 CN 201010592864 A CN201010592864 A CN 201010592864A CN 102033710 B CN102033710 B CN 102033710B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
folder
icon
display
input
user interface
Prior art date
Application number
CN 201010592864
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN102033710A (en
Inventor
I·乔德里
Original Assignee
苹果公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority to US32187210P priority Critical
Priority to US61/321,872 priority
Priority to US12/888,375 priority
Priority to US12/888,366 priority
Priority to US12/888,362 priority
Priority to US12/888,376 priority
Priority to US12/888,362 priority patent/US10025458B2/en
Priority to US12/888,370 priority
Priority to US12/888,373 priority
Priority to US12/888,373 priority patent/US8881061B2/en
Priority to US12/888,377 priority patent/US8458615B2/en
Priority to US12/888,377 priority
Priority to US12/888,376 priority patent/US9170708B2/en
Priority to US12/888,366 priority patent/US8423911B2/en
Priority to US12/888,375 priority patent/US20110252349A1/en
Priority to US12/888,370 priority patent/US8881060B2/en
Application filed by 苹果公司 filed Critical 苹果公司
Publication of CN102033710A publication Critical patent/CN102033710A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN102033710B publication Critical patent/CN102033710B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/04812Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance interaction techniques based on cursor appearance or behaviour being affected by the presence of displayed objects, e.g. visual feedback during interaction with elements of a graphical user interface through change in cursor appearance, constraint movement or attraction/repulsion with respect to a displayed object
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/04817Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0482Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object or an image, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/0486Drag-and-drop
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04883Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for entering handwritten data, e.g. gestures, text
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • G06F3/0488Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
    • G06F3/04886Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the screen or tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards, menus
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING; COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/451Execution arrangements for user interfaces

Abstract

本公开涉及用于管理文件夹的方法和相关设备。 The present disclosure relates to a method for managing a folder and related equipment. 多功能设备在显示器上显示多个可选择用户界面对象。 Multifunction device displays a plurality of selectable user interface objects on a display. 响应于检测到第一输入,设备在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置。 In response to the first input device on a display of the first plurality of selectable user interface object in the object moves to a display of the plurality of selectable user interface objects in an object adjacent to the second position is detected. 响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹。 In response to detecting the first input satisfies a predetermined criterion folder creation, create a file containing the first and second objects in the first object is sandwiched adjacent to the second object.

Description

用于管理文件夹的方法和相关设备 A method for managing folders and related equipment

[0001] 当Apple的iPhone 4的样机在2010年3月25日从Apple的一个工程师处被窃取(据我方所知)时,本申请中要揭示和主张的发明被提前且未经Apple授权地向公众公开了。 [0001] When Apple's iPhone 4 prototype in March 25, 2010 was stolen from one of the Apple engineers (according to our knowledge), the present application for the invention is disclosed and claimed in advance and is not authorized by Apple He discloses to the public. 在该据我方所知的盗窃之前,尚未提交本申请所基于的美国优先权申请。 Before the theft, according to our knowledge, has not been submitted to the US priority application of the present application is based.

[0002] 相关申请 [0002] RELATED APPLICATIONS

[0003] 本申请要求提交于2010年4月7日的美国临时申请序列号No. 61/321,872的优先权,通过引用将其完整结合在此。 [0003] This application claims filed April 7, 2010 of US Provisional Application Serial No. No. 61 / 321,872 by reference in its entirety herein.

技术领域 FIELD

[0004] 公开的实施例一般地涉及具有触敏表面的电子设备,包括但不限于用于管理文件夹的具有触敏表面的电子设备。 [0004] The disclosed embodiments relate generally to electronic devices with touch-sensitive surfaces, including but not limited to a touch-sensitive surface of the electronic device for managing a folder.

背景技术 Background technique

[0005] 近年来,使用触敏表面作为用于计算机和其它电子计算设备的输入设备已经显著增加。 [0005] In recent years, the use of touch-sensitive surfaces as input devices for computers and other electronic computing devices has increased significantly. 示例的触敏表面包括触控板和触摸屏显示器两者。 The exemplary touch sensitive surface includes both a touch screen display and the touch panel. 这些表面被广泛用于通过操纵显示器上的用户可选择界面对象来管理文件夹。 Alternatively these surfaces are widely used by manipulating the user interface objects on a display to manage folders.

[0006] 示例的操作包括创建文件夹、显示与文件夹相关联的文件夹视图、向文件夹添加可选择用户界面对象(例如,应用图标、文档图标、文件夹图标等)、从文件夹中移除可选择用户界面对象、重新定位文件夹的文件夹视图中的可选择用户界面对象、重新定位可选择用户界面对象的布置内的文件夹图标、以及删除文件夹。 [0006] Example operations include creating a folder, file folder associated with the display of the folder view, add selectable user interface object (e.g., application icons, file icons, folder icons, etc.) to the folder, the folder from remove selectable user interface objects, re-locate the file folder selectable user interface object view to re-locate the file in the user interface layout selectable object folder icon, and delete folders. 示例的可选择用户界面对象包括代表应用、数字图像、视频、文本、图标和其它文档的图标,以及与计算应用(例如,移动设备应用和/或个人计算机应用等)相关联的应用图标。 Selectable user interface objects include the representative examples of applications, digital images, icons, video, text, icons, and other documents, as well as with computing applications (e.g., mobile device applications and / or personal computer applications, etc.) associated with the application icon.

[0007] 但是用于执行这些操作的已有方法是麻烦并且低效的。 [0007] However, existing methods for performing these operations are cumbersome and inefficient. 例如,使用一系列输入来创建、修改和/或删除文件夹和文件夹中的内容是冗长的,并且给用户造成了显著的认知负担。 For example, using a series of input to create, modify content and / or delete folders and files in the folder is lengthy, and caused a significant cognitive burden on the user. 另外,已有方法花费的时间过长,从而浪费电能。 In addition, existing methods take too long time, thereby wasting energy. 这后一种考虑在以电池工作的设备中特别重要。 This latter consideration is particularly important in devices with battery-operated.

发明内容 SUMMARY

[0008] 因此,需要具有用于管理文件夹的更快、更高效的方法和界面的计算设备。 [0008] Accordingly, a need for managing a folder having a faster, more efficient method of computing devices and interfaces. 这些方法和界面可以补充或替代用于管理文件夹的常规方法。 These methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for managing folders. 这些方法和界面减少了用户的认知负担,并且产生更高效的人机界面。 Such methods and interfaces reduce the cognitive burden on a user and produce a more efficient human-machine interface. 对于以电池工作的计算设备,这些方法和界面节省电能,并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。 For battery-operated computing device to the methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.

[0009] 通过公开的设备减小或消除了与用于具有触敏表面的计算设备的用户界面相关联的上述缺陷和其它问题。 [0009] By the disclosed apparatus reduces or eliminates the aforementioned drawbacks with a computing device having a touch-sensitive surface associated with the user interface and other problems. 在某些实施例中,该设备是台式计算机。 In certain embodiments, the device is a desktop computer. 在某些实施例中,该设备是便携的(例如,笔记本计算机、平板计算机或手持设备)。 In certain embodiments, the device is portable (e.g., a notebook computer, a tablet computer, or handheld device). 在某些实施例中,该设备具有触控板。 In certain embodiments, the device has a touchpad. 在某些实施例中,该设备具有触敏显示器(也被称为"触摸屏"或"触摸屏显示器")。 In certain embodiments, the device has a touch-sensitive display (also referred to as a "touch screen" or "touch screen display"). 在某些实施例中,该设备具有图形用户界面(GUI)、一个或多个处理器、存储器和存储在存储器内用于执行多个功能的一个或多个模块、程序或指令集。 In certain embodiments, the apparatus having a graphical user interface (the GUI), one or more processors, memory, and store one or more modules for performing a plurality of functions, programs or sets of instructions in memory. 在某些实施例中,用户主要通过触敏表面上的手指接触和手势与Gn交互。 In certain embodiments, the user primarily through finger contacts and gestures on the touch-sensitive surface to interact with Gn. 在某些实施例中,所述功能可以包括图像编辑、绘图、演示、字处理、网站创建、盘创作、电子表格制作、游戏、电话、视频会议、电子邮件、即时消息、健身助手(workout support)、数字摄影、数字视频、网络浏览、数字音乐播放和/或数字视频播放。 In certain embodiments, the functions may include image editing, drawing, presentation, word processing, web site creation, the disc authoring, spreadsheet making, game, telephony, video conferencing, e-mail, instant messaging, workout support (workout support ), digital photography, digital video, web browsing, digital music playing, and / or digital video playing. 用于执行这些功能的可执行指令可被包括在计算机可读存储介质或配置为由一个或多个处理器执行的其它计算机程序产品内。 Executable instructions for performing these functions may be included within the other computer program product executed by the one or more processors or storage medium readable by a computer disposed.

[0010] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器和一个或多个程序。 [0010] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory and one or more programs. 一个或多个程序被存储在存储器内并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。 One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured by one or more processors. 所述一个或多个程序包括用于以下操作的指令:在显示器上显示多个可选择用户界面对象;检测第一输入;以及响应于检测到第一输入,在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置。 The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects on a display; detecting a first input; in response to detecting the first input, said plurality can be on a display selection user interface objects on a display object to a first of said plurality of selectable user interface objects in an object adjacent to the second position. 所述一个或多个程序还包括用于以下操作的指令:在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则;以及响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹。 The one or more programs further comprise instructions for: When the second object adjacent the first object, detecting a first input satisfies a predetermined criterion to create folders; and in response to the first object when the second object adjacent the detecting a first input satisfies a predetermined criterion folder creation, create a file containing the first and second objects in the folder.

[0011] 根据某些实施例,在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。 [0011] According to certain embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device with a display. 该方法包括:在显示器上显示多个可选择用户界面对象;检测第一输入;以及响应于检测到第一输入,在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置。 The method comprising: displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects on a display; detecting a first input; in response to a first input is detected, on a display of the plurality of selectable user interface objects in the first object to a on a display of the plurality of selectable user interface objects in an object adjacent to the second position. 所述方法还包括:在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则;以及响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹。 The method further comprising: when the first object is adjacent to the second object, detecting a first input satisfies a predetermined criterion to create folders; and in response to detecting the first input when the first object is adjacent to the second object satisfies a predetermined folder guidelines for Creating, create a file containing the first and second objects folder.

[0012] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器、存储器和一个或多个处理器以执行存储在存储器内的一个或多个程序的多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括多个可选择用户界面对象。 [0012] According to certain embodiments, A has a display, a memory and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory of the graphical user interface on a multifunction device includes a plurality of user selectable interface objects. 第一输入被检测;以及响应于检测到第一输入,所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象在显示器上被移动到与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置。 The first input is detected; and in response to detecting the first input, the plurality of selectable user interface object in the first object is moved to the plurality of selectable user interface objects in the second object on the display nearby location. 在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则;以及响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹被创建。 When the second object adjacent the first object, detecting a first input satisfies a predetermined criterion to create folders; and in response to detecting the object when the first object to a second adjacent to a first input satisfies a predetermined criteria to create the folder, comprising a first file folder object and a second object is created.

[0013] 根据某些实施例,一种计算机可读存储介质内存储有指令,当所述指令被具有显示器的多功能设备执行时,使得该设备执行以下操作:在显示器上显示多个可选择用户界面对象;检测第一输入;以及响应于检测到第一输入,在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置。 [0013] According to certain embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device with a display of the instructions, cause the apparatus to perform the following operations: displaying on a display a plurality of selectable user interface object; detecting a first input; in response to detecting the first input, on a display of the plurality of selectable user interface object in the first object is moved to the display of the plurality of selectable user interface object a second position adjacent the object. 所述指令还使得该设备执行以下操作:在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则;以及响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹。 The instructions further cause the device to perform the following operations: when the first object is adjacent to the second object, detecting a first input satisfies a predetermined criterion to create folders; and in response to detecting the first input to the second object adjacent the first object meet predetermined folder creation criteria, create a file containing the first and second objects folder.

[0014] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括:显示器;用于在显示器上显示多个可选择用户界面对象的装置;用于检测第一输入的装置;以及响应检测到第一输入,用于在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置的装置。 [0014] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; means a plurality of selectable user interface objects on a display; detecting means for a first input; a first input and in response to the detected a plurality of moving on a display to a display of the plurality of selectable user interface objects in the second object position adjacent to a first means for selectively target user interface object. 所述设备还包括:用于在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则的装置;以及响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹的装置。 Said apparatus further comprising: means for when the first object is adjacent to the second object, a first input detection means satisfies a predetermined criteria to create the folder; and in response to detecting the first input when the first object is satisfied adjacent to the second object folder creation predetermined criteria, comprising a first creating means and second objects in the folder.

[0015] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括: 用于检测第一输入的装置;以及用于响应于检测到第一输入,在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置的装置。 [0015] According to some embodiments, the information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device having a display comprises: a first detecting means for input; on the display, and in response to detecting the first input, the plurality of selectable user interface object in the first object is moved to display means of the plurality of selectable user interface objects in an object adjacent to the second position. 所述信息处理装置还包括:用于在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则的装置;以及响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹的装置。 The information processing apparatus further comprises: means for when the first object is adjacent to the second object, a first input detection means satisfies a predetermined criteria to create the folder; in response to detecting the object when the first object to a second adjacent first input satisfies a predetermined criteria to create the folder, creating means comprising a first and second objects in the folder.

[0016] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器和一个或多个程序。 [0016] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory and one or more programs. 一个或多个程序被存储在存储器内并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。 One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured by one or more processors. 所述一个或多个程序包括用于以下操作的指令:在显示器上并行地显示一个或多个图标和一个或多个文件夹图标。 The one or more programs include instructions for operations: displaying on a display in parallel and one or more icons or a plurality of folder icons. 该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式,以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重配置模式。 The multifunction device having a normal mode of operation for activation of the application, and for rearranging the operation of the file icons and the folder icon displayed on the display a user interface reconfiguration mode. 所述一个或多个程序还包括用于以下操作的指令:检测第一输入;以及响应于检测到第一输入:当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时,不论该多功能设备处于正常操作模式还是用户界面重配置模式,显示与该相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容;以及当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时:当多功能设备处于正常操作模式时,激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用;以及当多功能设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,继续显示该相应动作图标,而不激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用。 The one or more programs further comprise instructions for: detecting a first input; in response to detecting the first input: a first input when the corresponding file corresponding to a selected one or more folder icon folder icon when the request, whether the multifunctional apparatus in a normal operating mode or user interface reconfiguration mode, the display icons associated with the folders corresponding to the folder; and when the first input corresponds to the operation of selecting one or more icons when requested action corresponding icons: when the multifunction device is in normal operation mode, and activates the application associated with the icon corresponding to the operation; and when the multifunction device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, operation continues to display the appropriate icon, the application and the corresponding action icon associated inactive.

[0017] 根据某些实施例,在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。 [0017] According to certain embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device with a display. 该方法包括:在显示器上并行地显示一个或多个图标和一个或多个文件夹图标。 The method comprising: displaying on a display in parallel in one or more of the one or more icons and folder icons. 该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式,以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重配置模式。 The multifunction device having a normal mode of operation for activation of the application, and for rearranging the operation of the file icons and the folder icon displayed on the display a user interface reconfiguration mode. 所述方法还包括:检测第一输入;以及响应于检测到第一输入:当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时,不论该多功能设备处于正常操作模式还是用户界面重配置模式,显示与该相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容;以及当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时:当多功能设备处于正常操作模式时,激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用;以及当多功能设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,继续显示该相应动作图标,而不激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用。 The method further comprising: detecting a first input; in response to detecting the first input: When the first input corresponding to a selected one or more requests corresponding file folder icon folder icon, whether the multifunction device is a normal operating mode or user interface reconfiguration mode, displays the contents of the file icon associated with the respective folder; and when the first input corresponds to a request for selecting one or more icons corresponding operation in an operation icon: when the multi- when the device function is in normal operation mode, and activates the application associated with the icon corresponding to the operation; and when the multifunction device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, operation continues to display the appropriate icon without activating an operation associated with the corresponding icon application.

[0018] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器、存储器和一个或多个处理器以执行存储在存储器内的一个或多个程序的多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括一个或多个动作图标和一个或多个文件夹图标。 [0018] According to certain embodiments, a graphical user interface on the display, memory and one or more processors to execute stored in the memory or a multifunction device comprising a plurality of programs or more actions one or more icons and folder icons. 所述一个或多个图标和所述一个或多个文件夹图标被并行地显示在所述显示器上。 The one or more of the one or more icons and folder icons are displayed in parallel on the display. 该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式,以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重配置模式。 The multifunction device having a normal mode of operation for activation of the application, and for rearranging the operation of the file icons and the folder icon displayed on the display a user interface reconfiguration mode. 第一输入被检测;并且响应于检测到第一输入:当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时,不论该多功能设备处于正常操作模式还是用户界面重配置模式,与该相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容被显示;以及当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时:当多功能设备处于正常操作模式时,与该相应动作图标相关联的应用被激活;以及当多功能设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,该相应动作图标继续被显示,而不激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用。 The first input is detected; and in response to detecting the first input: When the first input corresponding to a selected one or more appropriate folder icon folder icon request, whether the multifunctional apparatus in a normal operating mode or user interface reconfiguration mode, the contents of the file icon associated with the corresponding folder is displayed; and when the first input corresponds to a request to select one or more actions corresponding icon operation icons: when the multifunction device is in normal when the operation mode is activated and applied to the respective operation associated with the icon; and when the multifunction device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, the icon continues to be displayed corresponding to the operation, without activating the application associated with the corresponding icon operation.

[0019] 根据某些实施例,一种计算机可读存储介质内存储有指令,当所述指令被具有显示器的多功能设备执行时,使得该设备执行以下操作:在显示器上并行地显示一个或多个图标和一个或多个文件夹图标。 [0019] According to certain embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device with a display of the instructions, cause the apparatus to perform the following operations: displaying on a monitor or in parallel and one or more multiple icons folder icons. 该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式,以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重配置模式。 The multifunction device having a normal mode of operation for activation of the application, and for rearranging the operation of the file icons and the folder icon displayed on the display a user interface reconfiguration mode. 所述指令还使得该设备执行以下操作:检测第一输入;以及响应于检测到第一输入:当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时,不论该多功能设备处于正常操作模式还是用户界面重配置模式,显示与该相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容;以及当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时:当多功能设备处于正常操作模式时,激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用;以及当多功能设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,继续显示该相应动作图标,而不激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用。 The instructions further cause the device to perform the following operations: detecting a first input; in response to detecting the first input: when the first input corresponds to the selected one or more requests corresponding file folder icon folder icon, whether the multi-function device in a normal operating mode or user interface reconfiguration mode, the icon displays the contents of the file folder associated with the respective folder; and when the first input corresponds to the selected one or more actions corresponding to the operation of icons request: when the multifunction device is in normal operation mode, and activates the application associated with the icon corresponding to the operation; and when the multifunction device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, operation continues to display the appropriate icon, without activating the corresponding application action associated icon.

[0020] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括:显示器;用于在显示器上并行地显示一个或多个动作图标和一个或多个文件夹图标的装置。 [0020] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; a display on the display device in parallel to one or more of an icon, and one or more action icons folder. 该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式,以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重配置模式。 The multifunction device having a normal mode of operation for activation of the application, and for rearranging the operation of the file icons and the folder icon displayed on the display a user interface reconfiguration mode. 所述设备还包括:用于检测第一输入的装置;以及用于响应于检测到第一输入执行以下操作的装置:当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时,不论该多功能设备处于正常操作模式还是用户界面重配置模式,显示与该相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容;以及当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时:当多功能设备处于正常操作模式时,激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用;以及当多功能设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,继续显示该相应动作图标,而不激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用。 Said apparatus further comprising: a first input detecting means; and means for performing the following operations in response to detecting the first input: a first input when the corresponding file corresponding to a selected one or more folders in the folder icons request icon, whether the multifunctional apparatus in a normal operating mode or user interface reconfiguration mode, the display icons associated with the folders corresponding to the folder; and when the first input corresponds to the operation of selecting one or more icons when requested operation corresponding icon of: when the multifunction device is in normal operation mode, and activates the application associated with the icon corresponding to the operation; and when the multifunction device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, operation continues to display the appropriate icon, without applying associated activation icons associated with the respective action.

[0021] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括: 用于在显示器上并行地显示一个或多个动作图标和一个或多个文件夹图标的装置。 [0021] According to some embodiments, the information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device with a display comprises: means one or more actions of one or more icons and folder icons for displaying on the display in parallel . 该多功能设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式,以及用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重配置模式。 The multifunction device having a normal mode of operation for activation of the application, and for rearranging the operation of the file icons and the folder icon displayed on the display a user interface reconfiguration mode. 所述信息处理装置还包括:用于检测第一输入的装置; 以及用于响应于检测到第一输入执行以下操作的装置:当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时,不论该多功能设备处于正常操作模式还是用户界面重配置模式,显示与该相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容;以及当第一输入对应于选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求时:当多功能设备处于正常操作模式时,激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用;以及当多功能设备处于用户界面重配置模式时, 继续显示该相应动作图标,而不激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用。 The information processing apparatus further comprising: a first detecting means for input; and means responsive to detecting the first input of the following: When the first input corresponding to a selected one or more of the respective folder icons folder icon request, whether the multifunctional apparatus in a normal operating mode or user interface reconfiguration mode, display content associated with the file icon corresponding to the folder; and when the first input corresponds to the selected one or more when requested operation icons corresponding icon operation: when the multifunction device is in normal operation mode, and activates the application associated with the icon corresponding to the operation; and when the multifunction device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, operation continues to display the corresponding icon, without activating the application corresponding to the icon associated action.

[0022] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器和一个或多个程序。 [0022] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory and one or more programs. 一个或多个程序被存储在存储器内并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。 One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured by one or more processors. 所述一个或多个程序包括用于以下操作的指令:接收与创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹的请求相对应的输入;以及响应于接收到该输入:创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹;确定与第一项目相关联的第一多个描述符;以及确定与第二项目相关联的第二多个描述符。 The one or more programs include instructions for: receiving a request comprising creating the input file corresponding to the first and second items of the clip; and in response to receiving the input: Create a first item and clip file of the second item; determining a first plurality of descriptors associated with the first item; and determining a second item associated with a second plurality of descriptors. 所述一个或多个程序还包括用于以下操作的指令:当第一多个描述符和第二多个描述符共享至少第一公共描述符时:基于第一公共描述符,自动生成该文件夹的文件夹名称;以及在显示器上显示带有自动生成的文件夹名称的该文件夹的图标。 The one or more programs further comprise instructions for: when the first plurality of descriptors and a second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor: based on the first common descriptor file automatically generated folder name; and displaying the icon for the file is automatically generated folder with the folder name on the display.

[0023] 根据某些实施例,在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。 [0023] According to certain embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device with a display. 该方法包括:接收与创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹的请求相对应的输入;以及响应于接收到该输入:创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹;确定与第一项目相关联的第一多个描述符; 以及确定与第二项目相关联的第二多个描述符。 The method comprising: receiving a request comprising creating the input file corresponding to the first and second items of the clip; and in response to receiving the input: create a file containing the first and second items in the list; determining a first a first plurality of descriptors associated with the item; and determining a second plurality of descriptors associated with the second item. 所述方法还包括:当第一多个描述符和第二多个描述符共享至少第一公共描述符时:基于第一公共描述符,自动生成该文件夹的文件夹名称;以及在显示器上显示带有自动生成的文件夹名称的该文件夹的图标。 The method further comprising: when a first plurality of descriptors and a second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor: based on the first common descriptor to automatically generate a folder name of the folder; and on the display display with icons automatically generates the folder name of the folder.

[0024] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器、存储器和一个或多个处理器以执行存储在存储器内的一个或多个程序的多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括第一项目和第二项目。 [0024] According to certain embodiments, A has a display, a memory and a processor to perform one or more stored in the memory or a plurality of the graphical user interface on a multifunction device includes a first and second items two projects. 与创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹的请求相对应的输入被接收;以及响应于接收到该输入:包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹被创建;与第一项目相关联的第一多个描述符被确定;和与第二项目相关联的第二多个描述符被确定。 Request input corresponding to the created folder comprising a first and second items are received; and in response to receiving the input: a first file comprising a folder and second items are created; associated with the first item a first plurality of descriptors are determined; and a second plurality of second item associated descriptor is determined. 当第一多个描述符和第二多个描述符共享至少第一公共描述符时:基于第一公共描述符,该文件夹的文件夹名称被自动生成; 以及带有自动生成的文件夹名称的该文件夹的图标被显示在显示器上。 When the first and second plurality of descriptors share at least a first plurality of descriptors common descriptor: based on the first common descriptor, the file folder names are automatically generated; and an automatically generated file name of the folder with the folder icon is displayed on the display.

[0025] 根据某些实施例,一种计算机可读存储介质内存储有指令,当所述指令被具有显示器的多功能设备执行时,使得该设备执行以下操作:接收与创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹的请求相对应的输入;以及响应于接收到该输入:创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹;确定与第一项目相关联的第一多个描述符;和确定与第二项目相关联的第二多个描述符。 [0025] According to certain embodiments, within a computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device with a display of the instructions, cause the apparatus to perform the following operations: receiving the first item comprises creating and request file folder of the second item corresponding to the input; and in response to receiving the input: create a file containing the first and second items in the list; determining a first plurality of descriptors associated with the first item; and determining a second item associated with the second plurality of descriptors. 所述指令还使得该设备执行以下操作:当第一多个描述符和第二多个描述符共享至少第一公共描述符时:基于第一公共描述符,自动生成该文件夹的文件夹名称;以及在显示器上显示带有自动生成的文件夹名称的该文件夹的图标。 The instructions further cause the device to perform the following operations: when the first plurality of descriptors and a second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor: based on the first common descriptor, automatically generates a file name of the folder ; and the file icon displayed on the display automatically generated with the folder name of the folder.

[0026] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括:显示器;用于接收与创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹的请求相对应的输入的装置;以及用于响应于接收到该输入执行以下操作的装置:创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹;确定与第一项目相关联的第一多个描述符;以及确定与第二项目相关联的第二多个描述符。 [0026] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; creating comprises means for receiving a request corresponding to the file of the first input means and second items clip; and means, responsive to receiving the input apparatus performs the following operations: create a file containing the first and second items in the list; determining a first plurality of descriptors associated with the first item; and determining a second item description and a second plurality of associated symbol. 所述设备还包括用于执行以下操作的装置:当第一多个描述符和第二多个描述符共享至少第一公共描述符时:基于第一公共描述符,自动生成该文件夹的文件夹名称;以及在显示器上显示带有自动生成的文件夹名称的该文件夹的图标。 The apparatus further comprises a means for performing the following operation: when a first plurality of descriptors and a second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor: based on the first common descriptor, the automatically generated file folder folder name; and displaying the icon for the file is automatically generated folder with the folder name on the display.

[0027] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括: 用于接收与创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹的请求相对应的输入的装置;以及用于响应于接收到该输入执行以下操作的装置:创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹;确定与第一项目相关联的第一多个描述符;以及确定与第二项目相关联的第二多个描述符的装置。 [0027] According to some embodiments, the information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device having a display comprises: means for receiving a request comprises creating a first and second items folder corresponding to the input ; and means for performing the following operations in response to receiving the input: create a file containing the first and second items in the list; determining a first item associated with a first plurality of descriptors; and determining the second item a second plurality of devices associated descriptors. 所述信息处理装置还包括用于执行以下操作的装置:当第一多个描述符和第二多个描述符共享至少第一公共描述符时:基于第一公共描述符,自动生成该文件夹的文件夹名称; 以及在显示器上显示带有自动生成的文件夹名称的该文件夹的图标。 The information processing apparatus further comprises a means for performing the following operation: when a first plurality of descriptors and a second plurality of descriptors share at least a first common descriptor: based on the first common descriptor to automatically generate the folder the folder names; and displaying the icon for the file is automatically generated folder with the folder name on the display.

[0028] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器和一个或多个程序。 [0028] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory and one or more programs. 一个或多个程序被存储在存储器内并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。 One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured by one or more processors. 所述一个或多个程序包括用于以下操作的指令:在显示器上显示多个图标。 The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying a plurality of icons on a display. 在显示器上的第一位置处显示所述多个图标中的第一图标。 At a first location on the display a first icon of said plurality of icons. 所述多个图标中不同于第一图标的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。 The second icon is different from the first plurality of icons in the icon has default size of the active region. 所述一个或多个程序还包括用于以下操作的指令:检测与移动第一图标的请求相对应的输入;基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离,从默认大小改变第二图标的激活区域的大小;以及响应于检测到所述输入,在显示器上移动第一图标离开第一位置。 The one or more programs further comprise instructions for: Request detecting movement of the first icon corresponding to an input; based on a distance from the first position to the second position of the icon, change the size of the second icon from the default the size of the active region; and in response to detecting the input, a first icon on a display of the mobile away from the first position. 所述一个或多个程序还包括用于以下操作的指令:检测所述输入满足预定的触发准则;以及响应于检测到所述输入满足预定的触发准则:当第一图标至少部分地在第二图标的激活区域内时,执行与第二图标相关联的第一操作;以及当第一图标在第二图标的激活区域之外时,执行不同于第一操作的第二操作。 The one or more programs further comprise instructions for: detecting said input satisfies a predetermined trigger criteria; and in response to detecting the input satisfies a predetermined trigger criteria: when the first icon at least partially in the second when the icon of the active region, the first operation is performed with a second icon associated; a first and a second operating icon is outside the active region of the second icon, different from the first operation performed when.

[0029] 根据某些实施例,在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。 [0029] According to certain embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device with a display. 该方法包括:在显示器上显示多个图标。 The method comprising: displaying a plurality of icons on a display. 在显示器上的第一位置处显示所述多个图标中的第一图标。 At a first location on the display a first icon of said plurality of icons. 所述多个图标中不同于第一图标的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。 The second icon is different from the first plurality of icons in the icon has default size of the active region. 所述方法还包括:检测与移动第一图标的请求相对应的输入;基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离,从默认大小改变第二图标的激活区域的大小;以及响应于检测到所述输入,在显示器上移动第一图标离开第一位置。 The method further comprising: detecting a movement of the first request input corresponding icon; based on a distance from the first position to the second position of the icon, change from the default size of the active region of the second icon size; and in response to detecting to the input, a first icon on a display of the mobile away from the first position. 所述方法还包括:检测所述输入满足预定的触发准则;以及响应于检测到所述输入满足预定的触发准则:当第一图标至少部分地在第二图标的激活区域内时,执行与第二图标相关联的第一操作;以及当第一图标在第二图标的激活区域之外时,执行不同于第一操作的第二操作。 The method further comprising: detecting the input satisfies a predetermined trigger criteria; and in response to detecting the input satisfies a predetermined trigger criteria: when the first icon at least partially within the active region of the second icon, the implementation of the first the first two operations associated with the icon; a first and a second operating icon is outside the active region of the second icon, different from the first operation performed when.

[0030] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器、存储器和一个或多个处理器以执行存储在存储器内的一个或多个程序的多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括显示在显示器上的多个图标。 [0030] According to certain embodiments, A has a display, a memory and one or more processors in a graphical user interface on a multifunction device execute one or more programs stored in the memory of the display on the display comprises more icons. 所述多个图标中的第一图标被显示在显示器上的第一位置处。 A first plurality of icons in the icon is displayed at a first location on the display. 所述多个图标中不同于第一图标的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。 The second icon is different from the first plurality of icons in the icon has default size of the active region. 与移动第一图标的请求相对应的输入被检测。 Movement of the first request input corresponding to the icon is detected. 基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离,第二图标的激活区域的大小从默认大小被改变。 Based on the size of the active region of the distance from the first position to the second position of the icon, the second icon is changed from the default size. 响应于检测到所述输入,第一图标在显示器上被移动离开第一位置。 In response to detecting the input, the first icon is moved away from the first location on the display. 检测所述输入满足预定的触发准则;以及响应于检测到所述输入满足预定的触发准则:当第一图标至少部分地在第二图标的激活区域内时,与第二图标相关联的第一操作被执行;以及当第一图标在第二图标的激活区域之外时,不同于第一操作的第二操作被执行。 Detecting said input satisfies a predetermined trigger criteria; and in response to detecting the input satisfies a predetermined trigger criteria: when the first icon at least partially within the active region of the second icon, the second icon associated with the first operation is performed; and when the first icon in the second icon outside the active region, a second operation is different when the first operation is performed.

[0031] 根据某些实施例,一种计算机可读存储介质内存储有指令,当所述指令被具有显示器的多功能设备执行时,使得该设备执行以下操作:在显示器上显示多个图标。 [0031] According to certain embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device with a display of the instructions, cause the apparatus to perform the following operations: displaying a plurality of icons on a display. 在显示器上的第一位置处显示所述多个图标中的第一图标。 At a first location on the display a first icon of said plurality of icons. 所述多个图标中不同于第一图标的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。 The second icon is different from the first plurality of icons in the icon has default size of the active region. 所述指令还使得该设备执行以下操作:检测与移动第一图标的请求相对应的输入;基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离,从默认大小改变第二图标的激活区域的大小;以及响应于检测到所述输入,在显示器上移动第一图标离开第一位置。 The instructions further cause the device to perform the following operations: detecting a movement of the first request input corresponding icon; based on a distance from the first position to the second position of the icon, change from the default size of the active region of the second icon size ; and in response to detecting the input, a first icon on a display of the mobile away from the first position. 所述指令还使得该设备执行以下操作:检测所述输入满足预定的触发准则;以及响应于检测到所述输入满足预定的触发准则:当第一图标至少部分地在第二图标的激活区域内时,执行与第二图标相关联的第一操作;以及当第一图标在第二图标的激活区域之外时, 执行不同于第一操作的第二操作。 The instructions further cause the device to perform the following operations: detecting the input satisfies a predetermined trigger criteria; and in response to detecting the input satisfies a predetermined trigger criterion: when the first icon at least partially within the active region in a second icon a first operation, a second icon associated with the execution; and a second operation of the first icon upon the second icon outside the active region, different from the first operation performed when.

[0032] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括:显示器;用于在显示器上显示多个图标的装置。 [0032] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; means a plurality of icons displayed on the display. 在显示器上的第一位置处显示所述多个图标中的第一图标。 At a first location on the display a first icon of said plurality of icons. 所述多个图标中不同于第一图标的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。 The second icon is different from the first plurality of icons in the icon has default size of the active region. 所述设备还包括:用于检测与移动第一图标的请求相对应的输入的装置;用于基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离,从默认大小改变第二图标的激活区域的大小的装置;以及用于响应于检测到所述输入,在显示器上移动第一图标离开第一位置的装置。 Said apparatus further comprising: input means for detecting movement of the first request for a corresponding icon; based on distance from the first position to the second position of the icon, the second icon to change the default size of the active region size; and means for, in response to detecting the input, the display of the mobile device in a first position away from the first icon. 所述设备还包括:用于检测所述输入满足预定的触发准则的装置;以及用于响应于检测到所述输入满足预定的触发准则执行以下操作的装置:当第一图标至少部分地在第二图标的激活区域内时,执行与第二图标相关联的第一操作;以及当第一图标在第二图标的激活区域之外时,执行不同于第一操作的第二操作。 Said apparatus further comprising: means for detecting a predetermined trigger criteria to satisfy the input; and in response to detecting the input satisfies a predetermined trigger criteria means perform the following operations: when the first icon at least partially at the when the active region of the two icons, a first operation is performed with a second icon associated; a first and a second operating icon is outside the active region of the second icon, different from the first operation performed when.

[0033] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括: 显示器;用于在显示器上显示多个图标的装置。 [0033] According to some embodiments, the information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device with a display comprises: a display; means a plurality of icons displayed on the display. 在显示器上的第一位置处显示所述多个图标中的第一图标。 At a first location on the display a first icon of said plurality of icons. 所述多个图标中不同于第一图标的第二图标具有默认大小的激活区域。 The second icon is different from the first plurality of icons in the icon has default size of the active region. 所述信息处理装置还包括:用于检测与移动第一图标的请求相对应的输入的装置;用于基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离,从默认大小改变第二图标的激活区域的大小的装置;以及用于响应于检测到所述输入,在显示器上移动第一图标离开第一位置的装置。 The information processing apparatus further comprising: request input means detecting a movement corresponding to a first icon; means for based on a distance from the first position to the second position of the icon, the default size changes from the activation of the second icon the size of the area; and means for, in response to detecting the input, the display of the mobile device in a first position away from the first icon. 所述信息处理装置还包括:用于检测所述输入满足预定的触发准则的装置;以及用于响应于检测到所述输入满足预定的触发准则执行以下操作的装置:当第一图标至少部分地在第二图标的激活区域内时,执行与第二图标相关联的第一操作;以及当第一图标在第二图标的激活区域之外时,执行不同于第一操作的第二操作。 The information processing apparatus further comprising: means for detecting a predetermined trigger criteria to satisfy the input; and in response to detecting the input means satisfies a predetermined trigger criteria to perform the following operations: when the first icon at least partially when the active region of the second icon, the first operation is performed with a second icon associated; a first and a second operating icon is outside the active region of the second icon, different from the first operation performed when.

[0034] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器和一个或多个程序。 [0034] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory and one or more programs. 一个或多个程序被存储在存储器内并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。 One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured by one or more processors. 所述一个或多个程序包括用于以下操作的指令:在显示器上以第一布置显示多个图标; 检测与将所述多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求相对应的输入;以及响应于检测到所述输入:将第一图标从第一位置移动到第二位置;以及保持所述多个图标中除了第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置,直到满足自动重配置准则为止。 The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying a plurality of icons on a display in a first arrangement; detecting said first plurality of icons in the icon moves from a first location on the display to the display on request for a second position corresponding to the input; in response to detecting the input: a first icon is moved from a first position to a second position; and holding the plurality of icons other than the first icon each position of the respective icon, automatic reconfiguration until meeting criteria so far. 所述一个或多个程序还包括用于以下操作的指令:当满足自动重配置准则时,移动所述多个图标中除了第一图标之外的一个或多个图标,以便形成不同于第一布置的第二布置。 The one or more programs further comprise instructions for: when the automatic reconfiguration criterion is satisfied, the movement other than the first plurality of icons in one or more icons of the icon, in order to form different from the first arranged in the second arrangement.

[0035] 根据某些实施例,在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。 [0035] According to certain embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device with a display. 该方法包括:在显示器上以第一布置显示多个图标;检测与将所述多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求相对应的输入;以及响应于检测到所述输入:将第一图标从第一位置移动到第二位置;以及保持所述多个图标中除了第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置,直到满足自动重配置准则为止。 The method comprising: displaying a plurality of icons on a display in a first arrangement; detecting said first plurality of icons in the icon is moved from a first position to a second position on the display on the display corresponding to the request input ; and in response to detecting the input: a first icon is moved from a first position to a second position; and a plurality of icons in the positions other than the first icon holding each respective icon, automatic repeat until satisfied Until configuration guidelines. 所述方法还包括:当满足自动重配置准则时,移动所述多个图标中除了第一图标之外的一个或多个图标,以便形成不同于第一布置的第二布置。 The method further comprising: when the automatic reconfiguration criterion is satisfied, the movement other than the first plurality of icons in one or more icons of the icon, in order to form a second arrangement different from the first arrangement.

[0036] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器、存储器和一个或多个处理器以执行存储在存储器内的一个或多个程序的多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括在显示器上的第一布置中的多个图标。 [0036] According to certain embodiments, A has a display, a memory and a processor to perform one or more stored in the memory or a plurality of the graphical user interface on a multifunction device includes a display section on a a plurality of icons arrangement. 与将所述多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求相对应的输入被检测;以及响应于检测到所述输入:第一图标从第一位置被移动到第二位置;并且所述多个图标中除了第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置被保持,直到满足自动重配置准则为止。 And the first icon of said plurality of icons from a first position to a request for a second on the display position on the display corresponding to the input is detected; and in response to detecting the input: a first icon from a moved position to a second position; and wherein each of the plurality of icons in a position other than the first icon corresponding to the icon is maintained until satisfied until the automatic reconfiguration criteria. 当满足自动重配置准则时,所述多个图标中除了第一图标之外的一个或多个图标被移动,以便形成不同于第一布置的第二布置。 When the automatic reconfiguration criteria satisfied, the plurality of icons being moved except one or more icons of the first icon, to form a second arrangement different from the first arrangement.

[0037] 根据某些实施例,一种计算机可读存储介质内存储有指令,当所述指令被具有显示器的多功能设备执行时,使得该设备执行以下操作:在显示器上以第一布置显示多个图标;检测与将所述多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求相对应的输入;以及响应于检测到所述输入:将第一图标从第一位置移动到第二位置;以及保持所述多个图标中除了第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置,直到满足自动重配置准则为止。 [0037] According to certain embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device with a display of the instructions, cause the apparatus to perform the following operations: displaying on the display in a first arrangement a plurality of icons; detecting said first plurality of icons in the icon moves from a first location on the display to request a second location on the display corresponding to the input; in response to detecting the input: the first icon is moved from a first position to a second position; and maintaining the position of each of the plurality of icons other than the icon corresponding to the first icon, automatic reconfiguration until meeting up criteria. 所述指令还使得该设备执行以下操作:当满足自动重配置准则时,移动所述多个图标中除了第一图标之外的一个或多个图标,以便形成不同于第一布置的第二布置。 The instructions further cause the device to perform the following operations: when the auto-configuration criteria satisfied, the movement other than the first plurality of icons in one or more icons of the icon, in order to form a second arrangement different from the arrangement of the first .

[0038] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括:显示器;用于在显示器上以第一布置显示多个图标的装置;用于检测与将所述多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求相对应的输入的装置;以及用于响应于检测到所述输入执行以下操作的装置:将第一图标从第一位置移动到第二位置;以及保持多个图标中除了第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置,直到满足自动重配置准则为止。 [0038] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; means arranged for a first plurality of icons displayed on the display; means for detecting the first icon from the plurality of icons a first position on the display of the mobile device to request a second input position on the display corresponding to; and means responsive to detecting the input of the following: the first icon moves from the first position to the second two-position; and a holding position of each of the plurality of icons other than the icon corresponding to the first icon, automatic reconfiguration until meeting criteria so far. 所述设备还包括:用于当满足自动重配置准则时,移动所述多个图标中除了第一图标之外的一个或多个图标,以便形成不同于第一布置的第二布置的装置。 Said apparatus further comprising: means for auto-configuration guidelines when moving the first plurality of icons other than the icon to meet one or more icons, so that the device is different from the second arrangement of the first arrangement is formed.

[0039] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括: 用于在显示器上以第一布置显示多个图标的装置;用于检测与将所述多个图标中的第一图标从显示器上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求相对应的输入的装置;以及用于响应于检测到所述输入执行以下操作的装置:将第一图标从第一位置移动到第二位置; 以及保持多个图标中除了第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置,直到满足自动重配置准则为止。 [0039] According to some embodiments, the information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device with a display comprises: means for displaying a plurality of icons on a display in a first arrangement; means for detecting the plurality first icon in the icon moves from a first location on the display device to request a second input position on the display corresponding; to detecting the input, and means for performing the following operations in response to: the first icon is moved from a first position to a second position; and a holding position of each of the plurality of icons other than the icon corresponding to the first icon, automatic reconfiguration until meeting criteria so far. 所述信息处理装置还包括:用于当满足自动重配置准则时,移动所述多个图标中除了第一图标之外的一个或多个图标,以便形成不同于第一布置的第二布置的装置。 The information processing apparatus further comprising: means for, when automatic reconfiguration criterion is satisfied, the movement other than the first plurality of icons in one or more icons of the icon, in order to form a second arrangement different from the arrangement of the first device.

[0040] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器和一个或多个程序。 [0040] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory and one or more programs. 一个或多个程序被存储在存储器内并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。 One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured by one or more processors. 所述一个或多个程序包括用于以下操作的指令:显示动态文件夹图标。 The one or more programs include instructions for: displaying a dynamic folder icon. 该动态文件夹图标包括与该动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹内的当前内容的视觉指示。 The dynamic content including the current folder icon file icon associated with the dynamic folder in the visual indication. 所述一个或多个程序还包括用于以下操作的指令:检测与修改所述文件夹内的内容的请求相对应的输入;和响应于检测到所述输入:修改文件夹内的内容;以及更新所述动态文件夹图标,以便包括该文件夹内的修改后的内容的空间布置的视觉指示。 The one or more programs further comprise instructions for: detecting a request to modify the contents of the folder in the corresponding input; and in response to detecting the input: modifying the contents of the folder; and dynamically updating the folder icon so as to comprise a visual indication of the spatial arrangement of the contents of the folder is modified.

[0041] 根据某些实施例,在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。 [0041] According to certain embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device with a display. 该方法包括:显示动态文件夹图标。 The method comprising: displaying a dynamic folder icon. 该动态文件夹图标包括与该动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹内的当前内容的视觉指示。 The dynamic content including the current folder icon file icon associated with the dynamic folder in the visual indication. 所述方法还包括:检测与修改所述文件夹内的内容的请求相对应的输入;和响应于检测到所述输入:修改文件夹内的内容;以及更新所述动态文件夹图标,以便包括该文件夹内的修改后的内容的空间布置的视觉指示。 The method further comprising: detecting a request for modifying the contents of a folder in the corresponding input; and in response to detecting the input: modify the folder contents; and dynamically updating the folder icon to include spatial arrangement of visual indication of the contents of the modified file in the folder.

[0042] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器、存储器和一个或多个处理器以执行存储在存储器内的一个或多个程序的多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括动态文件夹图标。 A graphical user interface on a multifunction device [0042] According to certain embodiments, A has a display, a memory and one or more processors to execute a stored in the memory comprises a dynamic or more programs folder icon. 该动态文件夹图标包括与该动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹内的当前内容的视觉指示。 The dynamic content including the current folder icon file icon associated with the dynamic folder in the visual indication. 与修改所述文件夹内的内容的请求相对应的输入被检测;和响应于检测到所述输入:文件夹内的内容被修改;并且所述动态文件夹图标被更新,以便包括该文件夹内的修改后的内容的空间布置的视觉指示。 And modifying the requested content in the folder corresponding to the input is detected; and in response to detecting the input: the contents of the file folder has been modified; and the dynamic folder icon is updated to include the folder a visual indication of the spatial arrangement of the modified contents therein.

[0043] 根据某些实施例,一种计算机可读存储介质内存储有指令,当所述指令被具有显示器的多功能设备执行时,使得该设备执行以下操作:显示动态文件夹图标。 [0043] According to certain embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device with a display of the instructions, cause the apparatus to perform the following operations: displaying dynamic folder icon. 该动态文件夹图标包括与该动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹内的当前内容的视觉指示。 The dynamic content including the current folder icon file icon associated with the dynamic folder in the visual indication. 所述指令还使得该设备执行以下操作:检测与修改所述文件夹内的内容的请求相对应的输入;和响应于检测到所述输入:修改文件夹内的内容;以及更新所述动态文件夹图标,以便包括该文件夹内的修改后的内容的空间布置的视觉指示。 The instructions further cause the device to perform the following operations: a request for content modification detection and folder corresponding to the file input; and in response to detecting the input: modify the folder contents; and updating the dynamic file folder icon to include a space after the contents of the folder to modify the arrangement of visual indication.

[0044] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括:显示器;用于显示动态文件夹图标的装置。 [0044] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; a display device for dynamic folder icon. 该动态文件夹图标包括与该动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹内的当前内容的视觉指示。 The dynamic content including the current folder icon file icon associated with the dynamic folder in the visual indication. 所述设备还包括:用于检测与修改所述文件夹内的内容的请求相对应的输入的装置; 和用于响应于检测到所述输入执行以下操作的装置:修改文件夹内的内容;以及更新所述动态文件夹图标,以便包括该文件夹内的修改后的内容的空间布置的视觉指示。 Said apparatus further comprising: means for requesting the content clip within the detection and modifying the file for the corresponding input; and means responsive to detection of the input of the following: modifying the contents of the folder; and updating the dynamic folder icons, so as to comprise a visual indication of the spatial arrangement of the contents of the folder is modified.

[0045] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括: 用于显示动态文件夹图标的装置。 [0045] According to some embodiments, the information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device with a display comprises: means for displaying a dynamic folder icon. 该动态文件夹图标包括与该动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹内的当前内容的视觉指示。 The dynamic content including the current folder icon file icon associated with the dynamic folder in the visual indication. 所述信息处理装置还包括:用于检测与修改所述文件夹内的内容的请求相对应的输入的装置;和用于响应于检测到所述输入执行以下操作的装置: 修改文件夹内的内容;以及更新所述动态文件夹图标,以便包括该文件夹内的修改后的内容的空间布置的视觉指示。 The information processing apparatus further comprising: detecting an input of a request to modify the contents of the folder corresponding to; and means responsive to detection of the input of the following: modifying the folder content; updating the dynamic spatial and folder icons, including to modify the contents of the folder is arranged a visual indication.

[0046] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括显示器、一个或多个处理器、存储器和一个或多个程序。 [0046] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes a display, one or more processors, memory and one or more programs. 一个或多个程序被存储在存储器内并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行。 One or more programs are stored in the memory and configured by one or more processors. 所述一个或多个程序包括用于以下操作的指令:在显示器的壁纸背景上显示文件夹图标, 所述文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹,所述内容包括一个或多个可选择用户界面对象。 The one or more programs include instructions for: the background of the display on the wallpaper display the folder icon, a folder icon corresponding to the file folder containing the content, the content including one or more user selectable interface objects. 所述一个或多个程序还包括用于以下操作的指令:检测与显示文件夹的内容的请求相对应的第一输入;以及响应于检测到第一输入:将壁纸背景划分为第一部分和第二部分; 使第二部分移动离开第一部分;以及在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域内显示文件夹的内容。 The one or more programs further comprise instructions for: the detection and display the requested content folder corresponding to the first input; in response to detecting the first input: wallpaper background into a first portion and two portions; the second portion is moved away from the first portion; and displaying the contents of a folder in a region between the first portion and the second portion.

[0047] 根据某些实施例,在具有显示器的多功能设备处执行一种方法。 [0047] According to certain embodiments, a method is performed at a multifunction device with a display. 该方法包括:在显示器的壁纸背景上显示文件夹图标,所述文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹,所述内容包括一个或多个可选择用户界面对象。 The method comprises: on the wallpaper background of the display to display the folder icon, a folder icon corresponding to the file folder containing the content, the content including one or more selectable user interface objects. 所述方法还包括:检测与显示文件夹的内容的请求相对应的第一输入;以及响应于检测到第一输入:将壁纸背景划分为第一部分和第二部分;使第二部分移动离开第一部分;以及在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域内显示文件夹的内容。 The method further comprising: detecting a first input requesting the display content corresponding to the folder; and in response to detecting the first input: wallpaper background divided into a first portion and a second portion; the second portion is moved away from the first part; and in a region between the first portion and the second portion of the display contents of the folder.

[0048] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器、存储器和一个或多个处理器以执行存储在存储器内的一个或多个程序的多功能设备上的图形用户界面包括显示在显示器的壁纸背景上的文件夹图标,所述文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹,所述内容包括一个或多个可选择用户界面对象。 A graphical user interface on a multifunction device [0048] According to certain embodiments, A has a display, a memory and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory are displayed on the display includes a wallpaper background on file folder icon, a folder icon corresponding to the file folder containing the content, the content including one or more selectable user interface objects. 与显示文件夹的内容的请求相对应的第一输入被检测;以及响应于检测到第一输入:壁纸背景被划分为第一部分和第二部分;第二部分被移动离开第一部分;并且文件夹的内容被显示在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域内。 The first input and display the contents of a folder corresponding to the request is detected; and in response to detecting the first input: wallpaper background is divided into a first portion and a second portion; the second portion is moved away from the first portion; and folder content is displayed in a region between the first portion and the second portion.

[0049] 根据某些实施例,一种计算机可读存储介质内存储有指令,当所述指令被具有显示器的多功能设备执行时,使得该设备执行以下操作:在显示器的壁纸背景上显示文件夹图标,所述文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹,所述内容包括一个或多个可选择用户界面对象。 [0049] According to certain embodiments, a computer-readable storage medium storing instructions that, when executed by a multifunction device with a display of the instructions, cause the device to: display the file on the wallpaper background of the display folder icon, a folder icon corresponding to the file folder containing the content, the content including one or more selectable user interface objects. 所述指令还使得该设备执行以下操作:检测与显示文件夹的内容的请求相对应的第一输入;以及响应于检测到第一输入:将壁纸背景划分为第一部分和第二部分;使第二部分移动离开第一部分;以及在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域内显示文件夹的内容。 The instructions further cause the device to perform the following operations: detecting a first input requesting the display content corresponding to the folder; and in response to detecting the first input: a first dividing wallpaper background portion and a second portion; the first two parts move away from the first portion; and displaying the contents of a folder in a region between the first portion and the second portion.

[0050] 根据某些实施例,一种多功能设备包括:显示器;用于在显示器的壁纸背景上显示文件夹图标的装置,所述文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹,所述内容包括一个或多个可选择用户界面对象。 [0050] According to certain embodiments, a multifunction device includes: a display; means for displaying a folder icon, a folder icon corresponding to the file folder that contains the content, the display on the wallpaper background includes one or more selectable user interface objects. 所述设备还包括:用于检测与显示文件夹的内容的请求相对应的第一输入的装置;以及用于响应于检测到第一输入执行以下操作的装置:将壁纸背景划分为第一部分和第二部分;移动第二部分离开第一部分;以及在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域内显示文件夹的内容。 Said apparatus further comprising: means for detecting a request to display the content of a folder corresponding to a first input; and means responsive to detecting the first input of the following: background wallpaper into a first portion and a second portion; the second portion moves away from the first portion; and displaying the contents of a folder in a region between the first portion and the second portion.

[0051] 根据某些实施例,一种在具有显示器的多功能设备中使用的信息处理装置包括: 用于在显示器的壁纸背景上显示文件夹图标的装置,所述文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹,所述内容包括一个或多个可选择用户界面对象。 [0051] According to some embodiments, the information processing apparatus for use in a multifunction device with a display comprises: means for displaying a folder icon, a folder icon corresponding to the content contained in the background of the display on the wallpaper folder, the content comprises one or more selectable user interface objects. 所述信息处理装置还包括:用于检测与显示文件夹的内容的请求相对应的第一输入的装置;以及用于响应于检测到第一输入执行以下操作的装置:将壁纸背景划分为第一部分和第二部分;移动第二部分离开第一部分;以及在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域内显示文件夹的内容。 The information processing apparatus further comprising: a first input means for detecting the display request for the content corresponding to the folder; and a means for in response to detecting the first input of the following: background wallpaper partitioned into a first portion and a second portion; the second portion moves away from the first portion; and displaying the contents of a folder in a region between the first portion and the second portion.

[0052] 因此,为具有显示器的多功能设备提供了用于管理文件夹的更快、更高效的方法和界面,从而提高了有效性、效率和用户对这些设备的满意度。 [0052] Accordingly, there is provided for managing a folder is faster multifunction device with a display, more efficient methods and interfaces, thereby increasing the effectiveness, efficiency and user satisfaction with such devices. 这些方法和界面可以补充或替代用于管理文件夹的常规方法。 These methods and interfaces may complement or replace conventional methods for managing folders.

附图说明 BRIEF DESCRIPTION

[0053] 为了更好地理解本发明的上述实施例以及附加实施例,应当结合附图参考下面的 [0053] For a better understanding of the aforementioned embodiments of the present invention and additional embodiments, reference to the following accompanying drawings shall

具体实施方式,其中类似的附图标记在所有图中指示相应部件。 DETAILED embodiments, wherein like reference numerals indicate corresponding parts throughout the drawings.

[0054] 图IA和IB是示出了根据某些实施例的具有触敏显示器的便携式多功能设备的方框图; [0054] FIGS IA and IB are a block diagram illustrating portable multifunction devices with touch-sensitive displays in accordance with certain embodiments;

[0055] 图IC是示出了根据某些实施例的用于事件处理的示例组件的方框图; [0055] FIG IC is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event in accordance with certain embodiments of the process;

[0056] 图2示出了根据某些实施例的具有触摸屏的便携式多功能设备; [0056] FIG 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device having a touch screen in accordance with certain embodiments;

[0057] 图3是根据某些实施例的具有显示器和触敏表面的示例多功能设备的方框图; [0057] FIG. 3 is a block diagram in accordance with certain exemplary multifunction device with a display and a touch-sensitive surface of the embodiment;

[0058] 图4A和4B示出了根据某些实施例,便携式多功能设备上的应用菜单的示例用户界面; [0058] Figures 4A and 4B illustrate embodiments in accordance with certain embodiments, an example user interface menu of applications on a portable multifunction device;

[0059] 图4C示出了根据某些实施例,具有与显示器相分离的触敏表面的多功能设备的示例用户界面; [0059] FIG. 4C illustrates an exemplary embodiment of a user interface, a multifunction device with a display having a touch-sensitive surface of the separation in accordance with certain;

[0060] 图5A-5PPP示出了根据某些实施例,用于管理文件夹的示例用户界面; [0060] FIGS. 5A-5PPP illustrate embodiments in accordance with certain embodiments, an example user interface for managing a folder;

[0061] 图6A-6E是示出了根据某些实施例,用于创建新文件夹的方法的流程图; [0061] Figures 6A-6E are diagrams showing embodiments in accordance with certain embodiments, a flow chart of a method of creating the new folder;

[0062] 图7A-7C是示出了根据某些实施例,用于管理文件夹图标和动作图标的方法的流程图; [0062] Figures 7A-7C are a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with certain management operation icons and folder icons embodiment, for;

[0063] 图8A-8C是示出了根据某些实施例,用于给新文件夹命名的方法的流程图; [0063] FIGS. 8A-8C are a flowchart illustrating an embodiment, a method for naming the new folder in accordance with certain;

[0064] 图9A-9B是示出了根据某些实施例,用于响应于图标管理输入而调整可选择用户界面对象的激活区域的方法的流程图; [0064] Figures 9A-9B are a flowchart illustrating some embodiments, responsive to a method of selectively adjusting input icon management user interface object in accordance with the active region;

[0065] 图10A-10B是示出了根据某些实施例,响应于图标管理输入而重配置显示器上的图标的方法的流程图; [0065] FIGS. 10A-10B are a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with some embodiments, an icon on the display in response to input icon management of the reconfiguration;

[0066] 图IIA-IIC是示出了根据某些实施例,更新动态文件夹以便提供关于与该动态文件夹相关联的文件夹的内容的视觉指示的方法的流程图;和 [0066] FIG IIA-IIC is a flowchart illustrating a method in accordance with some embodiments, updates to provide a visual indication of the folder on the file contents associated with the folder of the dynamic of the; and

[0067] 图12A-12E是示出了根据某些实施例,与显示文件夹的内容一起提供上下文信息的方法的流程图。 [0067] FIGS. 12A-12E is a flowchart illustrating the context information provided in accordance with the contents of some embodiments, the display method of a folder.

具体实施方式 Detailed ways

[0068] 现在详细参考实施例,在附图中示出了这些实施例的例子。 [0068] Referring now in detail embodiments in the accompanying drawings illustrates these examples of embodiment. 在下面的详细描述中, 提出了若干特定细节,以便提供对本发明的透彻理解。 In the following detailed description, numerous specific details in order to provide a thorough understanding of the present invention. 然而,本领域技术人员应当明了,可以实现本发明而不使用这些特定细节。 However, it should be apparent to those skilled in the art, the present invention may be practiced without these specific details. 在其它情况下,公知的方法、程序、组件、电路和网络未被详细描述,以便不会不必要地使得这些实施例的有关方面含混不清。 In other instances, well-known methods, procedures, components, circuits, and networks have not been described in detail so as not to unnecessarily make these aspects of the embodiments ambiguous.

[0069] 还应当理解,虽然可以在此处使用术语第一、第二等描述各个元素,但是这些元素应该不受这些术语的限制。 [0069] It should also be understood that, although the terms first, second, etc. herein to describe various elements, these elements should be not limited by these terms. 这些术语仅被用于彼此区分元素。 These terms are only used to distinguish one element from another. 例如,第一接触可被称为第二接触,并且类似地,第二接触可被称为第一接触,而不会脱离本发明的范围。 For example, a first contact could be termed a second contact, and, similarly, a second contact could be termed a first contact, without departing from the scope of the invention. 第一接触和第二接触是两个接触,但是它们不是相同的接触。 The first and second contacts are in contact with two, but they are not the same contact.

[0070] 此处在本发明的描述中使用的术语是用于描述特定实施例的目的并且不旨在作为对本发明的限制。 [0070] The terms used in the description herein, the present invention is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments and is not intended as a limitation on the present invention. 如在本发明的描述和所附权利要求书中使用的,除非上下文清楚地指出例外情况,单数形式"一"、"一个"、"一种"("a"、"an"和"the")旨在也包括复数形式。 As described and claimed in the appended claims of the present invention, unless the context clearly dictates exceptions, the singular forms "a", "an", "an" ( "a", "an" and "the" ) is intended to include the plural forms. 还应理解,此处使用的术语"和/或"指并且包括一个或多个相关联地列出的项目的任何和所有可能组合。 It should also be understood that the terminology used herein, "and / or" refers to and encompasses any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items and. 还应理解,当在本说明书中使用术语"包括"和"包含"("include"、 ";[11(3111(1;[叩"、"0011^1^86"和/或"0011^1^8;[1^")时,它们指叙述的特征、整体、步骤、操作、 元件和/或组件的存在,但是不排除一个或多个其它特征、整体、步骤、操作、元件、组件和/ 或它们的组的存在或添加。 It should also be understood that, when used in the present specification "comprises" and "comprising" ( "include", "; [11 (3111 (1; [knock", "86 ^ 0011 ^ 1" and / or "0011 ^ 1 ^ 8; [1 ^ time "), which refers to the recited features, integers, steps, operations, elements, and / or components, but do not preclude one or more other features, integers, steps, operations, elements, components, and / or their presence or addition group.

[0071] 如此处使用的,根据上下文,术语"如果"可被构想为意味着"当...时"或"在...之后"或"响应于确定"或"响应于检测到..."。 [0071] As used herein, depending on the context, the term "if" may be construed to mean "when the time ..." or "after ..." or "in response to determining" or "in response to detecting .. .. " 类似地,根据上下文,短语"如果确定"或"如果检测到[被说明的条件或事件]"可被构想为意味着"在确定之后"或"作为对确定的响应"或"在检测到[被说明的条件或事件]"或"作为检测到[被说明的条件或事件]的响应"。 Similarly, depending on the context, the phrase "if it is determined" or "if [a stated condition or event is described in]" may be construed to mean "upon determining" or "in response to determining" or "upon detecting [ the stated condition or event description] "or" in detecting [the stated condition or event description] response. "

[0072] 如此处使用的,术语显示器的"分辨率"指沿着显示器的每个轴或在显示器的每个维度上的像素数目(也被称为"像素数"或"像素分辨率")。 [0072] As used herein, the term display "resolution" refers to the number of pixels along each axis or in each dimension of the display monitor (also referred to as "pixels" or "pixel resolution") . 例如,显示器可以具有320X480 像素的分辨率。 For example, the display may have a resolution of 320X480 pixels. 另外,如此处使用的,术语多功能设备的"分辨率"指多功能设备中的显示器的分辨率。 Further, as used herein, the term "resolution" refers to the resolution of the multi-function device in the multifunction device of the display. 术语"分辨率"不暗示对每个像素的大小或像素间隔的任何限制。 The term "resolution" does not imply any limitations on the size of each pixel or the spacing of pixels. 例如,与具有1024 X 768像素分辨率的第一显示器相比,具有320 X 480像素分辨率的第二显示器具有较低的分辨率。 For example, compared with the first display having a resolution of 1024 X 768 pixels, the second display having 320 X 480 pixel resolution has a lower resolution. 然而,应当注意,显示器的物理大小不仅取决于像素分辨率,而且还取决于许多其它因素,包括像素大小和像素间隔。 However, it should be noted that the physical size of the display depends not only on the pixel resolution, but also depends on many other factors, including the pixel size and pixel spacing. 因此,与第二显示器相比,第一显示器可以具有相同、更小或更大的物理大小。 Therefore, compared to the second display, the first display may have the same, smaller or larger physical size.

[0073] 如此处使用的,术语显示器的"视频分辨率"指沿着显示器的每个轴或在显示器的每个维度上的像素密度。 [0073] As used herein, the term display "video resolution" of a display means along each axis or in each dimension pixel density of the display. 通常以每英寸点数(DPI)为单位测量视频分辨率,DPI是对可沿着显示器的相应维度在一英寸跨距内放置在一行中的像素数目的计数。 The video resolution is typically measured in dots per inch (DPI) as a unit, DPI is a count of the number of pixels can be placed in one row in the span of one inch along a respective dimension of the display.

[0074] 描述了计算设备、用于这些设备的用户界面和用于使用这些设备的相关处理的实施例。 [0074] The described computing device, user interfaces for such devices, and associated processes for embodiments of the use of these devices. 在某些实施例中,该计算设备是便携式通信设备,诸如还包含诸如PDA和/或音乐播放器功能的其它功能的移动电话。 In certain embodiments, the computing device is a portable communication device, such as a mobile telephone further comprises other functions, such as PDA and / or music player functions. 便携式多功能设备的示例实施例包括但不限于, Cupertino,California的苹果公司的iP〇ue®和iP〇dT〇UCh®设备。 Exemplary embodiments of portable multifunction devices include, without limitation, Cupertino, California and Apple Inc. of iP〇ue® iP〇dT〇UCh® equipment. 还可以使用其它便携式设备,诸如具有触敏表面(例如,触摸屏显示器和/或触控板)的膝上计算机或平板计算机。 Other portable devices may also be used, such as a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen displays and / or touch panel) of a laptop computer or a tablet computer. 还应理解,在某些实施例中,该设备不是便携式通信设备,而是具有触敏表面(例如, 触摸屏显示器和/或触控板)的台式计算机。 It should also be appreciated that in some embodiments, the device is not a portable communications device, but is a desktop computer with a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen displays and / or touch plate).

[0075] 在下面的讨论中,描述包括显示器和触敏表面的计算设备。 [0075] In the discussion that follows, a computing device that includes a display and a touch-sensitive surface. 然而,应当理解,计算设备可以包括一个或多个其它物理用户接口设备,诸如物理键盘、鼠标和/或操纵杆。 However, it should be understood that computing device may include one or more other physical user-interface devices, such as a physical keyboard, a mouse and / or joystick.

[0076] 该设备支持各种应用,诸如下列中的一个或多个应用:绘画应用、演示应用、字处理应用、网站创建应用、盘创作应用、电子表格应用、游戏应用、电话应用、视频会议应用、电子邮件应用、即时消息应用、健身助手应用、照片管理应用、数字照相机应用、数字摄像机应用、网络浏览应用、数字音乐播放器应用和/或数字视频播放器应用。 [0076] The device supports a variety of applications, such as one or more of the following applications: a drawing application, a presentation application, a word processing application, a website creation application, a disk authoring application, a spreadsheet application, a gaming application, a telephone application, a video conference applications, email applications, instant messaging application, a workout support application, a photo management application, a digital camera application, a digital video camera application, a web browsing application, a digital music player application, and / or a digital video player application.

[0077] 可以在该设备上执行的各种应用可以使用至少一种通用物理用户接口设备,诸如触敏表面。 [0077] The various applications that may be executed on the device may use at least one common physical user-interface devices, such as a touch-sensitive surface. 可以从一种应用到下一种应用和/或在相应应用中调整和/或改变触敏表面的一种或多种功能以及在所述设备上显示的相应信息。 It may be an application and / or corresponding information to adjust and / or alter one or more functions of the touch-sensitive surface and the respective applications displayed on the device from one application to. 以这种方式,该设备的一种通用物理体系结构(诸如,触敏表面)可以支持具有直观并且一目了然的用户界面的各种应用。 In this way, a common physical architecture of the device (such as a touch-sensitive surface) may support a variety of applications at a glance and intuitive user interface.

[0078] 用户界面可以包括一个或多个软键盘实施例。 [0078] The user interfaces may include one or more soft keyboard embodiments. 软键盘实施例可以包括键盘的显示图标上的标准(QWERTY)和/或非标准符号配置,诸如在于2006年7月24日提交的美国专利申请11/459, 606," Keyboards ForPortable Electronic Devices"和于2006年7月24 日提交的11/459, 615, " Touch Screen Keyboards For Portable Electronic Devices" 中所述的键盘,通过引用将它们的内容完整结合在此。 Soft keyboard embodiments may include standard (a QWERTY) and / or non-standard symbols arranged on the display icons of the keyboard, such as that in U.S. Patent No. July 24, 2006, filed 11/459, 606, "Keyboards ForPortable Electronic Devices" and 11/459, 615, "Touch Screen keyboards for Portable Electronic Devices" in the keyboard on July 24, 2006 submitted by reference in their full contents are incorporated herein. 键盘实施例可以包括相对于已有物理键盘(诸如打字机的键盘)中的按键的数目减少数目的图标(或软按键)。 The keyboard embodiments may include a number of phases in existing physical keyboards (such as a typewriter keyboard) in a reduced number of key icons (or soft keys). 这可以使得用户更容易选择键盘中的一个或多个图标并从而选择一个或多个相应符号。 This may make it easier for users to select one or more icons in the keyboard and to select one or more corresponding symbols. 键盘实施例可以是自适应的。 The keyboard embodiments may be adaptive. 例如,可以根据用户动作修改显示的图标,用户动作诸如选择一个或多个图标和/或一个或多个相应符号。 For example, the user can modify the display operation icons, the user action such as selecting one or more icons and / or one or more corresponding symbols. 设备上的一个或多个应用可以利用通用和/或不同的键盘实施例。 One or more applications on the device may utilize common embodiments and / or different keyboard. 因此,可以为至少某些应用调整所使用的键盘实施例。 Thus, at least a keyboard embodiments may be used to adjust certain applications. 在某些实施例中,可以为各用户分别调整一个或多个键盘实施例。 In certain embodiments, respectively, may adjust one or more keyboard embodiments each user. 例如,可以基于某个用户的字词使用历史(词典学、 俚语、个体使用),为该相应用户调整一个或多个键盘实施例。 For example, usage history (lexicography, slang, individual usage) of the user based on a word, adjusting one or more keyboard embodiments for the respective user. 当使用软键盘实施例时,可以调整某些键盘实施例,以便在选择一个或多个图标并从而选择一个或多个符号时减少用户错误的概率。 When using the soft keyboard embodiments, some keyboard embodiments may be adjusted in order to select one or more icons and to select one or more symbols while reducing the probability of a user error.

[0079] 现在将注意力指向具有触敏显示器的便携式设备的实施例。 [0079] Attention is now directed embodiments of portable devices with touch-sensitive displays. 图IA和IB是示出了根据某些实施例,具有触敏显示器112的便携式多功能设备100的方框图。 FIGS. IA and IB are a block diagram illustrating a portable multifunction device 100 in accordance with some embodiments, a touch-sensitive display 112. 触敏显示器112 有时出于方便被称为"触摸屏",并且还可被称为或叫做触敏显示系统。 Touch-sensitive display 112 is sometimes for convenience called a "touch screen", and may also be referred to as or called a touch-sensitive display system. 设备1〇〇可以包括存储器102 (其可以包括一个或多个计算机可读存储介质)、存储器控制器122、一个或多个处理单元(CPU) 120、外设接口118、RF电路108、音频电路110、扬声器111、麦克风113、输入/输出(1/0)子系统106、其它输入或控制设备116和外部端口124。 1〇〇 apparatus may include a memory 102 (which may include one or more computer-readable storage medium), a memory controller 122, one or more processing units (CPU) 120, the peripherals interface 118, RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, input / output (1/0) subsystem 106, other input or control devices 116 and external port 124. 设备100可以包括一个或多个光传感器164。 Device 100 may include one or more light sensors 164. 这些组件可以在一个或多个通信总线或信号线103上通信。 These components 103 can communicate with one or more communication buses or signal lines.

[0080] 应当理解,设备100仅是便携式多功能设备100的一个例子,并且设备100可以具有多于或少于所示组件的组件,可以组合两个或更多个组件,或可以具有不同组件配置或布置。 [0080] It should be appreciated that the device 100 is only one example of a portable multifunction device 100, and device 100 may have more or less than the components of the assembly shown, may combine two or more components, or different components may have configuration or arrangement. 图IA和IB中所示的各种组件可以硬件、软件或硬件和软件两者的组合实现,包括一个或多个信号处理和/或专用集成电路。 The various components shown in FIGS. IA and IB may be hardware, software or a combination of both hardware and software, including one or more signal processing and / or application specific integrated circuits.

[0081] 存储器102可以包括高速随机存取存储器,并且还可以包括非易失存储器,诸如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、闪存设备或其它非易失固态存储器设备。 [0081] Memory 102 may include high-speed random access memory and may also include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state memory devices. 可由存储器控制器122 控制设备100的组件(诸如CPU 120和外设接口118)对存储器102的访问。 The memory controller 122 may control the components of the device 100 (such as CPU 120 and the peripherals interface 118) access to the memory 102.

[0082] 外设接口118可以用于将设备的输入和输出外设耦接到CPU 120和存储器102。 [0082] The peripheral interface 118 may be used to input and output peripheral devices coupled to CPU 120 and a memory 102. 一个或多个CPU 120运行或执行各种软件程序和/或存储在存储器102内的指令集,以便执行设备100的各种功能以及处理数据。 CPU 120 running one or more or execute various software programs and / or sets of instructions stored in memory 102 to perform various functions and data processing apparatus 100.

[0083] 在某些实施例中,外设接口118、CPU 120和存储器控制器122可在单个芯片诸如芯片104上实现。 [0083] In certain embodiments, the peripherals interface 118, CPU 120 and memory controller 122 may be implemented on a single chip, such as chip 104. 在某些其它实施例中,它们可在不同芯片上实现。 In certain other embodiments, they may be implemented on different chips.

[0084] RF(射频)电路108接收和发送还被称为电磁信号的RF信号。 [0084] RF (radio frequency) circuitry 108 receives and sends RF signals also called electromagnetic signals. RF电路108将电信号转变为电磁信号/将电磁信号转变为电信号,并且通过电磁信号与通信网络和其它通信设备通信。 The RF circuitry 108 electrical signal into an electromagnetic signal / electrical signal converting electromagnetic signals, and by electromagnetic signals with a communication network and other communication devices. RF电路108可以包括用于执行这些功能的公知电路,包括但不限于天线系统、RF收发器、一个或多个放大器、调谐器、一个或多个振荡器、数字信号处理器、CODEC芯片组、用户身份模块(SM)卡、存储器等。 RF circuitry 108 may include well-known circuitry for performing these functions, including but not limited to an antenna system, RF transceiver, one or more amplifiers, a tuner, one or more oscillators, a digital signal processor, the CODEC chip set, subscriber identity module (SM) card, memory, and the like. RF电路108可以通过无线通信与网络通信,(诸如也被称为万维网(WWW)的Internet、内联网和/或无线网络,诸如蜂窝电话网络、无线局域网(LAN)和/或城域网(MN)以及其它设备通信。无线通信可以使用多种通信标准、 协议和技术中的任何一种,包括但不限于全球移动通信系统(GSM)、增强式数据GSM环境(EDGE)、高速下行链路分组访问(HSDPA)、宽带码分多址(W-CDMA)、码分多址(CDMA)、时分多址(TDMA)、蓝牙、无线保真(Wi-Fi)(例如,IEEE802. 11a、IEEE802. 11b、IEEE802. Ilg 和/或IEEE802. Iln)、网络电话(VoIP)、Wi-MAX、用于电子邮件的协议(例如,Internet消息访问协议(IMP)和/或邮局协议(POP))、即时消息收发(例如,可扩展消息处理现场协议(XMPP,extensiblemessaging and presence protocol)、用于即时消息收发和呈现支持扩展的会话启动协议(SIMPLE,Session Initiation Protocol for InstanctMessagi RF circuitry 108 may communicate with a wireless communication network (also referred to as the World Wide Web (WWW) of the Internet, intranet, and / or a wireless network, such as a cellular telephone network, a wireless local area network (LAN) and / or a metropolitan area network (MN ) and other communication devices. the wireless communication may use a variety of communications standards, protocols, and any of the art, including but not limited to global system for mobile (GSM), enhanced data GSM environment (EDGE), high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), wideband Code division Multiple access (W-CDMA), code division multiple access (CDMA), Time division Multiple access (TDMA), Bluetooth, wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) (for example, IEEE802. 11a, IEEE802. 11b, IEEE802. Ilg and / or IEEE802. Iln), Internet telephony (VoIP), Wi-MAX, a protocol for e-mail (for example, Internet message access protocol (IMP), and / or Post Office protocol (POP)), instant messaging (eg, extensible messaging and Presence protocol (XMPP, extensiblemessaging and presence protocol), for instant messaging and presence support the expansion of the session Initiation protocol (SIMPLE, session Initiation protocol for InstanctMessagi ng and Presence Leveraging Extensions)、即时消息收发和呈现服务(IMPS))和/或短消息服务(SMS),或任何其它适合的通信协议,包括到本文档提交日尚未开发的通信协议。 ng and Presence Leveraging Extensions), Instant Messaging and Presence Services (IMPS)) and / or Short Message Service (SMS), or any other suitable communication protocol, including communication protocols to the filing date of this document is not yet developed.

[0085] 音频电路110、扬声器111和麦克风113提供用户和设备100之间的音频接口。 [0085] The audio circuitry 110, speaker 111 and microphone 113 provide an audio interface between a user and the device 100. 音频电路110从外设接口118接收音频数据,将音频数据转换为电信号,并且将电信号传输到扬声器111。 Audio circuitry 110 peripherals interface 118 receives audio data from the audio data into an electric signal, and transmits the electrical signal to the speaker 111. 扬声器111将电信号转换为人可以听到的声波。 Speaker 111 converts the electrical signal to human-audible sound waves. 音频电路110还接收麦克风113从声波转换的电信号。 The audio circuitry 110 also receives electrical signals converted from the sound waves 113 microphone. 音频电路110将电信号转换为音频数据,并且将音频数据传输到外设接口118以便处理。 The audio circuitry 110 converts the electrical signal to audio data and transmits the audio data to the peripherals interface 118 for processing. 可以通过外设接口118从存储器102和/或RF电路108接收音频数据,和/或向存储器102和/或RF电路108传输音频数据。 May be received by the peripherals interface 118 and / or the RF circuitry 108 audio data memory 102, and / or and / or transmitting RF circuit 108 to the audio data memory 102. 在某些实施例中,音频电路110还包括耳机插孔(例如,图2的212)。 In certain embodiments, the audio circuitry 110 also includes a headset jack (e.g., 212 of FIG. 2). 耳机插孔提供音频电路110和可移动音频输入/输出外设(诸如只输出的耳机或具有输出(例如,用于一只或两只耳朵的耳机)和输入(例如,麦克风)的耳机)之间的接口。 Headset jack provides audio circuitry 110 and removable audio input / output peripherals (such as output-only headphones or an output (e.g., for an earphone or both ears) and input (e.g., a microphone) headphones) of the interface between.

[0086] I/O子系统106将设备100上的输入/输出外设,诸如触摸屏112和其它输入/控制设备116,耦接到外设接口118。 [0086] I / O subsystem 106 couples input 100 on the device / output peripherals, such as touch screen 112 and other input / control devices 116, to the peripherals interface 118. I/O子系统106可以包括显示控制器156和用于其它输入或控制设备的一个或多个输入控制器160。 I / O subsystem 106 may include a display, and a controller 156 for other input or control devices or more input controllers 160. 一个或多个输入控制器160从/向其它输入或控制设备116接收/发送电信号。 One or more input controllers 160 receives from / to other input or control devices 116 / sends electrical signals. 其它输入控制设备116可以包括物理按钮(例如,按压(push)按钮、摇杆(rocker)按钮等)、拨盘、滑块开关、操纵杆、点击轮等。 Other input control devices 116 may include physical buttons (e.g., press (push) buttons, rocker (Rocker) button, etc.), dials, slider switches, joysticks, click wheels. 在某些替换实施例中,一个或多个输入控制器160可被耦接到下列中的任何一个(或不连接到它们中的任何一个):键盘、红外端口、USB端口、诸如鼠标的指针设备。 In certain alternative embodiments, one or more input controllers 160 may be coupled to any one of the following (or not connected to any one of them): a keyboard, infrared port, USB port, such as a mouse pointer device. 一个或多个按钮(例如, 图2的208)可以包括用于扬声器111和/或麦克风113的音量控制的上/下按钮。 One or more buttons (e.g., 208 of FIG. 2) may comprise a 111 and / or microphone / down button for volume control of speaker 113. 一个或多个按钮可以包括按压按钮(例如,图2的206)。 One or more buttons may include a push button (e.g., 206 of FIG. 2). 对按压按钮的快速按压可以解除触摸屏112的锁定或开始在触摸屏上使用手势解锁设备的处理,如于2005年12月23日提交的美国专利申请11/322, 549,"Unlocking a Deviceby Performing Gestures on an Unlock Image"所述的,通过引用将其完整结合在此。 Rapid pressing of the push button can be released touch screen lock 112 or start using gestures on the touch screen to unlock processing equipment, US patent as 2005 December 23 filed 11/322, 549, "Unlocking a Deviceby Performing Gestures on according to an Unlock Image ", incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. 对按压按钮(例如,206)的较长按压可以接通或关闭设备100的电源。 Pressing a button (e.g., 206) can be switched or longer press of the power supply device 100 is closed. 用户能够定制一个或多个按钮的功能。 Users can customize the function of one or more buttons. 触摸屏112被用于实现虚拟或软按钮以及一个或多个软键盘。 The touch screen 112 is used to implement virtual or soft buttons and one or more soft keyboards.

[0087] 触敏触摸屏112提供设备和用户之间的输入接口和输出接口。 [0087] The touch-sensitive touch screen 112 provides an input interface and an output interface between the device and the user. 显示控制器156从/向触摸屏112接收和/或发送电信号。 Display controller 156 receives and from / to the touch screen 112 / or sends electrical signals. 触摸屏112向用户显示视觉输出。 The touch screen 112 displays visual output to the user. 视觉输出可以包括图形、文本、图标、视频和其任何组合(总地被称为"图形")。 The visual output may include graphics, text, icons, video, and any combination thereof (collectively referred to as "graphics"). 在某些实施例中,某些或全部视觉输出可以相应于用户界面对象。 In certain embodiments, some or all of the visual output may correspond to user-interface objects.

[0088] 触摸屏112具有基于触觉和/或可触知的接触接收来自用户的输入的触敏表面、 传感器或传感器集合。 [0088] Touch screen 112 has a touch-sensitive surface for receiving input from the user based on haptic and / or tactile contact with a set of sensors or sensor. 触摸屏112和显示控制器156(连同存储器102内的任何相关模块和/或指令集)检测触摸屏112上的接触(以及接触的任何运动或中断),并且将检测到的接触转换为与在触摸屏上显示的用户界面对象(例如,一个或多个软按键、图标、网页或图像)的交互。 Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 (or along with any associated modules within the memory 102 and / or sets of instructions) with the upper contact 112 detects a touch screen (and any movement or breaking), and the detected contact conversion touchscreen interactive user interface object (e.g., one or more soft keys, icons, web pages or images) is displayed. 在示例实施例中,触摸屏112和用户之间的接触点相应于用户的手指。 In an exemplary embodiment, the point of contact between touch screen 112 and the user corresponds to a finger of the user.

[0089] 触摸屏112可以使用IXD (液晶显示)技术或LPD (发光聚合物显示)技术,虽然在其它实施例中可以使用其它显示技术。 [0089] The touch screen 112 may use IXD (liquid crystal display) technology, or LPD (light emitting polymer display) technology, although other display technologies may be used in other embodiments. 触摸屏112和显示控制器156可以使用现在已知或以后开发的多种触摸感测技术检测接触以及接触的任何运动或中断,触摸感测技术包括但不限于电容、电阻、红外线和表面声波技术,以及其它接近传感器阵列或用于确定与触摸屏112的一个或多个接触点的其它元件。 Touch screen 112 and display controller 156 can detect various touch sensing technologies now known or later developed in contact and any movement or breaking, touch sensing technologies including but not limited to capacitive, resistive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave technologies, as well as other proximity sensor arrays or other elements for one or more points of contact 112 with the touch screen is determined. 在示例实施例中,使用投射互电容感测技术,诸如Cupertino, California 的苹果公司的iPhone®和iPod Touch®中的技术。 In an exemplary embodiment, projected mutual capacitance sensing technology, such as technology of Cupertino, California, and Apple's iPod Touch® the iPhone®.

[0090] 触摸屏112的某些实施例中的触敏显示器可以类似于在下面的美国专利中描述的多点触敏触控板:6, 323, 846 (Westerman 等),6, 570, 557 (Westerman 等)和/ 或6, 677, 932 (Westerman)和/或美国专利公开2002/0015024A1,通过引用将它们中的每一个完整结合在此。 [0090] The touch screen 112 in some embodiments of the touch-sensitive display may be analogous to the multi-touch sensitive touchpads in U.S. Patent No. described in the following: 6, 323, 846 (Westerman, etc.), 6, 570, 557 ( Westerman et al), and / or 6, 677, 932 (Westerman), and / or U.S. Patent Publication 2002 / 0015024A1, each by reference in full herein incorporated them. 然而,触摸屏112显示便携式设备100的视觉输出,而触敏触控板不提供视觉输出。 However, the touch screen 112 displays visual output to the portable device 100, whereas touch sensitive touchpads do not provide visual output.

[0091] 触摸屏112的某些实施例中的触敏显示器可以是在下面的申请中描述的那样:(1)于2006年5月2日提交的美国专利申请No. 11/381,313," Multipoint Touch Surface Controller (2)于2004年5月6日提交的美国专利申请No. 10/840, 862," Multipoint Touchscreen" ; (3)于2004 年7 月30 日提交的美国专利申请No. 10/903,964," Gestures For TouchSensitive Input Devices" ; (4)于2005 年I 月31 日提交的美国专利申请No. 11/048,264," Gestures For Touch Sensitive Input Devices" ; (5)于2005 年I 月18 日提交的美国专利申请No. 11/038, 590, " Mode- BasedGraphical User Interfaces For Touch Sensitive Input Devices" ; (6)于2005 年9 月16 日提交的美国专利申请No. 11/228,758," Virtual InputDevice Placement On A Touch Screen User Interface" ; (7)于2005年9月16日提交的美国专利申请No. 11/228,700, " Operation Of A Computerffith A Touch Screen Interface^ ;(8) 于2005 年9 月16 日提交的美国专利申请 In some embodiments of the touch-sensitive display may be implemented as [0091] The touch screen 112 is described in the following applications: U.S. Patent No. (1) on May 2, 2006, filed Application No. 11 / 381,313, " US Patent Multipoint Touch Surface Controller (2) on May 6, 2004 filed No. 10/840, 862, "Multipoint Touchscreen"; (3) US patent on July 30, 2004, filed No. 10 / 903,964, "Gestures for TouchSensitive Input Devices"; (4) US patent on May 31, 2005 I filed No. 11 / 048,264, "Gestures for Touch Sensitive Input Devices"; (5) on May 18, 2005 I US patent filed No. 11/038, 590, "Mode- BasedGraphical User Interfaces for Touch Sensitive Input Devices"; US Patent (6) on September 16, 2005 filed No. 11 / 228,758, "Virtual InputDevice Placement on a Touch Screen User Interface "; US Patent application No. (7) on September 16, 2005, filed 11 / 228,700," Operation of a Computerffith a Touch Screen Interface ^; (8) in September 2005 US patent application filed on the 16th No. 11/228, 737," Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-ScreenVirtual Keyboard";和(9)于2006年3月3日提交的美国专利申请No. 11/367, 749," Multi-Functional Hand-Held Device"。 No. 11/228, 737, "Activating Virtual Keys Of A Touch-ScreenVirtual Keyboard"; US Patent and (9) on March 3, 2006 filed No. 11/367, 749, "Multi-Functional Hand- Held Device ". 通过引用将所有这些申请完整结合在此。 All of these applications by reference in full herein.

[0092] 触摸屏112可以具有超过IOOdpi的视频分辨率。 [0092] The touch screen 112 may have more than IOOdpi video resolution. 在示例实施例中,该触摸屏具有近似160dpi的视频分辨率。 In an exemplary embodiment, the touch screen has a resolution of approximately 160dpi video. 用户可以使用任何适合的物体或附属物(诸如触笔、手指等等) 接触触摸屏112。 The user can use any suitable object or appendage (such as a stylus, finger, etc.) contact with the touch screen 112. 在某些实施例中,用户界面被设计为主要以基于手指的接触和手势工作, 由于手指在触摸屏上的较大接触区域,其可能不如基于触笔的输入准确。 In certain embodiments, the user interface is designed primarily with finger-based contacts and gestures work, since the larger area of ​​contact of a finger on the touch screen, stylus-based input that may not be as accurate. 在某些实施例中, 设备将粗略的基于手指的输入变换为精确的指针/游标位置或命令,以便执行用户所希望的动作。 In certain embodiments, the device translates the rough finger-based input into a precise pointer / cursor position or command for performing the actions desired by the user.

[0093] 在某些实施例中,除了触摸屏之外,设备100可以包括用于激活或去激活特定功能的触控板(未示出)。 [0093] In certain embodiments, in addition to the touch screen, device 100 may comprise for activating or deactivating particular functions touchpad (not shown). 在某些实施例中,触控板是该设备的一个触敏区域,与触摸屏不同, 其不显示视觉输出。 In certain embodiments, the touchpad is a touch-sensitive area of ​​the device, unlike the touch screen, which does not display visual output. 触控板可以是与触摸屏112相分离的触敏表面,或是对由触摸屏形成的触敏表面的扩展。 The touch panel with the touch screen 112 may be a separate touch-sensitive surface, or the extension of the touch-sensitive surface formed by the touch screen.

[0094] 在某些实施例中,设备100可以包括物理或虚拟轮(例如,点击轮)作为输入控制设备116。 [0094] In certain embodiments, apparatus 100 may include a physical or virtual wheel (e.g., a click wheel) as input control device 116. 通过旋转点击轮或通过移动与点击轮的接触点(例如,以相对于点击轮的中心点的角位移来衡量接触点的移动量的情况),用户可以在触摸屏112中显示的一个或多个图形对象(例如,图标)之间导航并且与之交互。 (For example, with respect to the angular displacement of the center point of the click wheel to measure the amount of movement of the contact point) by rotating the click wheel or by moving the point of contact with the click wheel, the user can display one or more of the touch screen 112 between graphical objects (eg, icons) to navigate and interact with it. 点击轮还可用于选择一个或多个显示的图标。 Click wheel can also be used to select one or more display icons. 例如,用户可以按下点击轮的至少一部分或相关按钮。 For example, the user may press at least a portion of the click wheel or the buttons. 输入控制器160以及存储器102内的一个或多个模块和/或指令集可以处理用户通过点击轮提供的用户命令和导航命令。 An input controller 160 and one or more modules 102 within the memory and / or instruction set may process user commands and navigation commands provided by the user via the click wheel. 对于虚拟点击轮,点击轮和点击轮控制器可以分别是触摸屏112和显示控制器156的一部分。 For a virtual click wheel, the click wheel and click wheel controller may be part of the controller 156 are a touch screen 112 and the display. 对于虚拟点击轮,点击轮可以是响应用户与该设备的交互,在触摸屏显示器上出现和消失的不透明的或半透明的对象。 For a virtual click wheel, the click wheel may be in response to user interaction with the device, the appearance and disappearance of opaque or translucent objects on the touch screen display. 在某些实施例中,虚拟点击轮被显示在便携式多功能设备的触摸屏上并且由用户与触摸屏的接触来操作。 In certain embodiments, a virtual click wheel is displayed on the touch screen of a portable multifunction device and operated by user contact with the touch screen.

[0095] 设备100还可以包括用于给各种组件供电的电源系统162。 [0095] The device 100 may further include a power supply powering the various components of the system 162. 电源系统162可以包括功率管理系统、一个或多个电源(例如,电池、交流电(AC))、再充电系统、电源故障检测电路、电源转换器或逆变器、电源状态指示器(例如,发光二极管(LED))和与便携式设备中功率的产生、管理和分配相关的任何其它组件。 The power supply system 162 may include a power management system, one or more power sources (e.g., battery, alternating current (the AC)), a recharging system, a power failure detection circuit, a power converter or inverter, a power status indicator (e.g., a light emitting diode (the LED)) and any other component of the power generated in the portable device, the associated management and distribution.

[0096] 设备100还可以包括一个或多个光传感器164。 [0096] device 100 may also include one or more light sensors 164. 图IA和IB示出了耦接到1/0子系统106内的光传感器控制器158的光传感器。 FIGS. IA and IB illustrate an optical sensor coupled to a controller within the 1/0 subsystem 106 of the optical sensor 158. 光传感器164可以包括电荷親合器件((XD) 或互补金属氧化物半导体(CMOS)光电晶体管。光传感器164接收通过一个或多个透镜投射的来自环境的光,并且将该光转换为表示图像的数据。结合成像模块143(也被称为照相机模块),光传感器164可以捕捉静态图像或视频。在某些实施例中,光传感器位于设备100的背面,与设备正面上的触摸屏显示器112相对,从而触摸屏显示器可被用作静态和/ 或视频图像获取的取景器。在某些实施例中,光传感器位于设备正面,从而可以在用户在触摸屏显示器上观看其它视频会议参与者的同时,获取用户的图像以便进行视频会议。在某些实施例中,可由用户改变(例如,通过旋转设备壳体内的镜头和传感器)光传感器164的位置,从而单个光传感器164可与触摸屏显示器一起被用于视频会议和静态和/或视频图像获取两者。 Light sensor 164 may include a charge coupled device affinity ((XD) or complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistors. Optical sensor 164 receives light from the environment, projected through one or more lens, and converts the light into an image representing data. in conjunction with imaging module 143 (also called a camera module), optical sensor 164 may capture still images or video. in certain embodiments, the optical sensor is located on the back of the device 100, opposite the touch screen display device 112 on the front side , so that the touch screen display may be used as static and / or video images acquired by the viewfinder. in certain embodiments, the optical sensor located in front of the device, can be viewed while the other video conference participants on the touch screen display in a user acquires the user's image for video conference. in certain embodiments, changed by the user (e.g., by rotating the lens and the sensor in the device housing) 164 of the optical sensor position, so that a single optical sensor 164 may be used along with the touch screen display video conferencing and still and / or video image acquisition.

[0097] 设备100还可以包括一个或多个接近传感器166。 [0097] The device 100 may also include one or more proximity sensors 166. 图IA和IB示出了耦接到外设接口118的接近传感器166。 FIGS. IA and IB illustrate the peripherals interface 118 is coupled to the proximity sensor 166. 可替换地,接近传感器166可被耦接到I/O子系统106内的输入控制器160。 Alternatively, the proximity sensor 166 may be coupled to the I / O subsystem 106, the input controller 160 接近传感器166可以如美国专利申请No. 11/241,839/'Proximity Detector In Handheld Device" ;11/240,788,"Proximity Detector In Handheld Device"; 11/620,702,"Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output"; 11/586,862,"Automated Response To And Sensing Of User Activity InPortable Devices" 和11/638,251,"Methods And Systems For AutomaticConfiguration Of Peripherals"中描述的那样执行操作,通过引用将它们完整结合在此。在某些实施例中,当多功能设备被放置在用户耳朵附近时(例如,当用户进行电话呼叫时),接近传感器关闭并且禁用触摸屏112。 The proximity sensor 166 may be as described in US Patent Application No. 11 / 241,839 / 'Proximity Detector In Handheld Device "; 11 / 240,788," Proximity Detector In Handheld Device "; 11 / 620,702," Using Ambient Light Sensor To Augment Proximity Sensor Output "; 11 / 586,862," Automated Response to and Sensing of User Activity InPortable Devices "and 11 / 638,251," in Methods and Systems For AutomaticConfiguration of Peripherals "executed to operate as described by reference in their entirety incorporated herein in particular. such embodiments, when the multifunction device is placed near the user's ear (e.g., when the user is making a phone call), the proximity sensor turns off and disables touch screen 112.

[0098] 设备100还可以包括一个或多个加速度计168。 [0098] device 100 may also include one or more accelerometers 168. 图IA和IB示出了耦接到外设接口118的加速度计168。 FIGS. IA and IB illustrate the interface 118, to the peripherals acceleration meter 168. 可替换地,加速度计168可被耦接到1/0子系统106内的输入控制器160。 Alternatively, the accelerometer 168 may be coupled to an input controller 160 in the 1/0 subsystem 106. 加速度计168可以如美国专利公开No. 20050190059," Acceleration-b ased Theft Detection System forPortable Electronic Devices"和美国专利公开No. 20060017692, " Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based OnAn Accelerometer"中所述那样执行操作,通过引用将这两者完整结合在此。 Accelerometer 168 may be as described in US Patent Publication No. 20050190059, "Acceleration-b ased Theft Detection System forPortable Electronic Devices" and U.S. Patent Publication No. 20060017692, "Methods And Apparatuses For Operating A Portable Device Based OnAn Accelerometer" is performed as described in the operation, by reference to these two full herein. 在某些实施例中,可以基于对从一个或多个加速度计接收的数据的分析,以纵向视图或横向视图的方式在触摸屏显示器上显示信息。 In certain embodiments, it may be based on analysis of data received from one or more of the acceleration in a portrait view or a landscape view of the display information on the touch screen display. 除了加速度计(一个或多个)168之外,设备100可选择地包括磁力计(未示出)和用于获得关于设备100的位置和定向(例如,纵向或横向)的信息的GPS (或GLONASS或其它全球导航系统)接收器(未示出)。 In addition to accelerometer (s) other than 168, device 100 optionally includes a magnetometer (not shown) for obtaining position and orientation on the device 100 (e.g., portrait or landscape) information GPS (or GLONASS or other global navigation system) receiver (not shown).

[0099] 在某些实施例中,存储在存储器102内的软件组件包括操作系统126、通信模块(或指令集)128、接触/运动模块(或指令集)130、图形模块(或指令集)132、文本输入模块(或指令集)134、全球定位系统(GPS)模块(或指令集)135和应用(或指令集)136。 [0099] In certain embodiments, the memory 102 stores software components include an operating system 126, a communication module (or set of instructions) 128, contact / motion module (or set of instructions) 130, graphics module (or set of instructions) 132, text input module (or set of instructions) 134, global positioning system (GPS) module (or set of instructions) 135, and applications (or set of instructions) 136. 另外,在某些实施例中存储器102如图1A、IB和3所示存储设备/全局内部状态157。 Further, in some embodiments, memory 102 in FIG. 1A, IB and storage device shown in FIG. 3 / global internal state 157. 设备/全局内部状态157包括下列中的一个或多个:活动应用状态,指示哪些应用(如果有的话)当前是活动的;显示状态,指示什么应用、视图或其它信息占据触摸屏显示器112的各区域;传感器状态,包括从设备的各个传感器和输入控制设备116获得的信息;和关于设备的位置和/或姿态(attitude)的位置信息。 Device / global internal state 157 includes one or more of: active application state, which application (if any) indicating currently active; display state, what applications, views or other information occupy various indicative of the touchscreen display 112 region; sensor state, including information obtained from various sensors and input device control apparatus 116; and position information about the location of the device and / or the attitude (attitude) a.

[0100] 操作系统126 (例如,Darwin、RTXC、LINUX、UNIX、OS X、WINDOWS、或嵌入式操作系统,诸如VxWorks)包括用于控制和管理一般系统任务(例如存储器管理、存储设备控制、电源管理等)的各种软件组件和/或驱动程序,并且帮助实现各种硬件和软件组件之间的通信。 [0100] Operating system 126 (e.g., Darwin, RTXC, LINUX, UNIX, OS X, WINDOWS, or an embedded operating system such as the VxWorks) includes means for controlling and managing general system tasks (e.g., memory management, storage device control, power supply management, etc.) of the various software components and / or drivers, and facilitate communication between various hardware and software components.

[0101] 通信模块128帮助实现在一个或多个外部端口124上与其它设备的通信,并且还包括用于处理由RF电路108和/或外部端口124接收的数据的各种软件组件。 [0101] Communication module 128 facilitate communication with other devices over one or more external ports 124 and also includes various software components for handling data received by RF circuitry 108 and / or external port 124. 外部端口124(例如,通用串行总线(USB)、FIREWIRE等)适用于直接连接到其它设备或通过网络(例如,Internet、无线局域网等)间接连接到其它设备。 External port 124 (e.g., a universal serial bus (USB), FIREWIRE, etc.) adapted to be connected directly to other devices or other devices connected to the network (e.g., Internet, wireless LAN, etc.) indirectly. 在某些实施例中,外部端口是与iPod(苹果公司的注册商标)设备上使用的30针连接器相同或类似和/或兼容的多针(例如,30针)连接器。 In certain embodiments, the external port is (registered trademark of Apple Inc.) the same as used on iPod 30-pin connector or similar and / or compatible with a multi-pin (e.g., 30-pin) connector.

[0102] 接触/运动模块130可以检测与触摸屏112(连同显示控制器156)和其它触敏设备(例如,触控板或物理点击轮)的接触。 [0102] The contact / motion module 130 may detect contact with touch screen 112 (in conjunction with display controller 156) and other touch sensitive devices (e.g., a touchpad or physical click wheel). 接触/运动模块130包括用于执行与检测接触有关的各种操作的各种软件组件,所述各种操作诸如确定是否发生了接触(例如,检测手指放下事件)、确定是否存在接触的运动并且跟踪触敏表面上的运动(例如,检测一个或多个手指拖动事件)、以及确定接触是否已停止(例如,检测手指抬起事件或接触的中断)。 The contact / motion module 130 includes a contact detecting for performing various software components related to various operations, the various operations such as determining if contact has occurred (e.g., detecting a finger-down event), determining whether there is movement of the contact and movement on the touch-sensitive surface of the track (for example, detecting one or more finger-dragging events), and determining if the contact has ceased (eg, detecting a finger-up event or a break in contact). 接触/运动模块130接收来自触敏表面的接触数据。 Contact / motion module 130 receives contact data from the touch-sensitive surface. 确定由一系列接触数据表示的接触点的运动可以包括确定接触点的速率(大小)、速度(大小和方向)和/或加速度(大小和/ 或方向的改变)。 Determining the contact point indicated by a series of contact data of the moving point of contact may include determining speed (magnitude), velocity (magnitude and direction) and / or (change the size and / or direction) of the acceleration. 这些操作可被应用于单点接触(例如,一个手指的接触)或多个同时的接触(例如,"多点触摸" /多手指接触)。 These operations may be applied to a single-point contact (e.g., one finger contacts) or to multiple simultaneous contacts (e.g., "multitouch" / multiple finger contacts). 在某些实施例中,接触/运动模块130和显示控制器156检测触控板上的接触。 In certain embodiments, the contact / motion module 130 and the contact display controller 156 detects the touch plate. 在某些实施例中,接触/运动模块130和控制器160检测点击轮上的接触。 In certain embodiments, the contact / motion module 160 detects contact on a click wheel controller 130 and.

[0103] 接触/运动模块130可以检测用户的手势输入。 [0103] The contact / motion module 130 may detect a user gesture input. 触敏表面上的不同手势具有不同的接触图案(pattern)。 Different gestures on the touch-sensitive surface have different contact patterns (pattern). 因此,可以通过检测特定的接触图案来检测手势。 Thus, a gesture may be detected by detecting a particular contact pattern. 例如,检测手指敲击手势包括检测手指放下事件,随后检测在与手指放下事件相同的位置(或大体相同的位置)处(例如,在图标位置处)的手指抬起(提起)事件。 For example, detecting a finger tap gesture includes detecting a finger-down event followed by detecting a finger-down event and the same position (or substantially the same position) at (for example, at the location of the icon) finger lift (lift) event. 作为另一个例子,检测触敏表面上的手指扫动手势包括检测手指放下事件,随后检测一个或多个手指拖动事件,并且随后检测手指抬起(提起)事件。 As another example, detecting a finger on the touch-sensitive surface includes detecting a finger swipe gesture-down event followed by detecting one or more finger-dragging events, and subsequently detecting a finger-up (lift) event.

[0104] 图形模块132包括用于在触摸屏112或其它显示器上呈现和显示图形的各种已知软件组件,包括用于改变显示的图形的强度的组件。 [0104] The graphics module 132 for rendering and displaying graphics includes various known software components on the touch screen 112 or other display, including components for changing the intensity of graphics display. 如此处使用的,术语"图形"包括可被显示给用户的任何对象,包括但不限于文本、网页、图标(诸如包括软按键的用户界面对象)、 数字图像、视频、动画等。 As used herein, the term "graphics" includes any object that can be displayed to the user, including without limitation text, web pages, icons (such as user interface including an object soft keys), digital images, videos, animations and the like.

[0105] 在某些实施例中,图形模块132存储表示将被使用的图形的数据。 [0105] In certain embodiments, the graphics module 132 stores data representing graphics data to be used. 可以给每个图形分配一个相应代码。 You can be assigned a corresponding code to each graphic. 图形模块132从应用等处接收指出将被显示的图形的一个或多个代码以及如果需要,接收坐标数据和其它图形属性数据,然后产生屏幕图像数据以输出到显示控制器156。 Graphics module 132 receives a pattern to be noted that one or more codes displayed and, if necessary, coordinate data and other graphic receiving attribute data from the application, etc., and then generates screen image data to output to display controller 156.

[0106] 文本输入模块134,它可以是图形模块132的组件,提供用于在各种应用(例如,联系人137、电子邮件140、頂141、浏览器147和需要文本输入的任何其它应用)中输入文本的软键盘。 [0106] The text input module 134, which may be a component of graphics module 132, provides (or any other application example, contacts 137, email 140, a top 141, browser 147, and text input is required) used in various applications soft keyboard to enter text.

[0107] GPS模块135确定设备的位置,并且提供这种信息以便在各种应用中使用(例如, 提供给电话138以便用于基于位置的拨号、提供给照相机143作为图片/视频元数据,并且提供给提供基于位置的服务的应用,诸如天气插件(widget)、本地黄页插件和地图/导航插件)。 [0107] GPS module 135 determines the location of the device and provides this information for use (e.g., to telephone 138 for use in location-based dialing in various applications to camera 143 as picture / video metadata, and to applications that provide location-based services such as weather widgets (widget), local yellow page widgets, and map / navigation widgets).

[0108] 应用136可以包括下面的模块(或指令集)或它们的子集或超集: [0108] Applications 136 may include the following modules (or sets of instructions), or a subset or superset thereof:

[0109] •联系人模块137 (有时称为地址簿或联系人列表); [0109] • contacts module 137 (sometimes called an address book or contact list);

[0110] •电话模块138 ; [0110] • telephone module 138;

[0111] •视频会议模块139; [0111] • videoconferencing module 139;

[0112] •电子邮件客户端模块140 ; [0112] • e-mail client module 140;

[0113] •即时消息收发(頂)模块141 ; [0113] • instant messaging (top) module 141;

[0114] •健身助手模块142; [0114] • Fitness Assistant module 142;

[0115] •用于静态和/或视频图像的照相机模块143 ; [0115] • for still and / or video images of the camera module 143;

[0116] •图像管理模块144; [0116] • the image management module 144;

[0117] •视频播放器模块145 ; [0117] • video player module 145;

[0118] •音乐播放器模块146; [0118] • music player module 146;

[0119] •浏览器模块147; [0119] • browser module 147;

[0120] •日历模块148; [0120] • calendar module 148;

[0121] •插件模块149,其可以包括下列一个或多个:天气插件149-1、股票插件149-2、计算器插件149-3、闹钟插件149-4、字典插件149-5和由用户获得的其它插件,以及用户创建的插件149-6 ; [0121] • plug-in module 149, which may include one or more of the following: weather widgets 149-1, 149-2 stock plug, plug-in calculator 149-3, alarm clock widget 149-4, 149-5 and user dictionary plugin other plug-ins available, as well as user-created widget 149-6;

[0122] •用于制作用户创建的插件149-6的插件创建器模块150 ; [0122] • for making user-created plug-ins to create a plug-in module 150 149-6;

[0123] •搜索模块151; [0123] • search module 151;

[0124] •视频和音乐播放器模块152,其融合了视频播放器模块145和音乐播放器模块146 ; [0124] • video and music player module 152, which combines the video player module 145 and music player module 146;

[0125] •记事本模块153 ; [0125] • notes module 153;

[0126] •地图模块154 ;和/或 [0126] • map module 154; and / or

[0127] •在线视频模块155。 [0127] • online video module 155.

[0128] 可被存储在存储器102内的其它应用136的例子包括其它字处理应用、其它图像编辑应用、绘画应用、演示应用、JAVA使能的应用、加密、数字版权管理、语音识别和语音复制。 [0128] 136 may be applied to other examples stored in the memory 102 include other word processing applications, other image editing applications, drawing applications, presentation applications, JAVA allows applications, encryption, digital rights management, voice recognition, and voice replication energy .

[0129] 结合触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,联系人模块137可用于管理地址簿或联系人列表(例如,存储在存储器102或存储器370内的联系人模块137的应用内部状态192内),包括:向地址簿添加姓名(一个或多个);从地址簿删除姓名(一个或多个);将电话号码(一个或多个)、电子邮件地址(一个或多个)、物理地址(一个或多个)或其它信息与姓名相关联;将图像与姓名相关联;对姓名进行分类和排序;提供电话号码或电子邮件地址以便发起和/或帮助以电话138、视频会议139、电子邮件140或頂141通信;等等。 [0129] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, contacts module 137 may be used to manage an address book or contact list (e.g., stored in memory 102 or memory 370 contact module 192 within the application internal state 137), comprising: adding a name to the address book (one or more); remove names (one or more) from the address book; telephone number (s), e-mail address (one or more), physical address (s) or other information associated with the name; the name associated with the image; for classifying and sorting names; telephone number or email address in order to initiate and / or help 138, video conference 139, e-mail 140 or top 141 to a telephone communication; and the like.

[0130] 结合RF电路108、音频电路110、扬声器111、麦克风113、触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,电话模块138可用于输入相应于电话号码的一系列字符、访问地址簿137中的一个或多个电话号码、修改已输入的电话号码、 拨打各个电话号码、进行通话和当通话完成时断开连接或挂断。 [0130] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, telephone module 138 may be used to enter the telephone number of a series of characters, access the address book 137 in one or more phone numbers, modify the phone number has been entered, dial each phone number, make a call and when the call is completed disconnect or hang up. 如上所述,无线通信可以使用多种通信标准、协议和技术中的任何一种。 As described above, the wireless communication may use any of a plurality of communications standards, protocols and technologies.

[0131] 结合RF电路108、音频电路110、扬声器111、麦克风113、触摸屏112、显示控制器156、光传感器164、光传感器控制器158、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、联系人列表137和电话模块138,视频会议模块139包括用于根据用户指示发起、进行和终止用户和一个或多个其它参与者之间的视频会议的可执行指令。 [0131] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, audio circuitry 110, speaker 111, microphone 113, touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, contact person list 137, and telephone module 138, videoconferencing module 139 includes an indication for the user to initiate, conduct, and terminate a video conference-executable instructions between a user and one or more other participants.

[0132] 结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,电子邮件客户端模块140包括用于响应用户指示创建、发送、接收和管理电子邮件的可执行指令。 [0132] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, e-mail client module 140 includes a user instruction in response to create, send, receive, and manage e-mail executable instructions. 结合图像管理模块144,电子邮件模块140使得非常容易创建和发送具有以照相机模块143拍摄的静态或视频图像的电子邮件。 Conjunction with image management module 144, e-mail module 140 makes it very easy to create and send e-mail with still or video images taken by a camera module 143 a.

[0133] 结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,即时消息收发模块141包括用于输入相应于即时消息的一系列字符、修改以前输入的字符、发送即时消息(例如,使用针对基于电话的即时消息的短消息服务(SMS) 或多媒体消息服务(MMS)协议,或使用针对基于Internet的即时消息的XMPP、SMPLE或頂PS)、接收即时消息、和查看接收的即时消息的可执行指令。 [0133] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, the instant messaging module 141 includes an input corresponding to a sequence of characters to an instant message, to modify previously entered characters, send instant messages (for example, using (MMS) protocol for short message service phone based instant messages (SMS) or multimedia messaging service, or use XMPP, SMPLE or top PS for Internet-based instant messages), to receive instant messages, instant messages and view received executable instructions. 在某些实施例中,发送和/或接收的即时消息可以包括图形、照片、音频文件、视频文件、和/或在MMS和/或增强消息收发服务(EMS)中支持的其它附件。 In some embodiments, transmitted and / or received instant messages may include graphics, photos, audio files, video files, and / or MMS and / or enhanced messaging service (EMS) other accessories are supported. 如此处使用的,"即时消息"指基于电话的消息(例如,使用SMS或丽S发送的消息)和基于Internet的消息(例如,使用XMPP、SMPLE或MPS发送的消息)两者。 As used herein, "instant messaging" refers to both telephony-based messages (for example, using SMS messages sent or S Korea) and Internet-based messages (for example, using a message XMPP, SMPLE MPS or sent) them.

[0134] 结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134、GPS模块135、地图模块154和音乐播放器模块146,健身助手模块142包括用于以下操作的可执行指令:创建健身计划(例如,以时间、距离和/或卡路里燃烧目标); 与健身传感器(运动器械)通信;接收健身传感器数据;校准用于监控健身的传感器;选择和播放用于健身的音乐;和显示、存储和传输健身数据。 [0134] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, map module 154, and music player module 146, workout support module 142 includes a executable instructions to: to create workouts (e.g., time, distance, and / or calorie burning goals); fitness in communication with sensors (sports devices); fitness receiving the sensor data; calibrate sensors used to monitor the fitness; select and play music for fitness; and display, store and transmit health data.

[0135] 结合触摸屏112、显示控制器156、光传感器(一个或多个)164、光传感器控制器158、接触模块130、图形模块132和图像管理模块144,照相机模块143包括用于拍摄静态图像或视频(包括视频流)并且将它们存储在存储器102内、修改静态图像或视频的特性、 或从存储器102中删除静态图像或视频的可执行指令。 [0135] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, optical sensor (s) 164, optical sensor controller 158, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and image management module 144, the camera module 143 for photographing a still image comprising or video (including a video stream) and store them in the memory 102, modify characteristics of a still image or video, or delete a still image or video-executable instructions from a memory 102.

[0136] 结合触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、文本输入模块134 和照相机模块143,图像管理模块144包括用于排列、修改(例如,编辑)或以其他方式操作、标注、删除、演示(例如,以数字幻灯片放映或影集)、和存储静态和/或视频图像的可执行指令。 [0136] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and camera module 143, image management module 144 comprises an arrangement to modify (e.g., edit), or otherwise manipulated, executable instructions label, delete, presentation (for example, in a digital slide show or album), and store still and / or video images.

[0137] 结合触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、音频电路110和扬声器111,视频播放器模块145包括用于显示、呈现或以其他方式回放视频(例如,在触摸屏112上或通过外部端口124在外部连接的显示器上)的可执行指令。 [0137] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, and speaker 111, video player module 145 includes a display, present or otherwise play back videos (e.g., on touch screen 112 or through an external port 124 on the executable instructions on a display externally connected) to.

[0138] 结合触摸屏112、显示系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、音频电路110、 扬声器IlURF电路108和浏览器模块147,音乐播放器模块146包括用于允许用户下载和回放记录的音乐和以一种或多种文件格式存储的其它声音文件(诸如MP3或AAC文件)的可执行指令。 [0138] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker IlURF circuit 108, and browser module 147, music player module 146 comprises means for allowing users to download and play back recorded and music stored in one or more file formats other sound files (such as MP3 or AAC files) executable instructions. 在某些实施例中,设备100可以包括诸如iPod(苹果公司的注册商标)等MP3 播放器的功能。 In some embodiments, the device 100 may include information such as iPod (registered trademark of Apple Inc.) and other MP3 player function.

[0139] 结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132 和文本输入模块134,浏览器模块147包括用于根据用户指示浏览Internet的可执行指令, 所述浏览包括搜索、链接、接收和显示网页或其若干部分,以及链接到网页的附件和其它文件。 [0139] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, browser module 147 includes executable instructions to browse the Internet in accordance with a user instruction, the browsing including searching, linking, receiving and displaying web pages or portions thereof, as well as attachments and other files linked to web pages.

[0140] 结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、 文本输入模块134、电子邮件模块140和浏览器模块147,日历模块148包括用于根据用户指示创建、显示、修改和存储日历和与日历相关联的数据(例如,日历条目、日程安排列表等)的可执行指令。 [0140] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, e-mail module 140, and browser module 147, calendar module 148 includes an indication for the user to create , display, modify, and store calendars and data associated with calendars (e.g., calendar entries, to do lists, etc.) executable instructions.

[0141] 结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、 文本输入模块134和浏览器模块147,插件模块149是可被用户下载和使用(例如,天气插件149-1、股票插件149-2、计算器插件149-3、闹钟插件149-4和字典插件149-5)或由用户创建的(例如,用户创建的插件149-6)的微型应用。 [0141] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, widget modules 149 are operable by a user to download and use (e.g., weather widget 149-1, 149-2 stock plug, plug 149-3 calculator, alarm clock widget 149-4, and dictionary plugin 149-5) or mini-applications created by the user (for example, user-created widget 149-6) of. 在某些实施例中,插件包括HTML(超文本标记语言)文件、CSS (层叠样式表)文件和JavaScript文件。 In certain embodiments, a widget includes an HTML (Hypertext Markup Language) file, the CSS (Cascading Style Sheets) file and a JavaScript file. 在某些实施例中,插件包括XML (可扩展标记语言)文件和JavaScript文件(例如,Yahoo !插件)。 In certain embodiments, a widget includes an XML (Extensible Markup Language) file and a JavaScript file (e.g., Yahoo! Widget).

[0142] 结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、 文本输入模块134和浏览器模块147,用户可以使用插件创建模块150创建插件(例如,将网页中用户指定的部分变成插件)。 [0142] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, and browser module 147, the user can use the plug creation module 150 creates widget (e.g., a webpage become part of a user-specified plug).

[0143] 结合触摸屏112、显示系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,搜索模块151包括用于根据用户指示搜索与一个或多个搜索准则(例如,用户指定的一个或多个搜索项)匹配的文本、音乐、声音、图像、视频和/或存储器102内的其它文件的可执行指令。 [0143] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, search module 151 includes a search according to a user indicating one or more search criteria (e.g., a user-specified executable instructions or more search terms) matching text, music, sound, image, video and / or other files in memory 102.

[0144] 结合触摸屏112、显示控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132和文本输入模块134,记事本模块153包括用于根据用户指示创建和管理记事本、日程列表等的可执行指令。 [0144] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, and text input module 134, notes module 153 includes executable instructions to create and manage notes, to-do lists, etc. according to a user indication.

[0145] 结合RF电路108、触摸屏112、显示系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、 文本输入模块134、GPS模块135和浏览器模块147,地图模块154可用于根据用户指示接收、显示、修改和存储地图和与地图相关联的数据(例如,行驶方向;关于特定位置处或附近的商店和其它兴趣点的数据;和其它基于位置的数据)。 [0145] In conjunction with RF circuitry 108, touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, text input module 134, GPS module 135, and browser module 147, map module 154 may be configured to receive a user indication, display, , modify, and store maps and data associated with maps (e.g., driving directions; data on at a particular location or nearby shops and other points of interest; and other location-based data).

[0146] 结合触摸屏112、显示系统控制器156、接触模块130、图形模块132、音频电路110、 扬声器IlURF电路108、文本输入模块134、电子邮件客户端模块140和浏览器模块147,在线视频模块155包括用于允许用户访问、浏览、接收(例如,通过流传输和/或下载)、回放(例如,在触摸屏上或通过外部端口124在外部连接的显示器上)、发送具有到特定在线视频的链接的电子邮件、以及以其他方式管理一种或多种文件格式(诸如a 264)的在线视频的可执行指令。 [0146] In conjunction with touch screen 112, display system controller 156, contact module 130, graphics module 132, audio circuitry 110, speaker IlURF circuit 108, text input module 134, e-mail client module 140, and browser module 147, online video module 155 comprises means for allowing a user to access, browse, receive (e.g., by streaming and / or download), play back (e.g., on the touch screen or on a display externally connected through an external port 124), send a to a particular online video executable instructions link e-mail, and otherwise manage one or more file formats (such as a 264) of online video. 在某些实施例中,即时消息收发模块141,而不是电子邮件客户端模块140, 被用于发送到特定在线视频的链接。 In some embodiments, instant messaging module 141, rather than e-mail client module 140, is used to send a link to a particular online video. 对在线视频应用的附加描述可见于2007年6月20日提交的美国临时专利申请No. 60/936, 562,"Portable Multifunction Device,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos"和于2007 年12 月31 日提交的美国专利申请No. 11/968, 067, "Portable MultifunctionDevice,Method,and Graphical User Interface for Playing OnlineVideos",通过引用将其内容完整结合在此。 Additional description of US provisional patent application can be found in the online video June 20, 2007 filed No. 60/936, 562, "Portable Multifunction Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing Online Videos" and in December 2007 US Patent application filed May 31, No. 11/968, 067, "Portable MultifunctionDevice, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Playing OnlineVideos", by reference in its full herein.

[0147] 每个上面标识出的模块和应用相应于用于执行上述的一个或多个功能和本申请中描述的方法(例如,此处描述的以计算机实现的方法和其它信息处理方法)的一组可执行指令。 [0147] each of the above identified modules and applications correspond to the above for performing one or more functions and methods described herein (e.g., a computer implemented method and other information processing methods described herein) of a set of executable instructions. 这些模块(即,指令集)不必被实现为单独的软件程序、过程或模块,并且因此可以在各种实施例中组合或以其他方式重新布置这些模块的各种子集。 These modules (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of combined or otherwise rearranged these modules may be implemented in a variety of. 例如,视频播放器模块145可与音乐播放器模块146 -起组合成单个模块(例如,图IB的视频和音乐播放器模块152)。 For example, video player module 145 and music player module may 146-- from combined into a single module (e.g., FIG. IB video and music player module 152). 在某些实施例中,存储器102可以存储上面标识出的模块和数据结构的子集。 In certain embodiments, the memory 102 may store a subset of the above modules and data structures identified. 另夕卜,存储器102可以存储上面未描述的另外的模块和数据结构。 Additional modules and data structures other Bu Xi, memory 102 may store not described above.

[0148] 在某些实施例中,设备100是这样的设备,其中该设备上的预定功能集合的操作完全通过触摸屏和/或触控板执行。 [0148] In certain embodiments, the device 100 is a device where operation of a predefined set of functions on the device is performed completely through a touch screen and / or a touch panel. 通过使用触摸屏和/或触控板作为设备100的操作的主要输入控制设备,可以减少设备100上的物理输入控制设备(诸如,按压按钮、转盘等) 的数目。 The control device as the primary input device 100 is operated by using a touch screen and / or a touch panel, the number of physical input control devices (such as pressing a button, dial, etc.) on the device 100 may be reduced.

[0149] 可完全通过触摸屏和/或触控板执行的预定功能集合包括在用户界面之间导航。 [0149] the complete set may include navigation between user interfaces in a predetermined function by a touch screen and / or a touchpad. 在某些实施例中,当被用户触摸时,触控板将设备100从可被显示在设备100上的任何用户界面导航到主菜单、主页(home)或根菜单。 In certain embodiments, when touched by the user, the touch panel display apparatus 100 may be any user interface on the navigation device 100 to the main menu, page (Home), or root menu. 在这种实施例中,触控板可被称为"菜单按钮"。 In such embodiments, the touchpad may be referred to as a "menu button." 在某些其它实施例中,菜单按钮可以是物理按压按钮或其它物理输入控制设备,而不是触控板。 In certain other embodiments, the menu button may be a physical push button or other physical input control device instead of a touchpad.

[0150] 图IC是示出了根据某些实施例的用于事件处理的示例组件的方框图。 [0150] FIG IC is a block diagram illustrating exemplary components for event in accordance with certain embodiments of the process. 在某些实施例中,存储器102 (图IA和1B)或370 (图3)包括事件分拣器(event sorter) 170 (例如, 在操作系统126中)和相应的应用136-1(例如,上述应用137-151,155, 380-390中的任何一个)。 In certain embodiments, the memory 102 (FIG. IA and 1B) or 370 (FIG. 3) includes event sorter (event sorter) 170 (e.g., the operating system 126) and a respective application 136-1 (e.g., 137-151,155 above application, in any one of 380-390).

[0151] 事件分拣器170接收事件信息,并且确定将向其传递事件信息的应用136-1和应用136-1的应用视图191。 [0151] Event sorter 170 receives event information and determines the application view 191 of application 136-1 to which information transfer events and applications 136-1. 事件分拣器170包括事件监视器171和事件分派器(event dispatcher)模块174。 Event sorter 170 includes event monitor 171 and event dispatcher (event dispatcher) module 174. 在某些实施例中,应用136-1包括应用内部状态192,其指示当应用在活动或执行时,显示在触敏显示器112上的当前应用视图(一个或多个)。 In certain embodiments, application 136-1 includes application internal state 192, which indicates activity when applied or executed, displays the current application view (s) 112 on the touch-sensitive display. 在某些实施例中,事件分拣器170使用设备/全局内部状态157来确定哪个或哪些应用当前是活动的,并且事件分拣器170使用应用内部状态192来确定将向其传递事件信息的应用视图191。 In some embodiments, event sorter 170 uses the device / global internal state 157 to determine which application or applications are currently active, and the event sorter 170 uses the application 192 to determine the internal state of the event information to pass to 191 application view.

[0152] 在某些实施例中,应用内部状态192包括附加信息,诸如,下列中的一个或多个: 当应用136-1恢复执行时将使用的恢复信息、指示正被应用136-1显示或准备由应用136-1 显示的信息的用户界面状态信息、用于使用户能够回到应用136-1的之前状态或视图的状态队列、以及用户进行的先前动作的重做/撤消队列。 [0152] In certain embodiments, application internal state 192 includes additional information, such as one or more of the following: when application 136-1 recovery recovery information is used when performing, indicating the application being displayed 136-1 or prepare the user interface state information of the information displayed by the application 136-1 for enabling a user to return to a previous state or view of application 136-1 of the status queue, and the user's previous actions redo / undo queue.

[0153] 事件监视器171从外围接口118接收事件信息。 [0153] Event monitor 171 receives event information from peripherals interface 118. 事件信息包括关于子事件(例如, 触敏显示器112上的作为多点触摸手势的一部分的用户触摸)的信息。 Event information includes information about a sub-event (e.g., touch-sensitive display as a multi-touch gesture 112 on the user touches a part of) information. 外围接口118传输其从I/O子系统106或传感器(诸如接近传感器166、加速度计(一个或多个)168和/或麦克风113(通过音频电路110))接收的信息。 Peripheral interface 118 which is transmitted from the I / O subsystem 106 or a sensor (such as a proximity sensor 166, accelerometer (s) 168 and / or microphone 113 (through audio circuitry 110)) received information. 外围接口118从I/O子系统106接收的信息包括来自触敏显示器112或触敏表面的信息。 Peripheral interface 118 information I / O subsystem 106 includes information from received from a touch-sensitive display 112 or a touch-sensitive surface.

[0154] 在某些实施例中,事件监视器171以预定间隔向外围接口118发送请求。 [0154] In certain embodiments, event monitor 171 at predetermined intervals transmits a request to the peripheral interface 118. 作为响应,外围接口118传输事件信息。 In response, peripherals interface 118 transmits event information. 在其它实施例中,外围接口118仅在发生重要事件(例如, 接收到高于预定噪声阈值和/或超过预定持续时间的输入)时传输事件信息。 In other embodiments, peripheral interface 118 only important events (e.g., received above a predetermined noise threshold and / or the duration exceeds a predetermined inputs) information transmission event occurs.

[0155] 在某些实施例中,事件分拣器170还包括命中视图(hit view)确定模块172和/ 或活动事件识别器确定模块173。 [0155] In certain embodiments, event sorter 170 also includes a hit view (hit view) determination module 172 and / or an active event recognizer determination module 173.

[0156] 命中视图确定模块172提供用于在触敏显示器112显示多于一个视图时确定子事件发生在一个或多个视图中的何处的软件程序。 [0156] Hit view determination module 172 provides software procedures for determining where a sub-event occurs in one or a plurality of views when the touch sensitive display 112 displays more than one view. 视图由用户可在显示器上看到的控件和其它元件构成。 View is made visible to the user on a display and control other elements.

[0157] 与应用相关联的用户界面的另一个方面是在其中显示信息和发生基于触摸的手势的视图集合,其有时被称为应用视图或用户界面窗口。 [0157] with another aspect of the user interface associated with an application in which the display information is set and the occurrence of a touch gesture-based view, which is sometimes referred to as application views or user interface windows. (某个应用的)在其中检测到触摸的应用视图可以对应于该应用的编程(progra_atic)或视图层次结构中的编程级别。 In which the detection (for an application) to touch the application view may correspond to the application program (progra_atic) programmed levels or view hierarchy. 例如,在其中检测到触摸的最低级别视图可被称为命中视图,并且可以至少部分地基于作为某种基于触摸的手势的开始的初始触摸的命中视图,来确定被识别为正确输入的事件集合。 For example, where a touch is detected at the lowest level of the view may be referred to as the hit view, and may be at least in part, on the hit view as a kind of a touch-based gesture start of the initial touch to determine the correct input is recognized as a collection of events .

[0158] 命中视图确定模块172接收与基于触摸的手势的子事件有关的信息。 [0158] Hit view determination module 172 receives information related to sub-events of a touch-based gesture. 当应用具有被组织为层次结构的多个视图时,命中视图确定模块172将该层次结构中应当处理该子事件的最低视图识别为命中视图。 When an application has multiple views organized as a hierarchy, hit view determination module 172 to identify the lowest view in the hierarchy which should handle the sub-event for the hit view. 在大部分情况下,命中视图是其中发生了发起子事件(initiating sub-event)(即,形成事件或潜在事件的一系列子事件中的第一个子事件) 的最低级别的视图。 In most circumstances, the hit view is one of the initiating sub-event occurs (initiating sub-event) (ie, to form an event or potential event of a series of sub-events in the first sub-event) the lowest level view. 一旦命中视图确定模块识别出了命中视图,该命中视图通常接收与其被识别为命中视图的相同触摸或输入源有关的所有子事件。 Once the hit view determination module identifies a hit view, the hit view typically receives all sub-events are identified as the same touch or input source related to the hit view.

[0159] 活动事件识别器确定模块173确定视图层次结构中的哪个视图或哪些视图应当接收特定序列的子事件。 [0159] active event recognizer determination module 173 determines which view or views which view hierarchy should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. 在某些实施例中,活动事件识别器确定模块173确定只有命中视图应当接收特定序列的子事件。 In certain embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines that only the hit view should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. 在其它实施例中,活动事件识别器确定模块173确定所有包括子事件的物理位置的视图是活动相关视图(actively involved view),并且因此确定所有活动相关视图应当接收特定序列的子事件。 In other embodiments, active event recognizer determination module 173 determines the physical location of the view include sub-event event is a view (actively involved view), and therefore determines that all event views should receive a particular sequence of sub-events. 在其它实施例中,即使触摸子事件被完全限制到与一个特定视图相关联的区域,层次结构中更高的视图将仍然作为活动相关视图。 In other embodiments, even if touch sub-events were entirely confined to a particular region of the view associated with a higher hierarchy view event will remain as a view.

[0160] 事件分派器模块174将事件信息分派到事件识别器(例如,事件识别器180)。 [0160] Event dispatcher module 174 dispatches the event information to an event recognizer (e.g., event recognizer 180). 在包括活动事件识别器确定模块173的实施例中,事件分派器模块174将事件信息传递到由活动事件识别器确定模块173确定的事件识别器。 Including active event recognizer determination module 173 of this embodiment, event dispatcher module 174 passes the event information to the event recognizer determined by active event module 173 determines recognizer embodiment. 在某些实施例中,事件分派器模块174 将事件信息存储在事件队列中,相应的事件接收器模块182检索该事件信息。 In some embodiments, event dispatcher module 174 in the event queue, a respective event receiver module retrieves the event information of the event information storage 182.

[0161] 在某些实施例中,操作系统126包括事件分拣器170。 [0161] In certain embodiments, operating system 126 includes event sorter 170. 可替换地,应用136-1包括事件分拣器170。 Alternatively, application 136-1 includes event sorter 170. 在其它实施例中,事件分拣器170是独立的模块,或是存储在存储器102 内的另一个模块(诸如接触/运动模块130)的一部分。 In other embodiments, event sorter 170 is a stand-alone module, or another module stored in the memory portion 102 (such as contact / motion module 130).

[0162] 在某些实施例中,应用136-1包括多个事件处理器190和一个或多个应用视图191,它们中的每一个包括用于处理发生在该应用的用户界面的相应视图内的触摸事件的指令。 [0162] In certain embodiments, application 136-1 includes a plurality of event handlers 190 and one or more application views 191, each of which comprises a respective interior view of the interface occurs in the user application for processing instruction touch event. 应用136-1的每个应用视图191包括一个或多个事件识别器180。 Each application view 191 of application 136-1 includes one or more of event recognizers 180. 通常,各个应用视图191分别包括多个事件识别器180。 Typically, each respective application view 191 includes a plurality of event recognizers 180. 在其它实施例中,一个或多个事件识别器180是单独模块的一部分,所述单独模块诸如用户界面工具箱(未示出)或应用136-1从中继承方法和其它属性的更高层对象。 In other embodiments, one or more of event recognizers 180 are part of a separate module, the individual modules, such as a user interface kit (not shown) or an application 136-1 inherits methods and other properties from the higher-level objects. 在某些实施例中,各个事件处理器190分别包括下列一个或多个:数据更新器176、对象更新器177、⑶I更新器178、和/或从事件分拣器170接收的事件数据179。 In certain embodiments, each respective event handler 190 includes one or more of: data updater 176, object updater 177, ⑶I updater 178, and / or event data received from event sorter 170 179. 事件处理器190可以利用或调用数据更新器176、对象更新器177或⑶I更新器178以更新应用内部状态192。 Event handler 190 may utilize or call data updater 176, object updater 177 or ⑶I updater 178 to update the application internal state 192. 可替换地,一个或多个应用视图191包括一个或多个各自的事件处理器190。 Alternatively, one or more application views 191 includes one or more respective event handler 190. 另外,在某些实施例中,数据更新器176、对象更新器177和⑶I更新器178中的一个或多个被包括在相应的应用视图191内。 Further, in some embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and ⑶I updater 178 comprises a plurality or within a respective application view 191.

[0163] 各个事件识别器180分别从事件分拣器170接收事件信息(例如,事件数据179), 并且基于事件信息识别事件。 [0163] each respective event recognizer 180 receives event information from event sorter 170 (e.g., event data 179), and information for identifying the event based on the event. 事件识别器180包括事件接收器182和事件比较器184。 Event recognizer 180 includes event receiver 182 and event comparator 184. 在某些实施例中,事件识别器180还至少包括下列的子集:元数据183和事件传递指令188 (其可以包括子事件传递指令)。 In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 also includes at least the following subset of: metadata 183, and event delivery instructions 188 (which may include sub-event delivery instructions).

[0164] 事件接收器182从事件分拣器170接收事件信息。 [0164] Event receiver 182 receives event information from event sorter 170. 事件信息包括关于子事件(例如触摸或触摸移动)的信息。 Event information includes information about a sub-event (such as a touch or a touch movement). 取决于子事件,事件信息还包括附加信息,诸如,子事件的位置。 Depending on the sub-event, event information also includes additional information, such as the position of sub-event. 当子事件涉及触摸的运动时,事件信息还可以包括子事件的速度和方向。 When the sub-event concerns motion of a touch the event information may also include speed and direction of the sub-event. 在某些实施例中,事件包括设备从一个定向到另一个定向的旋转(例如,从纵向定向到横向定向,或反过来),并且事件信息包括关于设备的当前定向(也被称为设备姿态)的相应信息。 In certain embodiments, the apparatus comprises an event from one orientation to another orientation rotated (e.g., from a portrait orientation to a landscape orientation, or vice versa), and the event information includes the current orientation of the device (also referred to as device pose respective information).

[0165] 事件比较器184将事件信息与预定的事件或子事件定义进行比较,并且基于该比较,确定事件或子事件,或者确定或更新事件或子事件的状态。 [0165] Event comparator 184 compares the event information to predefined event or sub-event definitions and, based on the comparison, determines an event or sub-event, or determines or updates the state of an event or sub-event. 在某些实施例中,事件比较器184包括事件定义186。 In some embodiments, event comparator 184 includes event definitions 186. 事件定义186包含事件(例如,预定的子事件序列)的定义,例如,事件1 (187-1)、事件2 (187-2),等等。 Event definitions 186 contain definitions event (e.g., a predetermined sequence of sub-events), for example, event 1 (187-1), event 2 (187-2), and the like. 在某些实施例中,事件187中的子事件包括,例如, 触摸开始、触摸结束、触摸移动、触摸取消、和多点触摸。 In certain embodiments, sub-events in an event 187 include, for example, touch begin, touch end, touch movement, touch cancellation, and multiple touching. 在一个例子中,事件1(187-1)的定义是在显示对象上的双击。 In one example, the definition for event 1 (187-1) is a double click on a displayed object. 例如,该双击包括预定阶段的在显示对象上的第一触摸(触摸开始)、预定阶段的第一抬起(触摸结束)、预定阶段的在显示对象上的第二触摸(触摸开始)、和预定阶段的第二抬起(触摸结束)。 For example, the first touch comprising a double-click on the predetermined display object stage (touch begin), a first predetermined lifting stage (touch end), the display object on the second touch predetermined phase (touch begin), and the second stage is scheduled to lift (touch end). 在另一个例子中,事件2 (187-2)的定义是在显示对象上的拖动。 In another example, the definition for event 2 (187-2) is a dragging on a displayed object. 例如,该拖动包括预定阶段的在显示对象上的触摸(或接触)、该触摸在触敏显示器112上的移动、和触摸的抬起(触摸结束)。 For example, dragging the touch on the display objects comprises a predetermined phase (or contact), the touch-up movement on the touch sensitive display 112, and the touch (touch end). 在某些实施例中,该事件还包括针对一个或多个相关联的事件处理器190的信息。 In certain embodiments, the event also includes information for one or more associated event handlers 190..

[0166] 在某些实施例中,事件187包括针对各个用户界面对象的事件的定义。 [0166] In certain embodiments, the event 187 including a user interface defined for each event object. 在某些实施例中,事件比较器184执行命中测试,以便确定哪个用户界面对象与子事件相关联。 In some embodiments, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to which user-interface object is associated with a sub-event determined. 例如,在三个用户界面对象被显示在触敏显示器112上的应用视图中,当在触敏显示器112上检测到触摸时,事件比较器184执行命中测试,以便确定三个用户界面对象中的哪一个与该触摸(子事件)相关联。 For example, three user interface objects are displayed application view on the touch-sensitive display 112, when a touch is detected on the touch-sensitive display 112, event comparator 184 performs a hit test to determine the three user-interface objects which is associated with the touch (sub-event). 如果每个显示对象与一个相应的事件处理器190相关联,则事件比较器使用命中测试的结果来确定应当激活哪个事件处理器190。 If each display object with a respective event associated with processor 190, the event comparator uses the result of the hit test to determine which event handler 190 should be activated. 例如,事件比较器184 选择与触发命中测试的子事件和对象相关联的事件处理器。 For example, select 184 with the event triggering the hit test comparator sub-event and the object associated with the event handler.

[0167] 在某些实施例中,各个事件187的定义还包括延迟动作,延迟动作延迟事件信息的传递,直到已经确定子事件序列是否与事件识别器的事件类型相对应。 [0167] In certain embodiments, the definition of each event 187 further includes a delay operation, the delay operation of the delay delivery of the event information until it has been determined whether the event type and sequence of sub-events corresponding to the event recognizer.

[0168] 当事件识别器180确定子事件序列不与事件定义186中的任何事件匹配时,该相应的事件识别器180进入事件不可能、事件失败或事件结束状态,此后它忽视后续的基于触摸的手势的子事件。 [0168] When the event recognizer 180 determines a sequence of sub-events do not match any of the events in event definitions 186, the respective event recognizer 180 enters an event impossible, event failed, or event ended state, after which it ignores subsequent touch-based subevent gesture. 在该情况下,对于命中视图保持为激活的其它事件识别器(如果有的话)继续跟踪和处理进行中的基于触摸的手势的子事件。 In this case, the hit view remain active event recognizer other (if any) to continue to track and process sub-events of a touch-based gesture in progress.

[0169] 在某些实施例中,各个事件识别器180包括元数据183,元数据183具有指示事件传递系统应当如何向活动相关的事件识别器执行子事件传递的可配置属性、标志和/或列表。 [0169] In certain embodiments, the respective event recognizer 180 includes metadata 183, the metadata 183 with configurable properties indicate how the event delivery system should be related to the active event recognizer perform sub-event delivery, the markers and / or list. 在某些实施例中,元数据183包括指示事件识别器可以如何与另一个事件识别器交互的可配置属性、标志和/或列表。 In certain embodiments, metadata 183 includes information indicating how event recognizers may interact with another event recognizer configurable properties, flags, and / or lists. 在某些实施例中,元数据183包括指示子事件是否被传递到视图或编程层次结构中的不同级别的可配置属性、标志和/或列表。 In certain embodiments, metadata 183 include information indicating whether sub-events are delivered to the different levels of attributes can be configured in the view or programmatic hierarchy, logos and / or lists.

[0170] 在某些实施例中,当识别出事件的一个或多个特定子事件时,相应的事件识别器180激活与事件相关联的事件处理器190。 [0170] In certain embodiments, when identifying one or more particular sub-events of an event, the corresponding event recognizer 180 activates event associated with the event processor 190. 在某些实施例中,相应的事件识别器180将与该事件相关联的事件信息传递到事件处理器190。 In certain embodiments, a respective event recognizer 180 to pass event information associated with events to the event processor 190. 激活事件处理器190不同于将子事件发送(以及推迟地发送)到相应的命中视图。 Activation event handler 190 is distinct from sending sub-events (transmit and delayed) to a respective hit view. 在某些实施例中,事件识别器180抛出(throw)与识别出的事件相关联的标志,与该标志相关联的事件处理器190捕捉该标志,并且执行预定的处理。 In some embodiments, event recognizer 180 throws a flag associated with the event identified (the throw), event handler 190 associated with the flag catches the flag and performs a predetermined process.

[0171] 在某些实施例中,事件传递指令188包括子事件传递指令,其传递关于子事件的事件信息而不激活事件处理器。 [0171] In certain embodiments, event delivery instructions 188 include sub-event delivery instructions that transfer the event information sub-event without activating an event handler. 取而代之,子事件传递指令向与这一系列子事件相关联的事件处理器或向活动相关视图传递事件信息。 Instead, the sub-event delivery instructions deliver event information to a series of sub-events and associated activities related to the event handler or view. 与这一系列子事件相关联或与活动相关视图相关联的事件处理器接收事件信息,并且执行预定处理。 Or receives the event information and event view event handlers associated with the series of sub-events are associated, and executes a predetermined process.

[0172] 在某些实施例中,数据更新器176创建和更新在应用136-1中使用的数据。 [0172] In certain embodiments, data updater 176 creates and updates data used in application 136-1. 例如, 数据更新器176更新在联系人模块137中使用的电话号码,或存储在视频播放器模块145 中使用的视频文件。 For example, data updater 176 updates the telephone number in the video file, or stored in contact module 137 used in the video player module 145 are used. 在某些实施例中,对象更新器177创建和更新在应用136-1中使用的对象。 In some embodiments, object updater 177 creates and updates objects used in application 136-1. 例如,对象更新器177创建新的用户界面对象或更新用户界面对象的位置。 For example, object updater 177 creates a new user interface object or updates the position of user interface objects. GUI更新器178更新⑶I。 GUI updater 178 updates ⑶I. 例如,⑶I更新器178准备显示信息,并且将其发送到图形模块132以便在触敏显示器上显示。 For example, ⑶I updater 178 prepares display information and sends it to graphics module 132 for display on the touch-sensitive display.

[0173] 在某些实施例中,事件处理器(一个或多个)190包括或可以访问数据更新器176、 对象更新器177和⑶I更新器178。 [0173] In certain embodiments, event handler (s) 190 includes or has access to data updater 176, object updater 177, and updater 178 ⑶I. 在某些实施例中,数据更新器176、对象更新器177和⑶I更新器178被包括在相应的单个应用136-1或应用视图191模块中。 In certain embodiments, data updater 176, object updater 177, and ⑶I updater 178 are included in a respective application 136-1 or application view of a single module 191. 在其它实施例中, 它们被包括在两个或更多个软件模块中。 In other embodiments, they are included in two or more software modules.

[0174] 应当理解,前面关于触敏显示器上的用户触摸的事件处理的讨论也适用于操作具有输入设备的多功能设备100的其它形式的用户输入,不是所有这些输入都是在触摸屏上发起的,例如,与或不与单个或多个键盘按压或保持相配合的鼠标移动和鼠标按钮按压,触控板上的用户移动敲击、拖动、滚动等,触笔输入,设备的移动,口头指令,检测到的眼睛运动,生物测定输入,和/或它们的任何组合,都可被用作与定义要被识别的事件的子事件相对应的输入。 [0174] It should be understood that the foregoing discussion regarding the user on the touch sensitive display, a touch event handling is also applicable to other forms of operation of the multifunctional apparatus 100, a user input device having an input, not all of these inputs are initiated on the touch screen , e.g., with or without holding a single or multiple keyboard presses or mouse movement and cooperating pressing the mouse button, the user moves the touch panel tap, drag, and scroll, moving a stylus input device, oral sub-event instructions, detected eye movements, biometric inputs, and / or any combination thereof, may be used as the definition of the event to be recognized corresponding to the input.

[0175] 图2示出了根据某些实施例的具有触摸屏112的便携式多功能设备100。 [0175] FIG 2 illustrates a portable multifunction device 112 having a touch screen 100 in certain embodiments. 触摸屏可以在用户界面(UI)200内显示一个或多个图形。 The touch screen may display one or more graphics within user interface (UI) 200. 在这个实施例中,以及在下面描述的其它实施例中,用户可以通过例如以一个或多个手指202(在图中未按比例示出)或一个或多个触笔203 (在图中未按比例示出)接触或触摸图形,来选择一个或多个图形。 In this embodiment, and other embodiments described below, a user may, for example, by a finger 202 (not shown to scale in the figures) to one or more of a stylus or one or more 203 (not shown in FIG. shown to scale) in contact with or touching the graphics, selecting one or more graphics. 在某些实施例中,当用户中断与一个或多个图形的接触时发生对一个或多个图形的选择。 In certain embodiments, selection of one or more graphics occurs when the user breaks contact with the one or more graphics. 在某些实施例中,接触可以包括手势,诸如与设备100接触的手指的一个或多个敲击、一个或多个扫动(swipe)(从左到右、从右到左、向上和/或向下)和/或滚动(rolling)(从右到左、从左到右、向上和/或向下)。 In certain embodiments, the contact may include a gesture, such as one or more of the finger 100 in contact with the tapping device, the one or more swipe (swipe) (from left to right, right to left, upward and / or downward) and / or rolling (rolling) (from right to left, left to right, upward and / or downward). 在某些实施例中,与图形的无意接触不会选择该图形。 In some embodiments, inadvertent contact with a graphic pattern will not be selected. 例如,当相应于选择的手势是敲击时,在应用图标上扫过的扫动手势不会选择该相应的应用。 For example, when the gesture corresponding to selection is a tap at an application icon on the gesture that sweeps does not select the corresponding application.

[0176] 设备100还可以包括一个或多个物理按钮,诸如"home"或菜单按钮204。 [0176] device 100 may also include one or more physical buttons, such as "home" or menu button 204. 如前所述,菜单按钮204可用于导航到可在设备100上执行的一组应用中的任何应用136。 As described above, the menu button 204 may be used in any application to navigate to a set of applications that may be executed on the device 100 136. 可替换地,在某些实施例中,菜单按钮被实现为显示在触摸屏112上的⑶I内的软按键。 Alternatively, in some embodiments, the menu button is implemented as a soft key displayed in the touch screen 112 ⑶I of.

[0177] 在一个实施例中,设备100包括触摸屏112、菜单按钮204、用于接通/关闭设备的电源和锁定设备的按压按钮206、音量调节按钮(一个或多个)208、用户身份模块(SM)卡插槽210、耳机插孔212、对接坞/充电外部端口124。 [0177] In one embodiment, the apparatus 100 includes a touch screen 112, a menu button 204 for turning on / off power button 206 and the pressing device of the locking device, volume adjustment button (s) 208, Subscriber Identity Module (SM) card slot 210, head set jack 212, dock docking / charging external port 124. 按压按钮206可用于通过按下按钮并且将该按钮保持在被按压状态达预定的时间间隔而接通/关闭设备的电源;通过按下该按钮并且在经过该预定时间间隔之前释放该按钮而锁定该设备;和/或解锁该设备或发起解锁处理。 Push button 206 may be used by pressing a button and holding the button depressed state for a predetermined time interval is turned on / off of the power device; locked by pressing the button and the predetermined elapsed time interval before the release button the apparatus; and / or unlock the device or initiate the unlocking process. 在替换实施例中,设备100还可以通过麦克风113接受用于某些功能的激活或去激活的口头输入。 In an alternative embodiment, the apparatus 100 can also be used to activate certain functions or deactivation of the verbal input through the microphone 113 receives.

[0178] 图3是根据某些实施例,具有显示器和触敏表面的示例多功能设备的方框图。 [0178] FIG. 3 is a block diagram according to some exemplary embodiments of the multifunctional apparatus, having a display and a touch-sensitive surface. 设备300不必是便携的。 300 device does not have to be portable. 在某些实施例中,设备300是膝上计算机、台式计算机、平板计算机、 多媒体播放器设备、导航设备、教育设备(诸如儿童学习玩具)、游戏系统、或控制设备(例如,家庭或工业控制器)。 In some embodiments, the device 300 is a laptop computer, a desktop computer, a tablet computer, a multimedia player equipment, navigation equipment, educational equipment (such as children's learning toy), game system, or a control device (eg, a home or industrial control device). 设备300通常包括一个或多个处理单元(CPU) 310、一个或多个网络或其它通信接口360、存储器370、和用于互连这些组件的一个或多个通信总线320。 Device 300 typically includes one or more processing units (CPU) 310, one or more network or other communications interfaces 360, memory 370, and for interconnecting these components of 320 or more communication buses. 通信总线320可以包括互连系统组件并且控制系统组件之间的通信的电路(有时称为芯片组)。 Communication bus 320 may include an interconnection system components and circuitry (sometimes called a chipset) communications between control system components. 设备300包括包含显示器340的输入/输出(I/O)接口330,显示器340通常是触摸屏显示器。 Device 300 includes a display 340 comprising an input / output (I / O) interface 330, a display 340 is typically a touch screen display. I/O接口330还可以包括键盘和/或鼠标(或其它指针设备)350和触控板355。 I / O interface 330 may further include a keyboard and / or mouse (or other pointing device) 350 and touchpad 355. 存储器370包括高速随机访问存储器,诸如DRAM、SRAM、DDR RAM或其它随机访问固态存储器设备;并且可以包括非易失存储器,诸如一个或多个磁盘存储设备、光盘存储设备、闪存设备或其它非易失固态存储设备。 Memory 370 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM or other random access solid state memory devices; and may include non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile loss of solid-state storage devices. 存储器370可以可选地包括相对于CPU (-个或多个)310远程定位的一个或多个存储设备。 Memory 370 may optionally include relative CPU - one or more storage devices (or more) 310 remotely located. 在某些实施例中,存储器370存储与存储在便携式多功能设备100的存储器102 (图1)中的程序、模块和数据结构相类似的程序、模块和数据结构, 或其子集。 In certain embodiments, memory 370 stores the program stored in the memory 102 of portable multifunction device (FIG. 1) 100, modules, and data structures analogous programs, modules and data structures, or a subset thereof. 另外,存储器370可以存储便携式多功能设备100的存储器102中没有的另外的程序、模块和数据结构。 Further, memory 370 may store additional program is not a memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100, modules and data structures. 例如,设备300的存储器370可以存储绘画模块380、演示模块382、字处理模块384、网站创建模块386、盘创作模块388、和/或电子表格模块390,而便携式多功能设备100的存储器102 (图1)可以不存储这些模块。 For example, the device memory 370 may store drawing module 300, 380, presentation module 382, ​​word processing module 384, website creation module 386, disk authoring module 388, and / or spreadsheet module 390, while memory 102 of portable multifunction device 100 ( FIG. 1) may not store these modules.

[0179] 图3中的每个上面标识出的元件可被存储在一个或多个前面提到的存储器设备内。 Each of the above [0179] FIG. 3 identified elements may be stored in a memory device or a plurality of the aforementioned. 每个上面标识出的模块对应于用于执行上述功能的一个指令集。 Each of the above identified modules corresponds to a set of instructions for performing a function described above. 上面标识出的模块或程序(即,指令集)不必被实现为单独的软件程序、过程或模块,并且因此这些模块的各种子集可被组合或重新安排在各种实施例中。 The above identified modules or programs (i.e., sets of instructions) need not be implemented as separate software programs, procedures or modules, and thus various subsets of these modules may be combined or rearranged in various embodiments. 在某些实施例中,存储器370可以存储上面标识出的模块和数据结构的子集。 In certain embodiments, the above memory 370 may store a subset of the modules and data structures identified. 而且,存储器370可以存储以上未描述的另外的模块和数据结构。 Moreover, additional modules and data structures stored in memory 370 may not described above.

[0180] 现在将注意力指向可在便携式多功能设备1〇〇上实现的用户界面("n")的实施例。 [0180] Attention is now directed may be implemented on a portable multifunction device 1〇〇 user interface ( "n") embodiment.

[0181] 图4A和4B示出了根据某些实施例,便携式多功能设备100上的应用菜单的示例用户界面。 [0181] Figures 4A and 4B illustrate embodiments in accordance with some embodiments, a portable multifunction device exemplary user interface application 100 on the menu. 可以在设备300上实现类似的用户界面。 Similar user interfaces may be implemented on the device 300. 在某些实施例中,用户界面400A包括下列元素或其子集或超集: In certain embodiments, user interface 400A includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:

[0182] •用于无线通信(一个或多个)的信号强度指示器(一个或多个)402,诸如蜂窝和Wi-Fi信号; Signal strength indicator (s) [0182] • for wireless communication (s) 402, such as cellular and Wi-Fi signals;

[0183] •时间404 ; [0183] • Time 404;

[0184] •蓝牙指示器405 ; [0184] • Bluetooth indicator 405;

[0185] •电池状态指示器406 ; [0185] • Battery status indicator 406;

[0186] •具有频繁使用的应用的图标的托盘408,所述应用诸如: [0186] tray having a • frequently used application icon 408, the applications such as:

[0187] 〇电话138,其可以包括未接呼叫或语音邮件消息的数目的指示器414 ; [0187] billion telephone 138, which may include the number of missed calls or voicemail message indicator 414;

[0188] 〇电子邮件客户端140,其可以包括未读电子邮件的数目的指示器410; [0188] billion e-mail client 140, which may include the number of unread e-mail indicator 410;

[0189] 〇浏览器147 ;和 [0189] 147 billion browser; and

[0190] 〇音乐播放器146 ;和 [0190] 146 billion music player; and

[0191] •用于其它应用的图标,诸如: [0191] • icons for other applications, such as:

[0192] 〇IM 141 ; [0192] 〇IM 141;

[0193] 〇图像管理144; [0193] Image management 144 billion;

[0194] 〇照相机143 ; [0194] Camera 143 billion;

[0195] 〇视频播放器145 ; [0195] the video player 145 billion;

[0196] 〇天气149-1 ; [0196] billion Weather 149-1;

[0197] 〇股票149-2 ; [0197] billion stock 149-2;

[0198] 〇健身助手142 ; [0198] 142 billion health aides;

[0199] 〇日历148 ; [0199] billion Calendar 148;

[0200] 〇计算器149-3 ; [0200] square calculator 149-3;

[0201] 〇闹钟149-4 ; [0201] square clock 149-4;

[0202] 〇字典149-5 ;和 [0202] billion Dictionary 149-5; and

[0203] 〇用户创建的插件149-6。 Plug [0203] billion user-created 149-6.

[0204] 在某些实施例中,用户界面400B包括下列元素或其子集或超集: [0204] In certain embodiments, user interface 400B includes the following elements, or a subset or superset thereof:

[0205] •如上所述的402、404、405、406、141、148、144、143、149-3、149-2、149-1、149-4、 410、414、138、140 和147 ; [0205] • 402,404,405,406,141,148,144,143,149-3,149-2,149-1,149-4 described above, 410,414,138,140 and 147;

[0206] •地图154 ; [0206] • map 154;

[0207] •记事本153 ; [0207] • Notepad 153;

[0208] •设置412,如下所述,其提供对设备100和其各种应用136的设置的访问; [0208] • setting 412, as described below, which provides access to settings and its various applications 136 of the apparatus 100;

[0209] •视频和音乐播放器模块152,也被称为iPod (苹果公司的注册商标)模块152 ;和 [0209] • video and music player module 152, also known as iPod (registered trademark of Apple Inc.) module 152; and

[0210] •在线视频模块155,也被称为YouTube (Google公司的注册商标)模块155。 [0210] • online video module 155, also known as YouTube (registered trademark of Google Inc.) module 155.

[0211] 图4C不出了具有与显不器450(例如,触摸屏显不器112)相分离的触敏表面451 (例如,写字板或图3的触控板355)的设备(例如,图3的设备300)上的示例用户界面。 [0211] FIG 4C is not significant and not having 450 (e.g., touch-screen 112 no) separate touch-sensitive surface 451 (e.g., a tablet or a touch plate 355 in FIG. 3) of the device (e.g., FIG. an example user interface on the device 3003). 虽然将参考触摸屏显示器112 (其中触敏表面和显示器被组合在一起)上的输入给出下面的许多例子,但是在某些实施例中,设备检测与显示器相分离的触敏表面上的输入,如图4C所示。 Although reference to a touch screen display 112 (where the touch sensitive surface and the display are combined) inputs on many of the examples given below, in certain embodiments, the device detects inputs on a display separate from the touch-sensitive surface, shown in Figure 4C. 在某些实施例中,触敏表面(例如,图4C中的451)具有与显示器(例如,450) 上的主轴(例如,图4C中的453)相对应的主轴(例如,图4C中的452)。 In certain embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., 451 in FIG. 4C) has a display (e.g., 450) of the spindle (e.g., 453 in FIG. 4C) corresponding to the spindle (e.g., FIG. 4C 452). 根据这些实施例, 设备检测与触敏表面451在与显示器上的相应位置相对应的位置处的接触(例如,图4C中的460和462)(例如,在图4C中的460对应于468,而462对应于470)。 According to these embodiments, the device detects the touch-sensitive surface 451 at a position corresponding to a position on the display corresponding to the contact (e.g., 460 and 462 in FIG. 4C) (e.g., in Figure 4C 460 corresponds to 468, and 462 corresponds to 470). 以这种方式,当触敏表面与显示器相分离时,设备使用由设备在触敏表面(例如,图4C中的451)上检测到的用户输入(例如,接触460和462及其移动)来操纵多功能设备的显示器(例如,图4C中的450)上的用户界面。 In this manner, the touch sensitive surface when the display phase separation device using a user input device by the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., in Figure 4C 451) detected by the (e.g., 460 and 462 and moving contacts) to display the multifunction device (e.g., 450 in Figure 4C) on the user interface. 应当理解,类似的方法可被用于此处描述的其它用户界面。 It should be appreciated that similar methods may be used for other user interfaces described herein.

[0212] 另外,虽然主要参考手指输入(例如,手指接触、手指敲击手势、手指扫动手势)给出下面的例子,但是应当理解,在某些实施例中,一个或多个手指输入被来自另一个输入设备的输入所代替(例如,基于鼠标的输入或触笔输入)。 [0212] Further, although primarily with reference to finger inputs (e.g., finger contacts, finger tap gestures, finger swipe gestures) The following examples are given, it should be understood that in some embodiments, the one or more finger inputs are another input from the input device (e.g., a mouse based input or stylus input) is used instead. 例如,可以用鼠标点击(例如,代替接触)以及随后的游标沿扫动路径的运动(例如,代替接触的运动)来代替扫动手势。 For example, with a mouse click (e.g., instead of a contact) followed by movement of the cursor along the path of the sweep (e.g., instead of movement of the contact) instead swipe gesture. 作为另一个例子,可以用当游标位于敲击手势的位置上时进行鼠标点击来代替敲击手势(例如,代替检测接触和随后的停止检测接触)。 A mouse click as another example, may be used when the cursor is positioned instead of tap gesture on a tap gesture (e.g., instead of detecting the contact and subsequently contacting the stop detection). 类似地,当同时检测多个用户输入时,应当理解,可以同时使用多个计算机鼠标,或可以同时使用鼠标和手指接触。 Similarly, when a user inputs a plurality of simultaneously detected, it should be understood that multiple computer mice may be used simultaneously, or a mouse and finger contacts may be used simultaneously.

[0213] 现在将注意力指向可在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(诸如设备300或便携式多功能设备100)上实现的用户界面("n")和相关处理的实施例。 Example [0213] Attention is now directed to the user interface ( "n") may be implemented in a display and a multifunction device (such as device 300 or portable multifunction device 100) and the touch-sensitive surface correlation processing.

[0214] 图5A-5PPP示出了根据某些实施例用于创建和管理包含一个或多个可选择用户界面对象的文件夹的示例用户界面。 [0214] FIGS. 5A-5PPP shows an example of a user interface in accordance with some embodiments for creating and managing folders contain one or more selectable user interface objects. 使用这些图中的用户界面说明下面描述的处理,包括图6六-6已、7六-7(:、8六-8(:、9六-98、1(^-108、1认-11(:和12六-12£中的处理。 Using the user interface processing described in these figures described below, including FIG. 6 has six -6, -7 7 six (:, six 8 8 (:, 9 six -98,1 (^ - 108,1 recognized -11 (: 12 and -12 £ six processing.

[0215] 现在将注意力指向图5A,图5A示出了具有触摸屏(例如,图5A-5N、5P-5PPP中的112)显示器(例如,触摸屏112)的多功能设备(例如,图5A-5N、5P-5PPP中的100)。 [0215] Attention is now directed to FIG 5A, FIG. 5A shows a multifunction device having a touch screen (e.g., FIGS. 5A-5N, the 5P-5PPP 112) display (e.g., touch screen 112) (e.g., FIG. 5A- 5N, 5P-5PPP 100). 在某些实施例中,多功能设备100还包括上面更详细描述的扬声器(例如,图5A-5N、5P-5PPP中的111)、麦克风(例如,图5A-5N、5P-5PPP中的113)、一个或多个光传感器(例如,图5A-5N、 5P-5PPP中的164)、接近传感器(例如,图5A-5N、5P-5PPP中的166)、一个或多个加速度计(例如,图5A-5N、5P-5PPP 中的168)。 In certain embodiments, the multifunctional apparatus 100 further includes a speaker (e.g., FIGS. 5A-5N, 5P-5PPP 111), a microphone (e.g., FIGS. 5A-5N described in more detail above, the 5P-5PPP 113 ), one or more light sensors (e.g., FIGS. 5A-5N, 164 in the 5P-5PPP), proximity sensors (e.g., FIGS. 5A-5N, the 5P-5PPP 166), one or more accelerometers (e.g. FIG 5A-5N, 168 5P-5PPP in).

[0216] 在某些实施例中,多功能设备100显示多个通知图标,诸如用于无线通信(一个或多个)的信号强度指示器(一个或多个)(例如,图5A-5N、5P-5PPP中的402),诸如用于蜂窝和Wi-Fi信号;时间指示器(例如,图5A-5N、5P-5PPP中的404);蓝牙指示器(例如, 图5A-5N、5P-5PPP中的405);电池状态指示器(例如,图5A-5N、5P-5PPP中的406)。 [0216] In certain embodiments, the multifunction device 100 displays a plurality of notification icons, such as for wireless communication (s) of the signal strength indicator (s) (e.g., FIGS. 5A-5N, the 5P-5PPP 402), such as a cellular and Wi-Fi signals; time indicator (e.g., FIGS. 5A-5N, the 5P-5PPP 404); Bluetooth indicator (e.g., FIGS. 5A-5N, 5P- 405 5PPP in); a battery status indicator (e.g., FIGS. 5A-5N, 5P-5PPP 406). 根据某些实施例,多功能设备还显示多个可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5A-5PPP中的应用图标5002和文件夹图标5004)。 According to certain embodiments, the multifunction device also displays a plurality of selectable user interface objects (e.g., files and application icon 5002 of FIGS. 5A-5PPP folder icon 5004). 在某些实施例中,一个或多个可选择用户界面对象被显示在托盘中(例如,图5A-5N、5P-5PPP中的5006),托盘有时还被称为停放区(dock)。 In certain embodiments, one or more selectable user interface object is displayed in a tray (e.g., FIGS. 5A-5N, 5006 5P-5PPP), the tray also sometimes referred parking zone (dock). 在某些实施例中,托盘外的可选择用户界面对象(例如,应用图标和/或文件夹图标)是可选择用户界面对象的多个集合和/或页面的一部分,其中每个可选择用户界面对象的集合和/或页面包括不同的多个可选择用户界面对象。 In certain embodiments, the selectable user interface objects outside the tray (e.g., application icons and / or folder icon) is part of a set of a plurality of selectable user interface objects and / or pages, wherein each user selectable collection and / or interface object includes a page of a plurality of different selectable user interface objects. 然而,在某些实施例中,当多功能设备从可选择用户界面对象的第一集合和/或页面转换到可选择用户界面对象的第二集合和/或页面时,托盘5006不改变。 However, in certain embodiments, when the second set of multi-function device from a first set of selectable user interface objects and / or selectable user interface objects to the page and / or page, the tray 5006 is not changed.

[0217] 现在将注意力指向图5A,图5A包括多个可选择用户界面对象,包括多个动作图标(action icon)5002和多个文件夹图标5004。 [0217] Attention is now directed to FIG. 5A, comprises a plurality of selectable user interface objects, comprising a plurality of operation icons (action icon) 5002 5004 and a plurality of folder icons. 例如,在图5A中,动作图标5002包括用于激活相应应用的多个应用图标(例如,Photos (照片)应用图标5002-l、Clock (时钟)应用图标5002-2、Brower (浏览器)应用图标5002-3、Solitaire (单人纸牌)应用图标5002-4、 Weather (天气)应用图标5002-5、Notes (记事本)应用图标5002-6、Texts (文本)应用图标5002-7、Maps (地图)应用图标5002-8、Stocks (股票)应用图标5002-9、Camera (照相机)应用图标5002-12、Racing(竞赛)应用图标5002-13、eMail (电子邮件)应用图标5002-14、Phone (电话)应用图标5002-15和iPod应用图标5002-16),用于启动网络浏览器并且显示被加了书签的网页的Bookmark(书签)图标5002-10,以及用于激活文档观看/编辑应用以便显示与Document (文档)图标5002-11相关联的文档的Document图标5002-11。 For example, in FIG. 5A, the icon 5002 includes an operation for activating a plurality of application icons corresponding to application (e.g., Photos (photo) application icon 5002-l, Clock (clock) application icon 5002-2, Brower (browser) application icon 5002-3, Solitaire (solitaire) application icon 5002-4, Weather (weather) application icon 5002-5, Notes (notepad) application icon 5002-6, texts (text) application icon 5002-7, Maps ( map) application icon 5002-8, stocks (stock) application icon 5002-9, camera (camera) application icon in 5002-12, Racing (race) application icon in 5002-13, eMail (email) application icon in 5002-14, Phone (phone) application icon 5002-15 and iPod application icon 5002-16), used to start a web browser and the display is added bookmark Bookmark pages (bookmarks) icon in 5002-10, as well as for the active document viewing / editing application document icon to display the document document 5002-11 (document) associated with the icon 5002-11.

[0218] 图5A中的文件夹(例如,图5A中的5004-1-a和5004-2)是可被激活以显示文件夹视图的图标。 [0218] Figure 5A folder (e.g., FIG. 5A 5004-2 and 5004-1-a) can be activated are displayed in the folder icon views. 在某些实施例中,每个文件夹图标5004包括与文件夹相关联的多个可选择对象指示器的缩小比例的表示(reducedscale representation)(例如,用于文件夹图标5004-1 的缩小比例的表示"xl"、" x2"、" x3"、" x4"、" x5"和"x6",以及用于文件夹图标5004-2的缩小比例的表示"zl"、" z2"、" z3"、" z4"、" z5" 和"z6")。 In certain embodiments, each comprising a folder icon 5004 associated with the reduction ratio of the plurality of selectable object folder pointer represents (reducedscale representation) (e.g., a folder icon 5004-1 reduction ratio of It represents "xl", "x2", "x3", "x4", "x5" and "x6", and a folder icon 5004-2 reduced scale representation of "zl", "z2", "z3 "," z4 "," z5 "and" z6 "). 应当注意,根据某些实施例,显示文件夹视图包括显示包括多个可选择用户界面图标(例如,动作图标5002)的区域。 It should be noted that, according to certain embodiments, display the folder view includes displaying a user interface area including a plurality of selectable icons (e.g., icons 5002 operation) of. 在图5A中,设备处于正常操作模式。 In FIG. 5A, the device is in normal operation mode. 换言之,选择一个动作图标将激活一个应用(例如,启动当前未在设备上运行的应用或显示当前正在设备上运行的应用的视图)。 In other words, an action selecting one application icon is activated (e.g., startup is not currently running application on the device or view the currently running application on the display device). 在某些实施例中,设备检测进入用户界面重配置模式的请求。 In certain embodiments, the device detects a user request to enter the interface reconfiguration mode. 例如,在图5A中,设备检测到超过预定时间段(例如,2秒)的与Solitaire应用图标5002-4 的接触5008,并且作为响应,设备进入如图5B所示的用户界面重配置模式。 For example, in FIG. 5A, the device detects a contact 5008 exceeds a predetermined period of time (e.g., 2 seconds) and Solitaire application icon 5002-4, and in response, reconfiguring the device into the user interface shown in FIG. 5B mode.

[0219] 在图5B中,设备进入了用户界面重配置模式。 [0219] In FIG 5B, the device enters the user interface reconfiguration mode. 在某些实施例中,可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002和5004)显示表示设备处于用户界面重配置模式的视觉指示。 In certain embodiments, the selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002 and 5004) showing the display device is a visual indication to the user interface reconfiguration mode. 例如,如图5B所示,可选择用户界面对象如同漂浮在水面上那样摇晃(jiggle)(例如,在显示器上,每个可选择用户界面对象分别在该可选择用户界面对象各自的平均位置周围振荡)。 For example, FIG. 5B, selectable user interface objects that float on water as shaking (jiggle) (e.g., on the display, each selectable selectable user interface object around which the respective user interface object in the average position respectively oscillation). 附加地在某些实施例中,在处于用户界面重配置模式时,至少某些可选择用户界面对象与对象移除标记(例如,图5B中5010)相关联,并且当设备检测到对象移除标记的激活时(例如,图5B中的敲击手势5011),与该对象移除标记相关联的可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5B中的Weather应用图标5002-5)被从用户界面中移除(例如,删除)。 Additionally, in some embodiments, while in the user interface reconfiguration mode, at least some of the selectable user interface objects with an object tag removed (e.g., 5010 in FIG. 5B) is associated, when the device is removed and the object is detected when activation markers (e.g., FIG. 5B tap gesture 5011), markers selectable user interface object associated with the object is removed (e.g., an application icon 5002-5 weather Weather FIG. 5B) is supplied from a user interface remove (for example, delete).

[0220] 另外,在某些实施例中,当设备进入用户界面重配置模式时,一个或多个文件夹图标改变外观。 [0220] Further, in certain embodiments, when the device enters the user interface reconfiguration mode, or a plurality of folder icons change appearance. 例如,在图5A中,当设备处于正常操作模式时,以可选择用户界面对象的第一多个缩小大小的表示(例如,图5A中的文件夹图标5004-1-a中的"xl"、" x2"、" x3"、" x4"、" x5"、" x6")显示文件夹图标5004-1-a, 而在图5B中,在设备进入用户界面重配置模式之后,在该文件夹图标(例如,图5B中的文件夹图标5004-1-b)内显示可选择用户界面对象的第二多个缩小大小的表示(例如,"x4"、" x5"、" x6"和"x7")。 For example, in FIG. 5A, when the device is in normal operation mode, in order to reduce the size of a first plurality of selectable user interface object representation (e.g., FIG. 5A 5004-1-a folder icon in the "xl" , "x2", "x3", "x4", "x5", "x6") display the folder icon 5004-1-a, while in Figure 5B, after the device enters the user interface reconfiguration mode, the file folder icon (e.g., FIG. 5B folder icon 5004-1-b) displaying selectable user interface objects represented within the second plurality of reduced size (e.g., "x4", "x5", "x6" and " x7 "). 此外,在某些实施例中,一个或多个文件夹图标(例如,图5B中的5004-1-b)包括通知标记5012,通知标记5012指示与该文件夹内的一个可选择用户界面对象相关联的应用具有通知。 Further, in some embodiments, the one or plurality of folder icons (e.g., FIG. 5B 5004-1-b) includes a notification tag 5012, a notification flag 5012 indicates the file folder with a selectable user interface object application associated with a notification. 在某些实施例中,一个缩小比例的表示(例如,文件夹图标5004-1-b中的"x7")具有自己的通知标记5014,通知标记5014指示与该缩小比例的表示相关联的应用具有通知。 In certain embodiments, a scaled down representation (e.g., folder icon 5004-1-b in "x7") has its own notification mark 5014, indicating a notification tag 5014 indicates the application associated with the reduction ratio have notice. 通常,通知是表示应用需要设备用户的关注(例如,由于到达了新消息、或是发生了新事件、具有可用的更新等)。 Typically, the notification is a device application requires the user's attention (for example, due to the arrival of a new message, or new events have occurred, have available updates, etc.).

[0221] 现在将注意力指向图5B-5F,图5B-5F示出了根据某些实施例,用于创建新文件夹的示例用户界面。 [0221] Attention is now directed to FIG 5B-5F, FIGS. 5B-5F illustrate certain embodiments according to the embodiment, an example user interface for creating a new folder. 在图5B中,设备检测将相应可选择用户界面对象移动到屏幕边缘的请求。 In FIG 5B, the device detects the corresponding selectable user interface object requests to the edges of the screen. 在这个例子中,该请求包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上在对应于"Racing"动作图标5002-13的位置处的接触5016-a,以及该接触到触敏表面边缘(例如,如图5C所示, 到触摸屏112上的接触位置5016-b)的后续移动5018。 In this example, the request is included in the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to the contact at the "Racing" operation icon 5002-13 location 5016-a, and an edge contact with the touch sensitive surface (e.g., 5C, the touch screen 112 to the position of the contact 5016-b) of the subsequent movement 5018. 在图5C中,动作图标5002-13被移动到显示器(例如,触摸屏112)的边缘,并且被保持在显示器边缘处超过一个预定时间阈值(例如,1秒)。 In Figure 5C, the operation is moved to the icon 5002-13 display (e.g., touch screen 112) of the edge and at the edge of the display is maintained for a predetermined time at a threshold value (e.g., 1 second). 响应于检测到动作图标5002-13在显示器边缘处超过了该预定时间阈值,设备导航到可选择用户界面对象的下一个集合/页面(例如,如图所示)。 In response to detecting the edge of the display operation icon 5002-13 at the time exceeds the predetermined threshold value, set the device to navigate to the next / page selectable user interface object (e.g., as shown).

[0222] 在某些实施例中,在设备处于正常操作模式时,设备保持可选择用户界面对象的多个页面。 [0222] In certain embodiments, when the device is in normal operating mode, the device holding a plurality of selectable user interface object page. 在某些这种实施例中,当设备进入用户界面重配置模式时,设备创建包含新的空文件夹的另外的页面。 In certain such embodiments, when the device enters the user interface reconfiguration mode, the device further comprising creating a new empty pages folder. 例如,图中显示的页面上没有动作图标5002并且没有已填充的文件夹(filledfolder),因此,设备显示用于空文件夹(例如,不包含可选择用户界面对象的文件夹)的文件夹图标5004-3。 For example, the page is not shown in FIG operation icon 5002 and the folder is not filled (filledfolder), and therefore, a display apparatus for empty folders (e.g., the file does not contain a selectable user interface object folder) of the folder icon 5004-3. 在某些实施例中,用于空文件夹的文件夹图标(例如, 5004-3)与用于已填充文件夹(例如,包含一个或多个可选择用户界面对象的文件夹)的文件夹图标具有不同的外观。 In certain embodiments the file, a file for an empty folder icon (e.g., 5004-3) filled with a folder (e.g., comprising one or more selectable user interface object folder) clamp icon has a different appearance.

[0223] 在图中,设备检测将可选择用户界面对象5002-13移动到用于空文件夹的文件夹图标5004-3的请求。 [0223] In the drawings, the device detects a user interface object requests selectable icons 5004-3 to 5002-13 for the file is moved to an empty folder. 在图所示的例子中,该请求包括接触5016从显示器(例如触摸屏112)边缘附近的接触位置5016-b到邻近新的空文件夹的文件夹图标5004-3的接触位置(例如,图5E中的5016-c)的移动5020。 In the example shown in FIG., The request from the display 5016 includes a contact (e.g., touch screen 112) near the edge position of the contact 5016-b adjacent to the new empty file folder icon 5004-3 contact position (e.g., Figure 5E the 5016-c) 5020 movement. 响应于该移动可选择用户界面对象的请求,设备将可选择用户界面对象从显示器(例如触摸屏112)边缘附近的位置(例如,图中的5002-13)移动到与新的空文件夹的文件夹图标5004-3邻近或重叠的位置,或移动到文件夹图标5004-3的激活区域。 Alternatively the user interface object in response to a request of the mobile device of selectable user interface object from a display (e.g., touch screen 112) near the edge position (e.g., FIG. 5002-13) file to the new empty folder folder icon 5004-3 adjacent or overlapping positions, or to move to the active area of ​​the folder icon 5004-3.

[0224] 在某些实施例中,在可选择用户界面对象5002-13与新的空文件夹的文件夹图标5004-3邻近或重叠时,设备检测用于请求移动可选择用户界面对象5002-13的输入的终止(例如,接触5016-c从触摸屏112的抬起)。 When [0224] In certain embodiments, the selectable user interface object file and 5002-13 new empty folder icon 5004-3 adjacent or overlapping, the mobile device detects a request for selectable user interface object 5002- termination of input 13 (e.g., 5016-c the contact 112 is lifted from the touch screen). 响应于检测到输入的终止,例如,接触从触敏表面(例如触摸屏112)的抬起,设备将可选择用户界面对象5002-13添加到与文件夹图标5004-3相关联的文件夹,如图5F所示。 In response to detecting termination of the input, e.g., the contact is lifted from the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112), the device will select a user interface object 5004-3 5002-13 added to the icon associated with the file folder, such as FIG. 5F. 在某些实施例中,当设备将可选择用户界面对象添加到与文件夹图标5004-3相关联的文件夹时,设备改变该文件夹图标的外观。 In certain embodiments, when the device can choose to add to the user-interface objects associated with the file icon 5004-3 folder, the folder device changes the appearance of the icon. 例如,在图5F中,文件夹图标5004-3显示被添加到与文件夹图标5004-3相关联的文件夹的可选择用户界面对象5002-13的缩小比例表示。 For example, in FIG. 5F, 5004-3 display the folder icon is added to the reduction ratio 5002-13 selectable user interface objects associated with the file icon 5004-3 folder FIG.

[0225] 在某些实施例中,在处于用户界面重配置模式时,设备总是显示空文件夹。 [0225] In certain embodiments, when in the user interface reconfiguration mode, the device always displays an empty folder. 例如, 在图5F中,一旦以前的空文件夹(例如,与文件夹图标5004-3相关联的文件夹)被填充(例如,在如图5C-5E所示的可选择用户界面对象5002-13被添加到该文件夹之后),设备创建后续的新的空文件夹,并且在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示与该后续的新的空文件夹相关联的文件夹图标(例如,图5F中的5004-4)。 For example, in Figure 5F, once the previously empty folder (e.g., folder icons and folder associated 5004-3) is filled (e.g., selectable user interface objects as shown in FIG. 5C-5E 5002- 13 is appended to the folder), the device to create subsequent new empty folder, and a display (e.g., display file associated with the subsequent new empty folder icon (e.g., FIG on the touch screen 112) 5004-4 in 5F). 因此,可以通过用户简单地填充以前的空文件夹创建新的空文件夹。 Therefore, you can create a new empty folder simply by filling previously empty file folder users. 在某些实施例中,当设备返回正常操作模式时,设备停止显示与空文件夹相关联的任何文件夹图标(例如,文件夹图标5004-4)。 In certain embodiments of any document, when the device returns to normal operating mode, the device stops displaying the empty folder associated with the file folder icon (e.g., folder icon 5004-4). 例如,在图5F中, 设备检测返回正常操作模式的请求(例如,图5F中在home按钮204上的按压输入5022)。 For example, in FIG. 5F, the device detects a request to return the normal operation mode (e.g., Fig. 5F home button 204 is pressed on the input 5022). 响应于返回正常操作模式的请求,设备返回正常操作模式,并且停止在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示空文件夹(例如,图5F中的5004-4),如图5G所示。 In response to a request to return to normal operation mode, the device returns to the normal operating mode and stop an empty folder display (e.g., 5004-4 in FIG. 5F) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112), as shown in FIG. 5G.

[0226] 现在将注意力指向图5H-5L,图5H-5L示出了根据某些实施例,用于新文件夹的创建的示例用户界面。 [0226] Attention is now directed to FIG 5H-5L, FIGS 5H-5L illustrate some exemplary user interface according to the new folder created embodiment, a. 在某些实施例中,设备进入用户界面重配置模式(例如,如上面参考图5A更详细描述的)。 In certain embodiments, the device enters the user interface reconfiguration mode (e.g., as described above with reference to FIG. 5A described in more detail). 在某些实施例中,当设备进入用户界面重配置模式时,在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示新文件夹创建元件(例如,图5H中的新文件夹创建区域5024)。 In certain embodiments, when the device enters the user interface reconfiguration mode, the display elements to create a new folder (e.g., in Figure 5H new folder creation region 5024) on a display (e.g., touch screen 112). 在某些实施例中,当设备进入用户界面重配置模式时,显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的可选择用户界面图标向着彼此移动(例如,沿着至少一个轴(诸如垂直轴)减小可选择用户界面对象之间的空白间隔量),以便为新文件夹创建元件(一个或多个)留出空间。 In certain embodiments, when the device enters the user interface reconfiguration mode, a display (e.g., touch screen 112) on a selectable user interface icons are moved toward each other (e.g., decreases along at least one axis (such as a vertical axis) can be selecting an amount of blank space between the user interface object) to create a new folder for the element (s) to make room. 在某些实施例中,设备检测添加新文件夹的请求(例如,在触摸屏112上对应于新文件夹创建区域5024 的位置处的敲击手势5026)。 In certain embodiments, the device detects a request to add a new folder (e.g., to create a new folder corresponding to the region at positions 5024 to 5026 in tap gesture on the touch screen 112). 响应于该创建文件夹的请求,设备创建新文件夹,并且在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示文件夹图标(图51中的5004-5)。 In response to the request to create the folder, the device creates a new folder, and displays the folder (5004-5 of FIG. 51) an icon on a display (e.g., touch screen 112). 在某些实施例中,新文件夹的文件夹图标(图51中的5004-5)被显示在可选择用户界面对象的预定布置内的第一可用位置处。 In certain embodiments, the new file folder icon (5004-5 of FIG. 51) is displayed at a predetermined position within a first arrangement available selectable user interface object.

[0227] 在某些实施例中,新文件夹创建元件被表示为包含视觉上类似于新文件夹图标的文件夹创建图标(例如,图51中的5030)的区域(例如,图51中的区域5028)。 [0227] In certain embodiments, the new folder is created element comprising visually represented as a folder icon similar to the new folder created icon (e.g., 5030 in FIG. 51) in the region (for example, 51 of FIG. regional 5028). 在某些实施例中,设备检测创建新文件夹的请求。 In certain embodiments, the device detects a request to create a new folder. 例如,如图51所示,设备检测在触敏表面(例如, 触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的文件夹创建图标5030的位置相对应的位置处的接触5032,以及随后的该接触从文件夹创建区域的移出5043。 For example, as shown, the device detects the display (e.g., touch screen 112) folder on creating in FIG 51 on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) the contact position of the icon 5030 corresponding to the position of 5032, and subsequent this contact is created out of the area from the 5043 folder. 在某些实施例中,设备根据接触的移动5034显示文件夹移出文件夹创建元件的动画。 In certain embodiments, the device movie folder created out of the folder according to the movement member 5034 of the contact display. 换言之,它表现为仿佛新文件夹图标(例如,图5J中的5004-6)从文件夹创建区域5028被拖出来。 In other words, it behaves as if the new folder icon (for example, 5004-6 Figure 5J) from a folder creation region 5028 dragged out. 响应于检测到创建新文件夹的请求,设备创建新文件夹,并且将该新文件夹与从文件夹创建区域拖出的文件夹图标5004-6相关联。 In response to detecting a request to create a new folder, the device creates a new folder, the new folder icons and 5004-6 associated with the file from the folder creation region out of the folder.

[0228] 在某些实施例中,设备接收将一个或多个可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-6)添加到一个新文件夹内的请求。 [0228] In certain embodiments, the device receives one or more selectable user interface objects (e.g., operation icons 5002-6) a request to add the new folder. 例如,在图5J中,设备检测与动作图标5002-6的接触5035,以及该接触到一个新文件夹5004-5的后续移动5036。 For example, in Figure 5J, the device detects contact with the icon with the action of 50355002-6, and access to a new folder in the subsequent movement 50365004-5. 在某些实施例中,响应于将可选择用户界面对象添加到新文件夹的请求,设备将可选择用户界面对象添加到该文件夹,并且从显示中移除该可选择用户界面对象。 In some embodiments, in response to selectable user interface objects to add the new folder to the request, the device will choose to add to the user interface object folder, and the user interface object selectively removed from the display. 在某些实施例中,在将可选择用户界面对象添加到文件夹之后,设备修改与添加了可选择用户界面对象的文件夹相关联的文件夹图标。 In certain embodiments, the selectable user interface objects added to a folder, file modification and adding a device selectable user interface object associated with a folder of the folder icon. 例如,在图5K中,设备将动作图标5002-6添加到与文件夹图标5004-5相关联的文件夹,并且文件夹图标5004-5被更新以显示添加到了该文件夹的动作图标5002-6的缩小比例的表示(例如,文件夹图标5004-5内的"N")。 For example, in Figure 5K, the operation of the device icon 5002-6 5004-5 added to the file icon associated with a folder, and the folder icon 5004-5 is updated to show the action added to the folder icon 5002- 6 is a reduced scale representation (e.g., a folder "N" in the icon 5004-5).

[0229] 在某些实施例中,当设备返回正常操作模式时,设备停止显示与空文件夹相关联的任何文件夹图标(例如,文件夹图标5004-6)。 Any file [0229] In certain embodiments, when the device returns to normal operating mode, the device stops displaying the empty folder associated with the file folder icon (e.g., folder icon 5004-6). 例如,在图5K中,设备检测返回正常操作模式的请求(例如,图5K中在home按钮204上的按压输入5038)。 For example, in FIG. 5K, the device detects a request to return the normal operation mode (e.g., Figure 5K home button 204 is pressed on the input 5038). 响应于返回正常操作模式的请求,设备返回正常操作模式,并且如图5L所示,停止在显示器(例如,触摸屏112) 上显示空文件夹(例如,图5K中的5004-6)。 In response to a request to return to normal operation mode, the device returns to normal operation mode, and as shown in FIG 5L is stopped in a display (e.g., touch screen 112) displays an empty folder (e.g., 5004-6 in Figure 5K) on. 然而,应当理解,根据某些实施例,将继续显示代表添加了一个或多个可选择用户界面对象的文件夹的任何文件夹图标。 However, it should be appreciated that according to certain embodiments, will continue to display the representative file added any one or more selectable user interface objects folder folder icon. 例如,在图5L 中,在设备返回正常操作模式之后,继续显示文件夹5004-5。 For example, in Figure 5L, the device after the return to normal operating mode, continues to display the folder 5004-5. 另外,在某些实施例中,当设备返回正常操作模式时,可选择用户界面对象被重新布置,以便闭合该布置中的任何空隙(gap)。 Further, in certain embodiments, when the device returns to the normal operating mode, selectable user interface objects are rearranged so as to close any gap (GAP) in this arrangement. 例如,在图5K中,可选择用户界面对象处于具有空隙的第一布置中,Notes应用图标5004-6以前位于该空隙处(例如,如图5J所示),而在图5L中,可选择用户界面对象被重新布置以便闭合该空隙。 For example, in Figure 5K, selectable user interface object in the first arrangement having a gap, Notes application icons 5004-6 located at the space before (e.g., as shown in FIG. 5J), whereas in Figure 5L, optionally user interface objects are rearranged so as to close the gap.

[0230] 现在将注意力指向图5M-50,图5M-50示出了根据某些实施例,用于新文件夹的创建的示例用户界面。 [0230] Attention is now directed to FIG 5M-50, FIG. 5M-50 illustrate embodiments in accordance with certain embodiments, an example of a user interface to create a new folder. 在某些实施例中,设备在处于用户界面重配置模式时接收与一个可选择用户界面对象到另一个可选择用户界面对象的移动相对应的文件夹创建请求。 In certain embodiments, the mobile device receives a selectable user interface object to another selectable user interface object when in the user interface reconfiguration mode corresponding to a folder creation request. 例如,在图5M的例子中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112) 上第一动作图标(例如,Solitaire应用图标5002-4)的位置相对应的位置处的接触(例如,5040-a),并且检测与图5N所示的第一动作图标5002-4移动到第二动作图标5002-13 上相对应的该接触的后续移动(例如,在触摸屏112上从图5M内的第一位置5040-a到图5N内的第二位置5040-b)。 In the example of FIG. 5M, the device detects the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the upper display (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to a first operation position icon (e.g., 5002-4 Solitaire application icon) of at the contact position (e.g., 5040-a), and detects subsequent movement of the first icon shown 5002-4 operation moves to a second operation corresponding to the icon 5002-13 FIG 5N contact (e.g., touch screen FIG 5M 112 from a first position to a second position within the 5040-a to FIG. 5N 5040-b). 在某些实施例中,设备显示文件夹将被创建的指示(例如,如图5N所示,通过突出显示第二动作图标5002-13)。 In certain embodiments, the display device will indicate the folder to be created (e.g., as shown in FIG. 5N, a second operation by highlighting the icon 5002-13). 在某些实施例中,设备在检测到输入的终止(例如,检测到接触5040-b的抬起)后,创建包括第一动作图标和第二动作图标的文件夹。 In certain embodiments, the device upon detecting termination of the input (e.g., detects the contact 5040-b is lifted), creating a file of the first operation and the second operation icon folder icon. 在某些实施例中,在检测到输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则(例如,在第一动作图标5002-4与第二动作图标5002-13相邻或在其上面时,超过预定时间段的接触停顿)后,设备创建包括第一动作图标和第二动作图标的文件夹。 In certain embodiments, detection of the input satisfies a predetermined folder creation criteria (e.g., in the first operation and the second operation icon icon 5002-4 5002-13 thereon adjacent to or at the time exceeds a predetermined time period after contact with pause), creating a device file action icon first and second action icon of a folder.

[0231] 在某些实施例中,与创建文件夹一起,设备显示与该文件夹相关联的新文件夹图标。 [0231] In certain embodiments, together with a display device associated with the new file folder icons create a folder. 在某些实施例中,新文件夹图标包括添加到该文件夹的用户界面对象的缩小比例表示。 In certain embodiments, the new folder icon comprises adding to the reduction ratio of user interface object representation of the folder. 在某些实施例中,基于第一可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-4)和/或第二可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-13)的描述符给该文件夹命名。 In certain embodiments, user interface based on the first selectable object (e.g., operation icons 5002-4) and / or the second selectable user interface object (e.g., an icon operation 5002-13) descriptor to the folder name. 例如,图50示出了设备接收一个输入,该输入包括创建包括第一动作图标(例如,Solitaire应用图标5002-4)和第二动作图标(例如,Racing应用图标5002-13)的文件夹的请求,该输入包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上第一动作图标5002-4 的位置相对应的位置处的接触5044,以及该接触5044到与第二动作图标5002-13邻近(或在其上面)的位置的后续移动5046。 For example, FIG. 50 shows a device receives an input, the input comprises creating a first operation icon (e.g., 5002-4 Solitaire application icon) and a second operation icon (e.g., Racing app icon 5002-13) folder request, including the touch-sensitive input surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the contact at the position corresponding to the first operation position of the display icon 5002-4 (e.g., touch screen 112) on the 5044, 5044 and in contact with the first subsequent movement of the two operation positions 5046 5002-13 icons proximate to (or above). 响应于该输入,设备创建新文件夹,并且显示新文件夹的"GAMES"文件夹图标5004-7,其包括第一可选择用户界面对象和第二可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示(例如,分别为"0"和"R")。 Created in response to the input, a new folder device, and displays "GAMES" New Folder folder icon 5004-7, which comprises a reduced scale of a first user interface object and a second selectable selectable user interface object representation ( for example, it is "0" and "R"). 作为另一个例子,图50示出了设备接收一个输入,该输入包括创建包括第一动作图标(例如,Car Race (赛车)应用图标5002-17) 和第二动作图标(例如,Air Race (飞行竞赛)应用图标5002-18)的文件夹的请求,该输入包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上第一动作图标5002-17的位置相对应的位置处的接触5048,以及接触5048到与第二动作图标5002-18邻近(或在其上面)的位置的后续移动5050。 As another example, FIG. 50 shows a device receives an input, the input comprises creating a first operation icon (e.g., Car Race (Racing) 5002-17 application icon) and a second operation icon (e.g., Air Race (Flight competition clip request) application icon 5002-18) document, which includes a touch-sensitive input surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the upper display (e.g., touch screen 112) of a first operation position of the icon corresponding to the position of 5002-17 subsequent movement 5050 of the contact 5048, and 5048 in contact with the adjacent second operation icon 5002-18 (or thereon) position. 响应于该输入,设备创建新文件夹,并且显示新文件夹的"RACING GAMES"文件夹图标5004-8,其包括第一可选择用户界面对象和第二可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示(例如,分别为"rl"和"r2")。 In response to the input device to create a new folder, the new folder and display "RACING GAMES" folder icon 5004-8, which comprises a reduced scale of a first and a second selectable user interface object representation selectable user interface object (e.g., are "rl" and "r2"). 作为另一个例子,图50还不出了设备接收一个输入,该输入包括创建包括第一动作图标(例如,eMail应用图标5002-14)和第二动作图标(例如,Phone应用图标5002-15)的文件夹的请求,该输入包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上第一动作图标5002-14 的位置相对应的位置处的接触5052,以及接触5052到与第二动作图标5002-15邻近(或在其上面)的位置的后续移动5054。 As another example, FIG. 50 is not a device receives an input, the input comprises creating a first operation icon (e.g., an application icon eMail 5002-14) and a second operation icon (e.g., an application icon Phone 5002-15) requested folder of the corresponding input comprises contacting the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the upper display (e.g., touch screen 112) at a position of the first operation position of the icon 5002-14 5052, and a contact 5052 5054 subsequent movement to a position adjacent the second operation icon 5002-15 (or thereon) is. 响应于该输入,设备创建新文件夹,并且显示新文件夹的"COMMUNICATION"文件夹图标5004-9,其包括第一可选择用户界面对象和第二可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示(例如,分别为"E"和"P")。 Created in response to the input device the new folder, the new folder and display "COMMUNICATION" folder icon 5004-9, which comprises a reduced scale of a first user interface object and a second selectable selectable user interface object representation ( for example, they are "E" and "P").

[0232] 作为另一个例子,图50还示出了设备接收一个输入,该输入包括创建包括第一动作图标(例如,Camera应用图标5002-12)和第二动作图标(例如,Stocks应用图标5002-9) 的文件夹的请求,该输入包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上第一动作图标5002-12的位置相对应的位置处的接触5056,以及接触5056到与第二动作图标5002-9邻近(或在其上面)的位置的后续移动5058。 [0232] As another example, FIG. 50 shows a further device receives an input, the input comprises creating a first operation icon (e.g., icon Camera application 5002-12) and a second operation icon (e.g., an application icon 5002 Stocks folder requests -9) file, the input 5056 includes contacting the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) at the position corresponding to the first operation position of the icon 5002-12, and a contact 5056 to 5058 with the subsequent movement of the second operation icon 5002-9 adjacent to (or above it) of the position. 响应于该输入,设备创建新文件夹,并且显示新文件夹的"PHOTOGRAPHY"文件夹图标5004-10,其包括第一可选择用户界面对象和第二可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示(例如,分别为"C"和"S")。 Created in response to the input, a new folder device, and displays the new folder "PHOTOGRAPHY" folder icon 5004-10, which comprises a reduced scale of a first user interface object and a second selectable selectable user interface object representation ( e.g., are "C" and "S"). 作为另一个例子,图50还示出了设备接收一个输入,该输入包括创建包括第一动作图标(例如,Stocks应用图标5002-9)和第二动作图标(例如,Camera应用图标5002-12)的文件夹的请求,该输入包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上第一动作图标5002-9的位置相对应的位置处的接触5060,以及接触5060到与第二动作图标5002-12邻近(或在其上面)的位置的后续移动5062。 As another example, FIG. 50 shows a further device receives an input, the input comprises creating a first operation icon (e.g., 5002-9 Stocks app icon) and a second operation icon (e.g., an application icon Camera 5002-12) requested folder, which includes a position input on the touch sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) the display (e.g., touch screen 112) on the first operation icon 5002-9 corresponding to the position of contact 5060, and a contact 5060 5062 subsequent movement to a position adjacent the second operation icon 5002-12 (or thereon) is. 响应于该输入,设备创建新文件夹,并且显示新文件夹的"UTILITIES"文件夹图标5004-11,其包括第一可选择用户界面对象和第二可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示(例如,分别为"S"和"C")。 Created in response to the input, a new folder device, and displays the new folder "UTILITIES" folder icon 5004-11, which comprises a reduced scale of a first user interface object and a second selectable selectable user interface object representation ( For example, respectively, as "S" and "C").

[0233] 现在将注意力指向图5P-5R,图5P-5R示出了根据某些实施例,用于重命名文件夹的示例用户界面。 [0233] Attention is now directed to FIG 5P-5R, FIG. 5P-5R illustrate certain embodiments according to the embodiment, an example user interface for renaming folders. 在某些实施例中,如上面参考图50所述,新文件夹在创建后被自动命名。 In certain embodiments, as described above with reference to FIG 50, after creating a new folder automatically named. 在某些实施例中,在文件夹创建后,设备立刻显示名称确认对话(例如,图5P中的5064)。 In some embodiments, after the folder is created, the name of the device immediately displays confirmation dialog (for example, in Figure 5P 5064). 响应于检测到确认输入(例如,图5P中在与触摸屏112上的"CONFIRM(确认)"图标相对应的位置处的敲击手势5066),设备确认文件夹的创建,并且如图5S所示,自动生成名称。 Response (e.g., 5066 in Figure 5P and "CONFIRM (confirm)" on the touch screen tap gesture 112 at the position corresponding to the icon), to create a confirmation input device is detected to confirm the folder, and as shown in FIG 5S automatically generated name. 响应于检测到取消输入(例如,图5P中在与触摸屏112上的"CANCEL(取消)"图标相对应的位置处的敲击手势5068),如图5M所示,设备取消文件夹创建。 In response to detecting the cancel input (e.g., in Figure 5P and the touch screen 112 "the CANCEL (cancel)" tap gesture at a position corresponding to the icon 5068), as shown in FIG. 5M, cancel the folder creation device. 响应于检测到重命名输入(例如,图5P中在与触摸屏112上的"RENAME(重命名)"图标相对应的位置处的敲击手势5070),设备显示用于改变新文件夹的名称的对话5072 (例如,如图5Q所示从"games"到"fun")以及用于确认名称改变(例如,通过检测在与触摸屏112上的"0K"图标的位置相对应的位置处的敲击手势5074)的对话5072。 In response to detecting the input renaming (e.g., FIG. 5P with the touch screen 112 "the RENAME (rename)" tap gesture at a position corresponding to the icon 5070), the display device for changing the name of the new folder dialogue 5072 (e.g., the "games" to "fun" shown in FIG. 5Q) for confirming and changing the name (e.g., by detecting a position and at a position "0K" icon on the touch screen 112 corresponding to the tap gesture 5074) dialogue 5072. 设备显示与新文件夹的新名称相关联的文件夹图标(例如,图5R中的5004-7)。 A display device associated with a new name for the new folder with a folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in Figure 5R).

[0234] 现在将注意力指向图5S-5Q,图5S-5Q示出了根据某些实施例,用于显示文件夹视图的示例用户界面。 [0234] Attention is now directed to FIG 5S-5Q, FIG 5S-5Q illustrates an example user interface displays in accordance with certain folder view of an embodiment, a. 在某些实施例中,设备响应于检测到激活文件夹图标的请求(例如, 图5S中的敲击手势5076),显示与文件夹图标(例如,5004-7)相关联的文件夹的文件夹视图。 In certain embodiments, the device in response to detection of a request (e.g., in FIG 5S tap gesture 5076) to activate the folder icon, and folder icon display (e.g., 5004-7) file associated with the clip folder view. 响应于检测到该请求,设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示文件夹视图(例如,如图5T、5U、5V-5W或5X-5Y中任何一个所示)。 In response to the request is detected, the device displays the folder view (e.g., FIG 5T, 5U, 5V-5W or as shown in any one of 5X-5Y) on a display (e.g., touch screen 112). 在某些实施例中,在创建文件夹之后(例如, 直接从图5N转换到图5T、5U、5V-5W或5X-5Y中任何一个)或在重命名新文件夹之后(例如,直接从图5Q转换到图5T、5U、5V-5W或5X-5Y中任何一个),设备自动显示文件夹视图。 In certain embodiments, after creating a folder (e.g., 5N direct conversion from figure to figure 5T, 5U, 5V-5W or any of a 5X-5Y) or after renaming a new folder (e.g., from FIG 5Q conversion to FIG 5T, 5U, 5V-5W or any of a 5X-5Y), the device automatically displays the folder view.

[0235] 在图5T中,文件夹视图5078包括覆盖触摸屏112的至少一部分的叠层(overlay),遮掩了(例如,隐藏或不强调)显示在触摸屏112上的可选择用户界面对象。 [0235] In FIG 5T, the folder view stack 5078 (overlay) comprising covering at least a portion of the touch screen 112, a mask (e.g., hidden or not emphasis) displaying selectable user interface objects on the touch screen 112. 在某些实施例中,不在该文件夹内的可选择用户界面对象被至少部分淡化以便将注意力吸引到文件夹视图(例如,图5T中的5078),同时通过表示出文件夹视图(例如,图5T中的5078)外的可选择用户界面对象的布置来提供上下文反馈(contextual feedback)。 In certain embodiments, the folder is not selectable user interface object is at least partially diluted to draw attention to the folder view (e.g., 5078 in Figure 5T), shown by the folder view while (e.g. , arrangement selectable user interface object 5078 in Figure 5T) is provided outside the feedback context (contextual feedback). 在某些实施例中,文件夹视图(例如,图5T中的5078)包括被添加到与新文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-4和5002-13)。 In certain embodiments, folder view (e.g., 5078 in Figure 5T) includes selectable user interface objects are added to the file icon 5004-7 associated with the new folder (e.g., 5002-4 and 5002 -13).

[0236] 在图5U中,文件夹视图5080包括覆盖整个或大体整个触摸屏112的部分透明的叠层,遮掩了显示在触摸屏112上的可选择用户界面对象,并且将注意力吸引到文件夹视图(例如,图5U中的5080),同时通过表示出文件夹外的可选择用户界面对象的布置(例如,包括该文件夹的文件夹图标5004-7在该布置中的位置)来提供上下文反馈。 [0236] In FIG 5U, the folder view 5080 includes covering the entire or substantially the entire transparent laminate touch screen portion 112, the cover 112 is displayed on the touch screen selectable user interface objects, and attention to the folder view (e.g., 5080 in FIG 5U), and select a user interface object arrangement shown by an outer folder (e.g., including the file folder icon 5004-7 location in the arrangement) to provide contextual feedback . 文件夹视图(例如,图5U中的5080)包括被添加到与新文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-4和5002-13)。 Folder view (e.g., 5080 in FIG 5U) comprises selectively added to the user interface object associated with the file icon 5004-7 new folder (e.g., 5002-4 and 5002-13).

[0237] 现在将注意力指向图5V-5Y,图5V-5Y示出了根据某些实施例,用于显示到文件夹视图的动画转变的示例用户界面。 [0237] Attention is now directed to FIG 5V-5Y, FIG 5V-5Y show a certain embodiments, an example user interface for displaying the folder view animated transition. 在某些实施例中,设备显示从显示文件夹图标转变为显示文件夹视图的转变动画。 In certain embodiments, the device displayed as the folder view animated transition from the transition clip file icon is displayed. 例如,在图5V中,设备响应于接收到显示文件夹视图的请求(例如,检测到在触摸屏112上与图5S中文件夹图标5004-7的位置相对应的位置处的敲击手势5076)而显示动画。 For example, in Figure 5V, in response to receiving the request device displays the folder view (e.g., detected on the touch screen 112 as in FIG 5S file tap gesture at a location corresponding to the icon 5004-7 clamp position 5076) The animation is displayed. 图5V中的示例动画包括显示多个可选择用户界面对象(例如, 5002-7、5002-8、5002-10、5002-11等)通过向显示器(例如,触摸屏112)边缘移动而在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上分散开。 The example of FIG 5V animation comprises displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-7,5002-8,5002-10,5002-11 etc.) through (e.g., touch screen 112) is moved to the edge of the display in the display ( For example, on touch screen 112) dispersed. 与分散多个可选择用户界面对象一起,设备显示所选择的文件夹图标5004-7扩展以充满触摸屏112,如图5W所示,从而显示文件夹视图5082, 文件夹视图5082包括与所选择的文件夹图标(例如,图5S中的5004-7)代表的文件夹相关联的可选择用户界面对象(例如图W中的5002-4、5002-13)。 And dispersed with a plurality of selectable user interface objects, the device displays the selected folder icon 5004-7 expand to fill the touch screen 112, shown in FIG 5W, thereby displaying a folder view 5082, 5082 includes a folder view with the selected folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG 5S) selectable user interface object associated with a folder represented (e.g. W in FIG 5002-4,5002-13).

[0238] 作为动画转变的另一个例子,在图5X中,设备响应于接收到显示文件夹视图的请求(例如,检测到在图5S中的文件夹图标5004-7上的敲击手势5076)而显示动画。 [0238] As another example of animated transitions, in Figure 5X, in response to receiving the request device displays the folder view (e.g., FIG 5S detected file folders tap gesture on the icon 5004-75076) The animation is displayed. 图5X 中的示例动画包括将壁纸划分为第一部分5084和第二部分5086,并且使第二部分移动离开第一部分(例如,如图5Y所示)。 FIG example 5X animation comprises wallpaper into a first portion 5084 and second portion 5086, and the second portion is moved away from the first portion (e.g., as shown in FIG 5Y). 在某些实施例中,第一部分具有边缘5088,边缘5088 的轮廓与第二部分的边缘5090的轮廓互补。 In certain embodiments, the first portion 5088 has an edge, the contour edge 5088 with the edge 5090 is complementary to the contour of the second portion. 例如,在图5X中,第一部分5084的边缘5088 与第二部分5086的边缘5090互补。 For example, in Figure 5X, the first portion of the edge 5088 with the edge 5084 of the second portion 5086 of the 5090 is complementary.

[0239] 应当理解,在某些实施例中,第一部分移动离开第二部分或者第一部分和第二部分彼此移开。 [0239] It should be appreciated that in some embodiments, the first portion or the second portion to move away from the first portion and the second portion away from each other. 在图5Y中,在第一部分5084和第二部分5086之间的区域内显不文件夹视图5092。 In FIG 5Y, the file is not significant in the region between the first portion and the second portion 5086 5084 5092 folder view. 与第一部分5084和第二部分5086的移动一起,设备显不与显不器(例如,触摸屏112)上的文件夹视图(图5Y中的5092)中所选择的文件夹图标(例如,图5S中的5004-7) 代表的文件夹相关联的可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5Y中的5002-4、5002-13)。 Together, the device substantially does not significantly not with the movement of the first portion 5084 and second portion 5086 (e.g., touch screen 112) folder on view (5092 in FIG 5Y in) the selected folder icon (e.g., FIG 5S file 5004-7) represented by the associated folder selectable user interface object (e.g., in FIG 5002-4,5002-13 5Y). 在某些实施例中,该动画包括显示壁纸分裂开以露出文件夹中的可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5Y中的5002-4、5002-13),仿佛壁纸是滑动门,该滑动门滑开以从壁纸后面露出与文件夹相关联的可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5Y中的5002-4、5002-13)。 In certain embodiments, the animation includes displaying wallpaper split open to expose the folder selectable user interface object (e.g., in FIG 5002-4,5002-13 5Y), if the wallpaper sliding door Alternatively slide open to reveal a user interface object from behind the wallpaper folder associated with the file (e.g., in FIG 5002-4,5002-13 5Y). 在某些实施例中,如图5Y所示,在显示文件夹视图5092的同时,继续显示与文件夹视图5092相关联的所选择的文件夹图标5004-7。 In certain embodiments, as shown in FIG 5Y, while displaying the folder view 5092, continues to display view 5092 with a folder associated with the selected folder icon 5004-7. 在某些实施例中,文件夹图标5004-7与其它可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5Y 中的5002-l、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-8、5002-9、5004-lb、 5002-10、5002-11、5002-12)在视觉上有所区别。 In certain embodiments, the folder icon 5004-7 with other optional user interface object (e.g., 5002-l in FIG 5Y, 5002-2,5002-3,5002-5,5002-6,5002-7 , 5002-8,5002-9,5004-lb, 5002-10,5002-11,5002-12) differ visually. 在某些实施例中,调整第一部分的边缘5088的轮廓或第二部分的边缘的轮廓,从而这些边缘的轮廓不再互补。 In certain embodiments, adjusting the contour or edge of the first portion of the contour of the edge of the second portion 5088, so that these edges are no longer complementary to the profile. 例如,在图5X中,第一部分5084的边缘5088和第二部分5086的边缘5090是互补的,它们都带有切口(cut-out notch) 5094。 For example, in Figure 5X, the edge portion 5084 of the first 5088 and second portion 5086 of edge 5090 are complementary, they are notched (cut-out notch) 5094. 然而,继续这个例子,如图5Y所示,在这些部分彼此移开之后,第一部分5084 的边缘5088仍然具有切口5094,而第二部分5086的边缘5090是直的,因此这些边缘不再是互补的。 However, to continue the example, as shown in FIG 5Y, after these parts away from each other, a first edge portion 5088 has a notch 5084 is still 5094, 5090 and edge 5086 of the second portion is straight, and therefore these edges are no longer complementary of. 在某些实施例中,如图5Y所示,切口5094提供对所选择的文件夹图标(图5X 和5Y中的5004-7)在可选择用户界面对象的布置中的位置的视觉指示。 In certain embodiments, as shown in FIG 5Y cutout 5094 provides the selected file folder icon (5X and 5Y in FIG. 5004-7) is disposed in a position selectable user interface objects in a visual indication.

[0240] 在某些实施例中,设备检测文件夹视图退出输入(例如,检测在触摸屏112上与图5Y内的文件夹视图5092之外的位置相对应的位置处的敲击手势5096),并且响应于文件夹退出输入,设备停止显示文件夹视图(例如,如图5S所示)。 [0240] In certain embodiments, the device detects inputs exit folder view (e.g., on the touch screen 112 detects a file within the folder view of FIG 5Y tap gesture 5092 at a location other than the position corresponding to 5096), and in response to a folder exit the input device stops displaying the folder view (e.g., as shown in Figure 5S). 在某些实施例中,设备检测文件夹重命名输入(例如,检测在文件夹重命名区域(诸如按钮或文本输入区域或文件夹名称)上的敲击手势5098),并且响应于文件夹重命名输入,设备提供可被用于重命名文件夹的重命名界面(例如,从触摸屏底部向上滑动的软键盘)。 In certain embodiments, the device detects inputs Rename Folder (e.g., a folder rename detection area (such as a button or text input area or folder name) on the tap gesture 5098), and in response to a folder to the naming the input device provides the interface may be used to rename (e.g., upwardly from the bottom of the slide touchscreen software keyboard) renaming folders.

[0241] 现在将注意力指向图5Y-5CC,图5Y-5CC示出了根据某些实施例,用于取消文件夹创建的示例用户界面。 [0241] Attention is now directed to FIG 5Y-5CC, FIG 5Y-5CC illustrate some exemplary user interface according to cancel the folder creation embodiment, a. 在某些实施例中,如果接收到取消输入,则取消文件夹创建操作。 In certain embodiments, if the cancel input is received, then the operation cancel the folder creation. 在某些实施例中,取消输入包括,在创建具有一个或多个可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-4和5002-13)的新文件夹后立即从该文件夹中移除一个可选择用户界面对象。 In certain embodiments, cancel input comprises creating one or more selectable user interface objects (e.g., action icons 5002-4 and 5002-13) is immediately removed when a new folder in a folder from the selectable user interface object. 在某些实施例中,设备检测与将一个可选择用户界面对象移出文件夹的请求相对应的输入。 In certain embodiments, the device detects a request object out of the selectable user interface folder corresponding input. 例如,在图5Y中,设备检测一个输入,该输入包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与文件夹内一个可选择用户界面对象5002-4相对应的位置处的接触5100,以及该接触的后续移动5102(例如,从图5Y中的触摸屏112上的处于文件夹视图5092内部的第一接触位置5100-a到图5Z中的触摸屏112上的处于文件夹视图5092外部的第二接触位置5100-b)。 For example, in FIG 5Y the device detects an input, the input includes a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on a folder with selectable user interface objects 5002-4 corresponding to the contact position 5100, and subsequent movement 5102 of the contact (e.g., in Figure 5Y the touchscreen is in the file 112 interposed view of a first contact position inside 5092 5100-a to FIG. 5Z touch screen 112 is in a folder of the second contact view 5092 outside location 5100-b). 响应于检测到该输入,设备将该可选择用户界面对象移出文件夹并且删除该文件夹。 In response to detecting the input, the device can select a user interface object out of the folder and deletes the folder. 例如, 在图5Z中,可选择用户界面对象5002-4在文件夹之外,并且在图5AA中,在检测到接触终止后,可选择用户界面对象5002-4被显示在文件夹之外。 For example, in Figure 5Z, selectable user interface object 5002-4 outside the folder, in Figure 5AA and, upon detecting termination of the contact, 5002-4 selectable user interface object is displayed outside the folder.

[0242] 在某些实施例中,还更新文件夹图标,以便反映文件夹内容的改变。 [0242] In certain embodiments, the folder icon is also updated to reflect the changed contents of the folder. 例如,在图5Y 中,文件夹图标5004-7包括处于文件夹内的两个可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-4和5002-13)的缩小比例的表示(例如,"0"和"R"),而在图5AA中,在从文件夹中移出了一个可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-4)之后,仅有保留在文件夹内的可选择用户界面对象(例如,5004-13)的缩小比例的表示(例如,"R")被显示在文件夹图标内(例如,图5AA中的5004-7)。 For example, in FIG 5Y, the folder icon 5004-7 includes two selectable user interface objects in a folder (e.g., 5002-4 and 5002-13) reduction scale representation (e.g., "0" and " after R "), in Figure 5AA, in the removal of a selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-4) from the folder, the folder only retained selectable user interface object (e.g., 5004- 13) reduction scale representation (e.g., "R") is displayed in the folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in Figure 5AA).

[0243] 在某些实施例中,由于这是文件夹创建取消操作,将停止文件夹图标的显示,并且在文件夹视图之外重新显示保留的可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-13)(例如,如图5CC 中所示)。 [0243] In certain embodiments, since this is a folder creation cancel the operation, the folder icon is stopped, and selectable user interface objects redisplay reserved (e.g., 5002-13) outside the folder view (e.g., as shown in 5CC). 在某些实施例中,显示动画转变,如图5BB所示,该动画转变示出文件夹图标(例如,5004-7)变成所述保留的可选择用户界面对象(例如,保留在文件夹内的可选择用户界面对象5002-13),其中在触摸屏112上显示动画的中间阶段5104(例如,处于文件夹图标和保留的可选择用户界面对象5002-13之间的动画帧)。 In certain embodiments, the transition animation is displayed, as shown in FIG. 5BB, the animation shows a transition folder icon (e.g., 5004-7) into said retention selectable user interface object (e.g., retained in a folder selectable user interface object in 5002-13), wherein an intermediate phase of the animation display 5104 on the touch screen 112 (e.g., between frames in movie folder icon and retention selectable user interface object 5002-13). 在某些实施例中,保留的可选择用户界面对象代替触摸屏上的文件夹图标。 In certain embodiments, the selectable user interface object retained on the touch screen instead of the file folder icon. 例如,在图5AA中,文件夹图标5004-7被显示在可选择用户界面对象的布置的第一列的第四行中,而在图5CC中,在可选择用户界面对象布置的第一列的第四行中显示保留的可选择用户界面对象5002-13。 For example, in Figure 5AA, the folder icon 5004-7 is displayed in the first column of the fourth row are arranged selectable user interface object, and in FIG. 5CC, in the first column of selectable user interface object arrangement fourth row displaying selectable user interface objects reserved 5002-13.

[0244] 现在将注意力指向图OTD-5JJ,图OTD-5JJ示出了根据某些实施例,用于删除文件夹的示例用户界面。 [0244] Attention is now directed to FIG OTD-5JJ, FIG OTD-5JJ illustrate embodiments in accordance with certain embodiments, an example user interface for deleting the folder. 在某些实施例中,在创建新文件夹之后(例如,如上面参考图5M-50更详细描述的),设备自动显示文件夹的文件夹视图。 In certain embodiments, after creating a new folder (e.g., as described above with reference to FIG. 5M-50 described in more detail below), the device automatically displays the file folder view. 例如,在图5DD中,设备显示包括两个可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-4和5002-13)的文件夹视图5106。 For example, in FIG 5DD, the display apparatus comprising two selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-4 and 5002-13) 5106 folder view. 在某些实施例中,当显示文件夹视图时,设备还显示用于重命名文件夹的文件夹重命名区域。 In certain embodiments, when the folder view display device further displaying a rename a file folder rename region. 例如,在图OTD中, 设备显示具有文件夹重命名区域5108的文件夹视图5106,其中设备接收重命名输入(例如,来自物理键盘、小键盘、软键盘或其它字母数字字符键入设备的文本输入),以便将文件夹的名称从"GAMES"变成"PLAY"。 For example, in FIG OTD, the device exhibits a folder rename the file area 5108 folder view 5106, wherein the device receives rename input (e.g., from a physical keyboard, a keypad, a soft keyboard or other alphanumeric characters typed apparatus text input ), so that the name of the folder from the "GAMES" become "PLAY". 响应于重命名输入,设备改变文件夹的名称,并且根据重命名输入改变文件夹图标(例如,5004-7)的外观(例如,在接收到重命名输入之后,从图5DD中的"GAMES"变成图5EE中的"PLAY")。 Input in response to rename, change the device name of the folder, and changing the input folder icon (e.g., 5004-7) appearance (e.g., after receiving an input renaming, FIG 5DD from the "GAMES" The Rename FIG 5EE becomes the "PLAY").

[0245] 在某些实施例中,文件夹视图是这样显示的:通过将壁纸背景划分为第一部分(例如,5108)和第二部分(例如,5110)以及使壁纸背景的第一部分(例如,5108)移动离开壁纸背景的第二部分(例如,5110),在第一部分5108和第二部分5110之间的区域内显示文件夹视图5106。 [0245] In certain embodiments, the folder view is displayed: divided by background wallpaper (e.g., 5108) and a second portion (e.g., 5110) and causing the background wallpaper first portion (e.g. first portion, 5108) to move away from the second portion of the background wallpaper (e.g., 5110), display the folder view 5106 in the region 5108 between the first portion and the second portion 5110.

[0246] 在某些实施例中,在已经确认文件夹的创建之后(例如,通过重命名文件夹、打开和关闭文件夹、向文件夹添加另外的可选择用户界面对象等),当从文件夹中移除单个项目时,不删除文件夹。 [0246] In certain embodiments, after it has been confirmed that folder is created (e.g., by renaming folders, open and close the folder, the folder to add additional selectable user interface objects to a file, etc.), from the file when when a folder to remove a single item, do not delete the folder. 而是在某些实施例中,仅当所有项目从文件夹中被移除时,设备才删除文件夹。 But in some embodiments, only when all items are removed from the folder, the device only delete folders. 例如,在图5EE中,设备检测从文件夹视图中移除一个可选择用户界面对象(例如, 5002-4)的请求(例如,检测在触摸屏112上的接触5112和该接触5112到文件夹视图5106 之外的位置以进入桌面背景的第一部分5108的后续移动5114)。 For example, in FIG 5EE the device detects a selectable user interface object is removed from the folder view (e.g., 5002-4) request (e.g., on the touch screen 112 detects the contact of the contacts 5112 to 5112 and the folder view 5106 to enter a position outside of the first portion of the desktop background subsequent movement 5108 5114). 响应于从文件夹视图5106 中移除可选择用户界面对象例如5002-4的请求,设备从文件夹视图5106中移除可选择用户界面对象5002-4,并且在文件夹视图5106之外显示该可选择用户界面对象5002-4,如图5FF所示。 Alternatively removed in response to the view the user interface object 5106 such as a request from the folder 5002-4, the device 5106 from the folder view to remove selectable user interface object 5002-4, and displays the folder view than 5106 5002-4 selectable user interface object, as shown in FIG 5FF. 继续这个例子,在图5FF中,设备检测从文件夹视图中移除最后一个可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-13)的请求,这包括检测接触5116和该接触的后续移动5118 (例如, 从图5FF中位于文件夹视图5106内的触摸屏112上的第一接触位置5116-a到图5GG中位于文件夹视图5106之外的触摸屏112上的第二接触位置5116-b)。 Continuing with this example, in FIG. 5FF, the device detects the file view remove the last selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-13) requests the folder, which comprises the subsequent movement 5118 (e.g., detecting contacts 5116 and the contact, located in Figure 5FF folder from the touch screen 5106 in view of the first contact 112 to position 5116-a in FIG 5GG folder located out of view of the second contact 5106 on the touch screen 112 location 5116-b). 在某些实施例中,响应于该请求,响应于检测到与该请求相对应的输入的终止,从文件夹中移除该最后一个可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5GG中的5002-13)。 In some embodiments, in response to the request, in response to detecting the termination of input corresponding to the request, removing the last selectable user interface object from a folder (e.g., in FIG 5GG 5002-13 ). 在某些实施例中,当设备检测到输入的终止(例如,接触的抬起)时,根据接触5116-b的位置在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示该最后一个可选择用户界面对象。 In certain embodiments, the device detects when the termination input (e.g., contact lifting), the position of the contact 5116-b show the last selectable user interface objects on a display (e.g., touch screen 112).

[0247] 在某些实施例中,在从文件夹视图(例如,图5GG中的5002-13)中移除了最后一个可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5GG中的5106)之后,从文件夹图标中移除该可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示(例如,"R")。 After [0247] In certain embodiments, removing the last selectable user interface object (e.g., 5106 in FIG 5GG) in view (e.g., in FIG 5GG 5002-13) from the folder, the file removing selectively the reduced scale representation of user interface object (e.g., "R") of the folder icon. 例如,在图5HH中,文件夹图标5004-7不包括任何可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示(例如,由于与该文件夹图标相关联的文件夹不包含任何可选择用户界面对象)。 For example, in FIG 5HH, the folder icon 5004-7 is not included in any selectable reduced scale representation of user interface object (e.g., as an icon associated with the folder of the folder does not contain any selectable user interface object).

[0248] 在某些实施例中,如图5GG所示,一旦已经从文件夹视图5106中移除了最后一个可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5GG中的5002-13),该文件夹被删除,并且停止显示相关联的文件夹视图。 [0248] In certain embodiments, as shown in FIG 5GG, view 5106 once it has been removed from the folder last selectable user interface object (e.g., in FIG 5GG 5002-13), the folder is delete, and stop displaying the file associated with the folder view. 例如,在图511中,设备停止显示文件夹视图(例如,图5GG中的5106)和与该文件夹相关联的文件夹图标(例如,图5GG中的5004-7)两者。 For example, in FIG. 511, the device stops displaying the folder view (e.g., 5106 in FIG 5GG) and files associated with the folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG 5GG) both. 在某些实施例中,设备显示文件夹图标的动画(例如,5004-7消失)。 In certain embodiments, the device displays an animated icon of a folder (e.g., 5004-7 disappears). 例如,在图5HH中,文件夹显示没有可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示的文件夹图标5004-7,并且如图5HH中的箭头所示,开始收缩文件夹图标5004-7。 For example, in FIG 5HH, the file folders are displayed scaled down not selectable user interface object represented by folder icon 5004-7, and the arrows shown in FIG 5HH, starts to shrink folder icon 5004-7. 继续该动画,在图511中,完全停止显示文件夹图标。 Continuing with the animation, in Figure 511, the complete cessation display the folder icon. 在停止显示文件夹图标之后,在某些实施例中,设备重新布置可选择用户界面对象,以便闭合(close)可选择用户界面图标的预定布置内由于文件夹图标删除而留下的空隙(gap)。 After stopping the folder icon is displayed, in some embodiments, the device is arranged to re-select a user interface object, to close within a predetermined arrangement (Close) due to selectable user interface icons folder icon deleted leaving void (gap ). 例如,在图5JJ 中,与Solitaire应用相关联的可选择用户界面对象5002-4被向左移,以便填充文件夹图标(例如,图5HH中的5004-7)留下的空隙。 For example, in Figures 5JJ, the Solitaire application is associated with selectable user interface object 5002-4 is moved to the left, so as to fill the folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG 5HH) voids left.

[0249] 现在将注意力指向图5KK-5PP,图5KK-5PP示出了根据某些实施例,用于向文件夹添加可选择用户界面对象的示例用户界面。 [0249] Attention is now directed to FIG 5KK-5PP, FIG 5KK-5PP illustrate exemplary embodiments of a user interface, a user interface for selectively add a folder to the file in accordance with certain objects. 在图5KK中,设备显示多个可选择用户界面对象,包括多个动作图标(例如,5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、 5002-8、5002-09、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12、5002-14、5002-15 和5002-16)和多个文件夹图标(例如,5004-lb、5004-7和5004-2)。 In FIG 5KK, the device displays a plurality of selectable user interface objects, comprising a plurality of operation icons (e.g., 5002-1,5002-2,5002-3,5002-5,5002-6,5002-7, 5002-8 , 5002-09,5002-10,5002-11,5002-12,5002-14,5002-15 and 5002-16) and multiple folder icons (for example, 5004-lb, 5004-7 and 5004-2) . 在某些实施例中,设备检测与在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上移动相应可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-9)的请求相对应的输入或输入的开始(例如,图5KK中在触摸屏112上的接触5120-a)。 In certain embodiments, selectively moving the respective user interface object (e.g., 5002-9) corresponding to the start request input or relatively (e.g., in FIG 5KK detecting device in a display (e.g., touch screen 112) 5120-a in contact with the touch screen 112). 在某些实施例中, 一个或多个其它可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)具有默认的激活区域(例如,5122-la、5122-2-a、5122-3-a、5122-4-a、5122-5-a、5122-6-a、 5122-7-a、5122-8-a、5122-9-a、5122-10-a、5122-ll-a、5122-12-a、5122-13-a、5122-14-a、 5122-15-a、5122-16-a、5122-17-a),其中每个相应可选择用户界面对象的激活区域用于执行与该相应可选择用户界面对象相关联的动作。 In certain embodiments, one or more other selectable user interface object (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) with a default active region (e.g., 5122-la, 5122-2-a, 5122-3 -a, 5122-4-a, 5122-5-a, 5122-6-a, 5122-7-a, 5122-8-a, 5122-9-a, 5122-10-a, 5122-ll-a , 5122-12-a, 5122-13-a, 5122-14-a, 5122-15-a, 5122-16-a, 5122-17-a), wherein each respective active region selectable user interface object for performing an operation associated with the respective selectable user interface object. 在某些实施例中,相应动作图标的相应激活区域与创建包括该相应动作图标的文件夹的动作相关联。 In certain embodiments, the active region and to create the corresponding operation icons corresponding to the associated document comprises an act of the operation of the corresponding clip icon. 在某些实施例中,相应文件夹图标的相应激活区域与将可选择用户界面对象添加到与该相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的动作相关联。 In certain embodiments, the active region corresponding to the folder icon corresponding to the selectable objects are added to the user interface associated with the action associated with the file icon corresponding to the folder. 在某些实施例中,响应于检测到在触敏表面上与第一可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5KK中的5002-9)的移动相对应的输入,一个或多个相应激活区域从默认大小变成调整后的大小(例如,图5LL 中的5122-lb、5122-2-b、5122-3-b、5122-4-b、5122-5-b、 5122-6-b、5122-7-b、5122-8-b、5122-9-b、5122-10-b、5122-nb、5122-12-b、5122-13-b、 5122-14-b、5122-15-b,5122-16-b、5122-17-b)。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting a respective first active region and selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-9 in FIG 5KK) input corresponding to movement of one or more on the touch-sensitive surface from the default size becomes the size adjustment (e.g., 5122-lb of FIG 5LL, 5122-2-b, 5122-3-b, 5122-4-b, 5122-5-b, 5122-6-b, 5122 -7-b, 5122-8-b, 5122-9-b, 5122-10-b, 5122-nb, 5122-12-b, 5122-13-b, 5122-14-b, 5122-15-b , 5122-16-b, 5122-17-b). 在某些实施例中,基于各个激活区域(例如,图5KK中的5122-13-a)到显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的第一相应可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5KK中的5002-9)的距离,确定各个激活区域的调整后的大小(例如,图5LL 中的5122-13-b)。 In certain embodiments, the first user interface object on the corresponding select (e.g., touch screen 112) on the respective active regions (e.g., 5122-13-a in FIG 5KK) to a display (e.g., 5002 in FIG 5KK -9) distance, determining the size of the adjusted respective active region (e.g., in FIG 5LL 5122-13-b).

[0250] 作为向文件夹添加可选择用户界面对象的一个例子,设备检测与将可选择用户界面对象移动到与文件夹图标相关联的激活区域的请求相对应的输入。 [0250] As an example of a user interface object is added selectively to a file folder, and the device detects a selectable user interface object is moved to the active region associated with the icon of a folder corresponding to a request input. 例如,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与相应可选择用户界面对象5002-9相对应的位置处的接触5120,并且检测该接触在触敏表面上的后续移动5121 (例如,在触摸屏112上从图5KK中的第一接触位置5120-a到图5LL中的第二接触位置5120-b到图5丽中的第三接触位置5120-c)。 For example, the device detects the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on a selectable user interface object 5002-9 respective corresponding contact 5120 of the position, and detecting subsequent movement 5121 of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., on the touch screen 112 of the second contact from the first contact position of FIG 5KK FIG 5LL 5120-a to 5120-b in position to the third contact location 5120-c in FIG. 5 Korea). 响应于检测到该输入,设备根据接触5120如图5KK-5丽所示的移动,在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上移动该相应可选择用户界面对象5002-9。 In response to detected movement of the input device shown in FIG. 5KK-5 according to the contact 5120 of Li, selectively moving the respective user interface object 5002-9 on a display (e.g., touch screen 112). 在某些实施例中,当在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上移动该相应可选择用户界面对象5002-9时,设备自动重新布置可选择用户界面对象。 In certain embodiments, when (e.g., touch screen 112) moves on a display of the respective user interface object 5002-9 Alternatively, the device automatically rearranged selectable user interface object. 在某些实施例中,设备不重新布置可选择用户界面对象,直到满足了预定条件(例如,停止在触摸屏112上检测到接触5120)。 In certain embodiments, the device is not rearranged selectable user interface object, until a predetermined condition is satisfied (e.g., stop 5120 detects the contact on the touch screen 112). 例如,在图5LL-5丽中,即使相应可选择用户界面对象5002-9已在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上移动,也不立刻重新布置其它可选择用户界面对象。 For example, even if a corresponding selectable user interface object 5002-9 has been moved on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) in FIG 5LL-5 in Korea, nor immediately rearranged other optional user interface object.

[0251] 在某些实施例中,当相应可选择用户界面对象5002-9至少部分地处于一个其它可选择用户界面对象(例如,文件夹图标5004-7)的的激活区域(例如,5122-13-b)内时, 设备检测输入的终止(例如,图5MM中接触5120-c的抬起)。 [0251] In certain embodiments, when the corresponding user interface object 5002-9 optionally at least one other part in selectable user interface object (e.g., folder icon 5004-7) of the active region (e.g., 5122- when the 13-b), the input device detects the termination (e.g., in Figure 5MM lift the contact 5120-c). 在某些实施例中,响应于检测到输入的终止,设备将相应可选择用户界面对象5002-9添加到与可选择用户界面对象(例如,文件夹图标5004-7)相关联的文件夹。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting termination of input device will select the corresponding user interface object 5002-9 added to selectable user interface object (e.g., folder icon 5004-7) associated with the file folder. 在某些实施例中,在相应可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-9)已被添加到与可选择用户界面对象(例如,文件夹图标5004-7)相关联的文件夹之后,设备修改文件夹图标(例如,图5NN中的5004-7),以便包括该动作图标的缩小比例的表示(例如,图5NN中文件夹图标5004-7中的"S"),如图5NN所示。 In certain embodiments, after the corresponding selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-9) was added to a selectable user interface object (e.g., folder icon 5004-7) associated with a file folder, device modifies folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG 5NN), to include a reduced scale of the operation icon representation (e.g., in FIG 5NN folder icon 5004-7 is "S"), as shown in FIG 5NN. 在某些实施例中,在动作图标5002-9已被添加到与文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹之后,设备重新布置显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的可选择用户界面对象,以便填充该布置内的任何空隙, 如图500所示,其中由于动作图标5002-9移动到文件夹中而留下的空隙被填充。 After some embodiments, the operation has been added to the icon 5002-9 5004-7 file icon associated with a folder, a display device rearranged (e.g., touch screen 112) on a selectable user interface object, for filling any voids in the arrangement shown in FIG. 500, wherein due to the action icons to a folder 5002-9 leaving voids are filled.

[0252] 在图500中,设备检测另一个输入,该输入包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的动作图标5002-8的位置相对应的位置处的接触5124, 以及该接触的后续移动5126(例如,在触摸屏112上从图500内的第一接触位置5124-a到图5PP内的第二接触位置5124-b)。 [0252] In Figure 500, the device detects another input, the input comprises a touch sensitive surface at a location (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) on the position of the operation icon corresponding 5002-8 contacts 5124, 5126 and subsequent movement (e.g., on the touch screen 112 from a first position contacting the second contact location 5124-a in the diagram 500 in Figure 5PP into a 5124-b) of the contact. 在某些实施例中,一个或多个其它可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)具有激活区域(例如,5128-1、5128-2、5128-3、 5128-4、5128-5、5128-6、5128-7、5128-8、5128-9、5128-10、5128-11、5128-12、5128-13、 5128-14、5128-15),其中每个相应可选择用户界面对象的激活区域用于执行与该相应可选择用户界面对象相关联的动作。 In certain embodiments, one or more other selectable user interface object (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) having active regions (e.g., 5128-1,5128-2,5128-3, 5128-4 , 5128-5,5128-6,5128-7,5128-8,5128-9,5128-10,5128-11,5128-12,5128-13, 5128-14,5128-15), wherein each respective active region selectable user interface object for performing an operation corresponding to the selectable object associated user interface. 在某些实施例中,相应动作图标的相应激活区域(例如,5128-1、5128-2、5128-3、5128-4、5128-5、5128-6、5128-8、5128-9、5128-10、5128-12或5128-13)与创建包括该相应动作图标的文件夹的动作相关联。 In certain embodiments, the corresponding operation icons corresponding active region (e.g., 5128-1,5128-2,5128-3,5128-4,5128-5,5128-6,5128-8,5128-9,5128 -10,5128-12 or 5128-13) and creating a file associated with the action of the corresponding action icon of a folder. 在某些实施例中,相应文件夹图标的相应激活区域(例如,5128-7、5128-11或5128-15)与将相应可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-8)添加到与该相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的动作相关联。 In certain embodiments, the respective active regions (e.g., 5128-7,5128-11 or 5128-15) with a folder icon corresponding to a respective selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-8) was added to the appropriate action files folder icon associated with the folder associated. 在某些实施例中,基于激活区域与相应可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-8)的距离,确定激活区域的大小。 In certain embodiments, the active region based on a distance corresponding to selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-8) to determine the size of the active region. 在某些实施例中,不在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示激活区域。 In certain embodiments, the display is not activated on the display area (e.g., touch screen 112).

[0253] 响应于检测到该输入(例如,图500-5PP中接触5124在触摸屏112上的移动5126),设备根据如图500-5PP所示的接触5124的移动,在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上移动相应可选择用户界面对象5002-8。 [0253] In response to detecting the input (e.g., contact 5124 moves FIG 500-5PP 5126 on the touch screen 112), in accordance with movement of the contact device shown in FIG. 500-5PP 5124, and a display (e.g., touch screen 112 ) selectively moving a respective user interface object 5002-8. 在某些实施例中,如上面参考图5LL-5MM更详细描述的,设备不重新布置可选择用户界面对象,直到满足了预定条件。 In certain embodiments, as described above with reference to FIG 5LL-5MM described in greater detail, the device does not rearranged selectable user interface object, until a predetermined condition is satisfied. 在某些实施例中,如图5PP 所示,当相应可选择用户界面对象5002-8在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上移动时,设备自动重新布置可选择用户界面对象。 In certain embodiments, as shown in Figure 5PP, when the corresponding user interface object 5002-8 selectively movable in a display (e.g., touch screen 112), the device automatically rearranged selectable user interface object. 例如,在图500-5PP中,即使相应可选择用户界面对象5002-8仍然在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上移动,其它可选择用户界面对象也已被重新布置以填充该相应可选择用户界面对象5002-8在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上移动所留下的空隙。 For example, even if a corresponding selectable user interface object 5002-8 still moving in a display (e.g., touch screen 112) on in FIG 500-5PP, other optional user interface object has been rearranged to fill the respective selectable user interface 5002-8 objects moving in a void left by a display (e.g., touch screen 112).

[0254] 在某些实施例中,设备检测接触的附加移动5130(例如,从图5PP内的第二接触位置5124-b到相应文件夹图标5004-7的激活区域5128-11内的接触位置)。 [0254] In certain embodiments, additional mobile device detects contact 5130 (e.g., from the position in Figure 5PP second contact 5124-b to the contact position 5128-11 in the corresponding active region of the folder icon 5004-7 ). 在某些实施例中,在相应可选择用户界面对象5002-8至少部分地处于一个其它可选择用户界面对象(例如,文件夹图标5004-7)的激活区域(例如,5128-11)内时,设备检测该输入的终止(例如, 接触5124从触摸屏112的抬起)。 In certain embodiments, other alternative is a user interface object (e.g., folder icon 5004-7) active region (e.g., 5128-11) within a respective selectable user interface object at least in part upon 5002-8 , the input device detects the termination (e.g., contacts 5124 is lifted from the touch screen 112). 在某些实施例中,响应于检测到输入的终止,设备将相应可选择用户界面对象5002-8添加到与可选择用户界面对象(例如,文件夹图标5004-7)相关联的文件夹。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting termination of input device will select the corresponding user interface object 5002-8 added to selectable user interface object (e.g., folder icon 5004-7) associated with the file folder. 在某些实施例中,在相应可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-8)已被添加到与可选择用户界面对象(例如,文件夹图标5004-7)相关联的文件夹之后,设备修改文件夹图标(例如,图5QQ中的5004-7)以包括该动作图标的缩小比例的表示(例如,图5QQ中文件夹图标5004-7中的"M"),如图5QQ所示。 In certain embodiments, after the corresponding selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-8) was added to a selectable user interface object (e.g., folder icon 5004-7) associated with a file folder, device modifies folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG 5QQ) to include a reduced scale of the operation icon representation (e.g., in FIG 5QQ folder icon 5004-7 is "M"), as shown in FIG 5QQ.

[0255] 现在将注意力指向图5QQ-5SS,图5QQ-5SS示出了根据某些实施例,用于移动文件夹图标的示例用户界面。 [0255] Attention is now directed to FIG 5QQ-5SS, FIG 5QQ-5SS illustrate certain embodiments exemplary user interface for moving according to the folder icon. 在某些实施例中,在设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,可以响应于在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上的文件夹重定位输入,在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)各处移动文件夹图标。 In certain embodiments, when the device is user interface reconfiguration mode, in response to the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) folder on input relocatable, move around files on a display (e.g., touch screen 112) folder icon. 例如,在图5QQ中,设备检测一个输入,该输入包括在触敏表面(例如, 触摸屏112)上与相应文件夹图标5004-7的位置相对应的位置处的接触5132,并且检测接触5132在触敏表面上的后续移动5134(例如,在触摸屏112上从图5QQ中的第一接触位置5132-a到图5RR中的第二接触位置5132-b的移动)。 For example, in FIG 5QQ, the device detects an input, the input includes a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the document in contact with the corresponding icon 5132 at a position corresponding to a position 5004-7 folder, and detecting a contact 5132 in 5134 subsequent movement (e.g., FIG 5QQ moved from a first position of the contact 5132-a to FIG 5RR the second contact location 5132-b in the touch screen 112) on the touch-sensitive surface. 响应于检测到该输入,如图5RR所示, 设备根据该输入将相应文件夹图标5004-7移动到显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的新位置。 In response to detecting the input, as shown in FIG 5RR, the input apparatus according to the corresponding folder icon 5004-7 moves to a new location on the display (e.g., touch screen 112). 在某些实施例中,如图5SS所示,在检测到预定条件(例如,该输入的终止,或该移动超过预定时间段的停顿)后,设备重新布置可选择用户界面对象,从而为响应于检测到该输入而移动的相应文件夹图标(例如,5004-7)留出空间。 In certain embodiments, as shown in FIG. 5SS, after detecting a predetermined condition (e.g., the input is terminated, or the mobile pause exceeds a predetermined period of time), selectively rearranging device user interface object, such as in response to corresponding to the input file to detecting the moved folder icon (e.g., 5004-7) to make room.

[0256] 现在将注意力指向图5SS-5VV,图5SS-5VV示出了根据某些实施例,用于重新布置文件夹内的可选择用户界面对象的示例用户界面。 [0256] Attention is now directed to FIG 5SS-5VV, FIG 5SS-5VV shows an exemplary embodiment of a user interface, a user interface object for selectively rearranged within the folder in accordance with certain. 在图5SS中,设备检测文件夹视图显不输入(例如,在与触摸屏112上文件夹图标5004-7的位置相对应的位置处的敲击手势5136)。 In FIG 5SS, the device does not detect significant input folder view (e.g., tap gesture 112 at the position on the file folder icon 5004-7 touch screen corresponding to position 5136). 响应于文件夹视图显示输入,设备显示文件夹视图(例如,图5TT-5UU中的5138), 其包括与文件夹图标5004-7所代表的文件夹相关联的可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-4、5002-13、5002-9、5002-8)。 In response to a display input folder view, folder view display device (e.g., in FIG 5TT-5UU 5138), which include an icon that represents a folder 5004-7 folder associated with selectable user interface object (e.g., action icon 5002-4,5002-13,5002-9,5002-8). 在某些实施例中,文件夹视图(例如,5138)中的可选择用户界面对象具有预定的空间布置,并且可基于检测到的重新布置输入被重新布置。 In certain embodiments, folder view (e.g., 5138) selectable user interface object having a predetermined spatial arrangement, and may be re-arranged based on the detected input is rearranged. 例如,在图5TT中,设备检测到重新布置输入(例如,接触5140和接触5140在触摸屏112上的后续移动5142)。 For example, in FIG 5TT, the device detects the input rearrangement (e.g., contacts 5140 and subsequent movement of the contact 5140 5142 on the touch screen 112). 响应于检测到重新布置输入,设备根据该重新布置输入将文件夹视图内的一个或多个相应可选择用户界面对象从该文件夹视图的空间布置内的第一位置移动到该文件夹视图的空间布置内的第二位置。 In response to detecting the rearranged input device inputs a first position within the spatial arrangement of the one or more selectable user interface object corresponding to the folder from the folder view view of the folder view to move in accordance with the rearrangement a second position within the spatial arrangement. 例如,在图5TT中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如, 触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的Stocks应用图标5002-9的位置相对应的位置处的接触5140,并且检测接触5140到触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的空间布置的最左边相对应的位置的后续移动5142。 For example, in FIG 5TT, the device detects the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) the position of Stocks app icon 5002-9 on a corresponding contact 5140 position, and detecting the contact 5140 to 5142 on the subsequent movement of the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) the display (e.g., touch screen 112) on the spatial arrangement corresponding to the leftmost position. 响应于该移动,如图5UU所示,设备将Stocks应用图标5002-9移动到文件夹视图5138的空间布置内的最左边的位置。 In response to this movement, as shown in FIG device Stocks application icon 5002-9 is moved to the folder view leftmost position within the spatial arrangement 5138 5UU.

[0257] 另外,在某些实施例中,与文件夹视图(例如,5138)相关联的文件夹图标(例如, 5004-7)被更新,以反映文件夹视图(例如,5138)内的图标的空间布置的改变。 [0257] Further, in certain embodiments, the folder view (e.g., 5138) associated with the file folder icon (e.g., 5004-7) is updated to reflect the folder view (e.g., 5138) within the icon the spatial arrangement of the change. 例如,在图5TT中(例如,在改变文件夹视图内的可选择用户界面对象的空间布置之前),设备以与可选择用户界面对象的空间布置(例如,从左到右、从上到下依次为Solitaire应用图标5002-4、Racing 应用图标5002-13、Stocks 应用图标5002-9、Maps 应用图标5002-8)相对应的第一顺序,显示文件夹视图5138内的可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示(例如, 以从左到右、从上到下依次为"〇"、1"、"3"、1")。 For example, in FIG 5TT (e.g., prior to selectable user interface object space changes disposed folder view), the device selectable spatial arrangement of user interface object (e.g., left to right, top to bottom followed Solitaire application icon 5002-4, Racing application icon 5002-13, Stocks application icon 5002-9, Maps application icon 5002-8) corresponding to a first order, displaying selectable user interface object 5138 within the folder view of a reduced scale representation (e.g., left to right, top to bottom for the "square" 1 "," 3 ", 1"). 相对照地,在图5仰中(例如,在改变空间布置之后),设备以与可选择用户界面对象的新空间布置(例如,从左到右从上到下依次为Stocks 应用图标5002-9、Solitaire 应用图标5002-4、Racing 应用图标5002-13、Maps 应用图标5002-8)相对应的第二顺序,显示文件夹视图5138内的可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示(例如,从左到右从上到下依次为"S"、"0"、"R"、"M")。 In contrast, in FIG. 5 Yang (e.g., after changing the spatial arrangement), the new device to the spatial arrangement of selectable user interface object (e.g., left to right, top to bottom order an application icon 5002-9 Stocks , Solitaire application icon 5002-4, Racing application icon 5002-13, Maps application icon 5002-8) corresponding to the second sequence, the folder display reduced scale selectable within a user interface object 5138 represents a view (e.g., from left to right, top to bottom order of "S", "0", "R", "M").

[0258] 在某些实施例中,响应于文件夹视图退出输入,设备停止显示文件夹视图。 [0258] In certain embodiments, in response to input folder view to exit, the device stops displaying the folder view. 例如, 在图5UU中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上位于文件夹视图之外的位置相对应的位置处的敲击手势5144。 For example, in FIG 5UU, the device detects a display (e.g., touch screen 112) located on the tap gesture at a location other than the folder view corresponding to a position on the touch-sensitive surface 5144 (e.g., touch screen 112). 响应于检测到敲击手势5144, 如图5VV所示,设备停止显示文件夹视图。 In response to detecting a tap gesture 5144, as shown in FIG 5VV, the device stops displaying the folder view. 在某些实施例中,设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示文件夹视图关闭的动画(例如,背景壁纸在位于文件夹视图5138内的可选择用户界面对象上闭合)。 In certain embodiments, the display device is closed folder view animation (e.g., a file located on the background wallpaper selectable user interface object 5138 in view of the closure clip) on a display (e.g., touch screen 112).

[0259] 现在将注意力指向图5VV-5BBB,图5VV-5BBB示出了根据某些实施例,用于从文件夹内移除可选择用户界面对象的示例用户界面。 [0259] Attention is now directed to FIG 5VV-5BBB, FIG 5VV-5BBB illustrate embodiments in accordance with certain embodiments, an example user interface for the user interface object selectively removed from the folder. 在某些实施例中,设备检测文件夹视图显示输入(例如,在与图5VV内的触摸屏112上的文件夹图标5004-1-b相对应的位置处的敲击手势5146)。 In certain embodiments, the device detects inputs folder view display (e.g., on a file within the touch screen 112 of FIG 5VV tap gesture folder icon 5004-1-b at a position corresponding to 5146). 响应于检测到文件夹视图显示输入,如图5WW所示,设备显示包括文件夹的内容(例如,触摸屏112 上的5002-19、5002-20、5002-21、5002-22、5002-23、5002-24 和5002-25)的文件夹视图5148。 In response to detecting the display input folder view, FIG 5WW, the apparatus comprises a display content (e.g., a touch screen 112 5002-19,5002-20,5002-21,5002-22,5002-23 folder, 5002-24 and 5002-25) folder view 5148.

[0260] 在某些实施例中,一个或多个可选择用户界面对象包括通知标记(例如,图5WW中的5150),其指示与可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-25)相关联的应用(例如, App-7)需要设备用户加以注意。 [0260] In certain embodiments, one or more selectable user interface objects includes a notification tag (e.g., 5150 in FIG 5WW) indicating selectable user interface object (e.g., an icon operation 5002-25) related associated application (e.g., App-7) requires the device user attention. 在某些实施例中,还在与包含该可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-25)的文件夹相关联的文件夹图标(例如,5004-1-b)上显示一个或多个附加通知标记(例如,5012和/或5014)。 Displaying one or more files in certain embodiments, also comprising the selectable user interface object (e.g., an icon operation 5002-25) sandwiched associated folder icon (e.g., 5004-1-b) on additional notification mark (e.g., 5012 and / or 5014). 在某些实施例中,当可选择用户界面对象上的通知标记被更新时(例如,当通知标记5150出现、消失或改变,以便指示通知的数目已经改变时),更新这些附加通知标记。 In certain embodiments, when a notification selectable marker on the user interface object is updated (e.g., when the notification tag 5150 appear, disappear, or change, in order to indicate the number of notifications has changed), these additional update notification mark.

[0261] 在某些实施例中,设备检测可选择用户界面对象移除输入,并且响应于检测到可选择用户界面对象移除输入,设备从文件夹视图中移除可选择用户界面对象。 [0261] In certain embodiments, the device detects inputs selectable user interface object is removed, and in response to detecting the removal of selectable input user interface objects, the device is removed from the selectable user interface objects in the folder view. 例如,在图5WW中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的应用图标5002-19的位置相对应的位置处的接触5152,以及接触5152在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上向着与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上在文件夹视图5148之外的部分相对应的位置的后续移动5154。 For example, in FIG 5WW, the device detects (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to the contact on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display position of the application icon 5002-19 on at position 5152, and a contact 5152 in 5154 subsequent movement on the touch sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) toward a portion other than the folder view 5148 on a display (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to the position. 在某些实施例中,该输入是不指定文件夹视图外的特定位置的快速手势(例如,该手势是不包括在文件夹视图外的停顿的轻拂(flick)手势或快速敲击和拖动手势),并且设备将可选择用户界面对象移动到显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上在文件夹视图外的自动确定的位置。 In certain embodiments, the input is not specify a folder specific position outside the view of the quick gesture (e.g., gesture which is not included in the stop flick the view outside the folder (Flick) quick tap and drag gestures or gesture), and the device will select a user interface object is moved to a display (e.g., touch screen 112) automatically determined position outside of the view in the folder. 继续上面的例子,响应于检测到接触5152和该接触的后续移动5154,设备从文件夹视图5148中移除动作图标5002-19、关闭文件夹视图、并且在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的可选择用户界面对象的布置内的第一个可用(open)位置处显示动作图标5002-19。 Following the example above, in response to detecting the contact 5152 and subsequent movement 5154 of the contact device from the folder icon views 5148 5002-19 removal operation, close the folder view, and a display (e.g., touch screen 112) on the (open) position of selectable user interface object disposed within the first available display operation icon 5002-19. 在这个例子中,在显示器(例如,图5XX内的触摸屏112)上的可选择用户界面对象的3X4阵列的底部右手拐角处显示动作图标5002-19。 In this example, a display (e.g., touch screen 112 in FIG 5XX) at the bottom right-hand corner of 3X4 array of selectable user interface object on the display operation icon 5002-19.

[0262] 在某些实施例中,当从与文件夹图标相关联的文件夹中移除了一个可选择用户界面对象时,设备更新与该文件夹相关联的文件夹图标。 When [0262] In certain embodiments, when a file icon associated with a folder from a selectively remove user interface objects, the device to update the file folder associated with the folder icon. 例如,在图5WW中,与显示的文件夹视图5148相关联的文件夹图标5004-1-b包括包含在与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹内的可选择用户界面对象的4个缩小比例的表示(例如,"14"、"15"、"妨"和"以")。 For example, in FIG 5WW, the view of the displayed folder associated with the file folder icon 5148 5004-1-b includes selectable user interface contained in the object icon 5004-1-b associated with the file in the folder 4 reduced scale representation (e.g., "14", "15", "nuisance" and "in"). 在某些实施例中,如图5WW中的文件夹图标5004-1-b所示,文件夹图标内的空白空间表示文件夹视图包括用于添加更多可选择用户界面对象的空间。 In certain embodiments, as shown in the folder icon 5WW 5004-1-b, the empty space within the folder icon indicates a folder view comprises a space for adding more selectable user interface object. 然而,在从与文件夹图标(例如, 5004-1-b)相关联的文件夹中移除了可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-19)之后, 设备改变该文件夹图标的外观(例如,图5XX中的5004-1-b),以便表示已经从文件夹中移除了该可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-19)。 However, after (e.g., 5004-1-b) associated file folder selectable user interface object is removed from a folder icon (e.g., icon operation 5002-19), the device changes the appearance of the folder icon (e.g., in FIG 5XX 5004-1-b), has been removed in order to represent the selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-19) from the folder. 例如,在图5XX中,文件夹图标5004-1-b示出文件夹内重新布置的缩小比例的表示(例如,显示" x2 "、" x3 "、" x4 "、" x5 "、" x6 "和" x7 "), 以便表示与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹中少了一个可选择用户界面对象。 For example, in FIG 5XX, the folder icon 5004-1-b shows a folder rearranged reduced scale representation (e.g., display "x2", "x3", "x4", "x5", "x6" and "x7"), in order to represent the file icon 5004-1-b associated with the folder in at least one selectable user interface objects.

[0263] 在某些实施例中,在设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,设备检测动作图标选择输入(例如,在与图5XX中触摸屏112上的动作图标5002-12相对应的位置处的敲击手势5155),并且响应于在设备处于用户界面重配置模式时的动作图标选择输入,设备不激活与该动作图标(例如,Camera应用图标5002-12)相关联的应用(例如,Camera应用)。 [0263] In certain embodiments, when the device is user interface reconfiguration mode, the device detects the operation of the icon selection input (e.g., knocking at a position on the operation icon 5002-12 touch screen 112 corresponding to FIG 5XX tap gesture 5155), and in response to operation when the device is user interface reconfiguration mode selection input of the icons, and the device does not activate (e.g., Camera application icon 5002-12) associated with the application (e.g. the operation icon, application Camera) . 在某些实施例中,设备检测文件夹视图显示输入(例如,在与图5XX中的文件夹图标5004-1-b 相对应的位置处的敲击手势5156)。 In certain embodiments, the device detects inputs folder view display (e.g., tap gesture at a position in FIG 5XX folder icon 5004-1-b corresponding to 5156). 响应于检测到文件夹视图显示输入,如图5YY所示,设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示包含该文件夹的内容(例如,动作图标5002-20、 5002-21、5002-22、5002-23、5002-24 和5002-25)的文件夹视图5158。 In response to detecting the input folder view display, as shown in a display device (e.g., touch screen 112) displayed on the contents of the folder contains 5YY (e.g., an icon operation 5002-20, 5002-21,5002-22, 5002-23,5002-24 and 5002-25) folder view 5158.

[0264] 在某些实施例中,当设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,设备检测与激活与一个动作图标相关联的应用的请求相对应的输入(例如,敲击手势5156,其对应于激活对应于App-7应用图标5002-25的App-7应用的请求)。 [0264] In certain embodiments, when the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, and requests the application activation device detects an action associated with the icon corresponding to the input (e.g., tap gesture 5156, which corresponds to an activation App-7 corresponding to the application icon App-7 requests the application 5002-25). 然而,根据某些实施例,响应于检测到该输入,在设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,设备不激活该应用图标。 However, according to some embodiments, in response to detecting the input, when the device is user interface reconfiguration mode, the device does not activate an application icon.

[0265] 在某些实施例中,设备检测可选择用户界面对象移除输入,并且响应于检测到可选择用户界面对象移除输入,设备从文件夹视图中移除可选择用户界面对象。 [0265] In certain embodiments, the device detects inputs selectable user interface object is removed, and in response to detecting the removal of selectable input user interface objects, the device is removed from the selectable user interface objects in the folder view. 在某些实施例中,当可选择对象移除输入满足预定条件时,该可选择用户界面对象根据该可选择对象移除输入被放置在可选择用户界面对象的布置内。 In certain embodiments, the selectable object is removed when the input satisfies the predetermined condition, the user interface object is removed selectively input arrangement is placed within a selectable user interface object in accordance with the selectable object. 例如,在图5YY中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的应用图标5002-22的位置相对应的位置处的接触5162,以及接触5162在触敏表面上的后续移动5164(例如,在触摸屏112 上从图5YY中的文件夹视图5158内的接触位置5162-a到图5ZZ中与触摸屏112在文件夹视图5158之外的部分相对应的接触位置的移动)。 For example, in FIG 5YY, the device detects the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) the position of the application icon on 5002-22 corresponding contact 5162 at a location, and a contact 5162 in touch sensitive subsequent movement on the surface 5164 (e.g., on the touch screen 112 file in FIG 5YY folder view of the contact position in the 5158 5162-a to FIG 5ZZ with 112 portion of the touch screen outside the folder view 5158 corresponds movement of the contact position). 在某些实施例中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上位于文件夹视图5158之外的位置相对应的位置(例如,接触位置5162-b)处的超过一个阈值时间段的接触,并且作为响应,如图5AAA所示,设备停止显示文件夹视图。 In certain embodiments, the device detects a display (e.g., touch screen 112) located on the folder out of view 5158 on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) at a position corresponding to the position (e.g., the contact positions 5162-b ) at the contact time period exceeds a threshold, and in response, as shown in FIG 5AAA, the device stops displaying the folder view.

[0266] 在某些实施例中,在停止显示文件夹视图之后,设备继续检测接触5162的移动5166 (例如,从图5AAA中触摸屏112上的第二接触位置5162-b到图5BBB中与触摸屏112上可选择用户界面对象的布置内的一个位置相对应的触摸屏112上的第三接触位置5162-c 的移动)。 [0266] In certain embodiments, after stopping to display the folder view, the device continues to detect a contact movement 51,665,162 (e.g., from FIG 5AAA the touch screen a second contact locations 5162-b 112 to the FIG 5BBB with the touchscreen the third contact location 5162-c of the selectable objects on the user interface 112 in a location corresponding to the arrangement of the touch screen 112 is moved). 响应于该继续移动5166,设备根据该接触的移动在显示器(例如,触摸屏112) 上移动可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-22)。 5166 continues to move in response to this, the mobile device can select a user interface object (e.g., an icon operation 5002-22) (e.g., touch screen 112) according to the movement of the contact in the display. 在某些实施例中,根据该可选择用户界面对象输入,放置以这种方式从文件夹中移除的可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-22)。 In certain embodiments, be selected based on the input user interface objects, placed selectable user interface object (e.g., an icon operation 5002-22) in this way removed from the folder. 继续上面的例子,设备检测与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上处于可选择用户界面对象布置内的位置相关联的输入的终止(例如,接触5162在图5BBB内的接触位置5162-c处从触摸屏112抬起)。 Continuing the above example, the device detects a display (e.g., touch screen 112) in the terminal input position associated with the arrangement of selectable user interface object (e.g., contacts 5162 contact location 5162-c at the FIG 5BBB from the touch screen 112 lift). 如图5BBB所示,接触5162-c和动作图标5002-22位于两个其它可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-6和5004-7)之间,并且在检测到该输入的终止后(例如,图5BBB中接触5162-c的抬起),在该输入所指示的可选择用户界面对象布置内的位置处显示该可选择用户界面对象(例如,在图5CCC中,App-4动作图标5002-22被显示在触摸屏112上的Notes动作图标5002-6和GAMES文件夹图标5004-7之间)。 As shown, the two other contacts positioned 5002-22 selectable user interface object (e.g., 5002-6 and 5004-7) and 5162-c between 5BBB operation icon, and detecting the termination of the input (e.g. FIG 5BBB contact 5162-c is lifted), at a selectable position within the input user interface object indicated by displaying the selectable arrangement of user interface object (e.g., in the FIG 5CCC, App-4 operation icon 5002 -22 Notes operation icon is displayed GAMES 5002-6 and files on the touch screen 112 is sandwiched between icons 5004-7).

[0267] 在某些实施例中,当可选择用户界面对象从与一个文件夹图标相关联的文件夹中被移除时,设备更新与该文件夹相关联的文件夹图标。 [0267] In certain embodiments, when a user interface object is selectively removed from the file icon associated with a folder, the file device to update the folder associated with the folder icon. 例如,在5YY中,与显示的文件夹视图5158相关联的文件夹图标5004-1-b显示包含在与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹内的可选择用户界面对象的6个缩小比例的表示(例如,"X2"、"X3"、"X4"、" X5"、"X6" 和"x7")。 Alternatively, for example user interface objects, in 5YY in view of the displayed folder 5158 associated with the folder icon 5004-1-b show contained in the folder icon 5004-1-b associated with the folder 6 a reduced scale representation (e.g., "X2", "X3", "X4", "X5", "X6" and "x7"). 然而,在可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-22)从与文件夹图标(例如,5004-1-b)相关联的文件夹中被移除之后,设备改变该文件夹图标的外观(例如,从图5XX-5ZZ中的5004-1-b到图5AAA中的5004-1-b),以便表示已经从文件夹中移除了该可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-22)。 However, in an alternative user interface object (e.g., an icon operation 5002-22) after being removed, the device to change the appearance of the folder from the folder icon and folder icon (e.g., 5004-1-b) associated with the file (e.g., from FIG 5XX-5ZZ 5004-1-b in the FIG 5AAA 5004-1-b) has been removed from the selectable user interface object in the folder, in order to represent (e.g., 5002-22) . 例如,在图5AAA中,文件夹图标5004-1-b示出了重新布置的文件夹内的所有缩小比例的表示(例如,仅显示"x2"、"X3"、"X5"、"x6"和"x7"), 以便表示与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹内少了一个可选择用户界面对象。 For example, in FIG 5AAA, the folder icon 5004-1-b shows a reduced scale representation of all rearranged within a folder (e.g., display only "x2", "X3", "X5", "x6" and "x7"), in order to represent the file icon 5004-1-b associated with the folder less within a selectable user interface objects. 另外, 在某些实施例中,停止在文件夹图标内显示被移除的可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示。 Further, in some embodiments, selectively scaled down to stop displaying the user interface object is removed is shown in the folder icon. 例如,由于动作图标5002-22已被移出文件夹,不再在图5CCC内的文件夹图标5004-1-b 内显示缩小比例的表示"X4"。 For example, since the operation of the folder icon has been removed 5002-22 file, the file is no longer in the clip of FIG 5CCC reduced scale display indicates "X4" the icon 5004-1-b.

[0268] 现在将注意力指向图5CCC-5EEE,图5CCC-5EEE示出了根据某些实施例,用于在文件夹视图内的可选择用户界面对象的页面间导航的示例用户界面。 [0268] Attention is now directed to FIG 5CCC-5EEE, FIG 5CCC-5EEE illustrate embodiments in accordance with certain embodiments, an example user interface between the pages folder selectable user interface object in the view navigation. 在某些实施例中,设备检测文件夹视图显示输入(例如,图5CCC中在与触摸屏112上的文件夹图标5004-2的位置相对应的触摸屏112上的位置处的敲击手势5168)。 In certain embodiments, the device detects folder view display input (tap gesture at a location on the position, for example, in FIG. 5CCC file on the touch screen 112 corresponding to the folder icon 5004-2 touchscreen 1,125,168). 响应于检测到文件夹视图显示输入,如图5EEE所示,设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示包括该文件夹的内容(例如,动作图标5002-26、5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、5002-30、5002-31、5002-32、5002-33、5002-34、 5002-35、5002-36 和5002-37)的文件夹视图5170。 In response to detecting the input folder view display, as shown in a display device (e.g., touch screen 112) comprises a display content (e.g., an icon operation on the folder 5002-26,5002-27,5002-28 5EEE, 5002-29,5002-30,5002-31,5002-32,5002-33,5002-34, 5002-35,5002-36 and 5002-37) folder view 5170.

[0269] 在某些实施例中,当文件夹视图显示输入是显示位于用户界面内的托盘(例如, 图5CCC中的5006)中的文件夹图标(例如,5004-2)的文件夹视图的请求时,设备显示文件夹视图从停放区展开的动画。 File [0269] In certain embodiments, when the folder view display input is a tray located within the user interface (e.g., 5006 in FIG 5CCC) in the folder icon (e.g., 5004-2) folder view when requested, the device displays the folder view unfolding from the parking area animation. 例如,在图5CCC中,设备检测位于托盘5006内的文件夹图标5004-2上的敲击手势5168,并且在图5EEE中,显示文件夹的文件夹视图5170。 For example, in FIG 5CCC, the device detects the files located in the tray tap gesture 5006 on the folder icon 5004-25168, and FIG 5EEE, the display view of the file folder 5170. 在某些实施例中,如图OTDD所示,设备在显示文件夹视图之前显示转变动画。 In certain embodiments, as shown in FIG OTDD, a display device before displaying animated transition folder view. 例如,响应于检测到敲击手势5168,设备将壁纸背景划分为第一部分5172和第二部分5174,并且显示壁纸背景后退滑动(例如,第二部分5174移动离开第一部分5172),以露出呈现为在壁纸背景之下的可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5DDD中的5002-34、5002-35、5002-36、5002-37)。 For example, in response to detecting a tap gesture 5168, the wallpaper background device is divided into a first 5172 and second portion 5174 portion, and the backward slide background wallpaper display (e.g., the second portion 5174 moves away from the first portion 5172), presented as to expose selectable user interface object under wallpaper background (e.g., in FIG 5DDD 5002-34,5002-35,5002-36,5002-37). 在该动画结束时,文件夹的内容或文件夹的一部分内容被显示在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的文件夹视图5170内。 At the end of the animation, or part of the contents of the file folders are displayed on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) the view of the folder on 5170.

[0270] 在某些实施例中,文件夹包括多于能够显示在文件夹视图(例如,图5EEE内的5170)内的可选择用户界面对象。 [0270] In certain embodiments, comprise more than the folder can be displayed in the folder view (e.g., 5170 in FIG 5EEE) in selectable user interface object. 在某些实施例中,文件夹具有可被添加到文件夹内的可选择用户界面对象的最大数目,其中该最大数目基于可显示在该文件夹的文件夹视图内的可选择用户界面对象的最大数目。 In certain embodiments, the folder with the largest number that can be optionally added to the user interface object in the folder, wherein the maximum number of selectable user interface based on the displayable objects within the view of the file folder of The maximum number. 例如,在图5EEE中,仅有12个可选择用户界面对象可被添加到与文件夹视图5170相关联的文件夹。 For example, in FIG 5EEE, only 12 selectable user interface object file may be added to the view associated with the 5170 folder. 然而,在某些实施例中,文件夹视图包含可选择用户界面对象的多个"页面"或集合,并且通过显示作为可选择用户界面对象的后续集合的一部分的附加的可选择用户界面对象,文件夹可以容纳不能装入可选择用户界面对象的第一集合内(例如,动作图标5002-26、5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、5002-30、5002-31、 5002-32、5002-33、5002-34、5002-35、5002-36 和5002-37)的附加的可选择用户界面对象。 However, in certain embodiments, the folder view contains a plurality of selectable user interface object "pages" or set and displayed as an additional selectable by a user interface object that is part of a subsequent set of selectable user interface objects, folders can not be loaded into a first set of receiving selectable user interface object (e.g., an icon 5002-26,5002-27,5002-28,5002-29,5002-30,5002-31 operation, 5002-32, 5002-33,5002-34,5002-35,5002-36 and 5002-37) additional selectable user interface objects. 例如,在图5EEE中,设备检测包括接触5176和该接触在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上的后续移动5178的下一页面输入。 For example, in FIG 5EEE, the device detects contacts 5176 and comprises contacting the touch sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) the next subsequent movement of the surface of the input 5178. 响应于检测到下一页面输入,设备在文件夹的文件夹视图5170中显示可选择用户界面对象的第二集合(例如,图5FFF中的动作图标5002-38、 5002-39、5002-40、5002-41、5002-42和5002-43)。 In response to detecting a second set of display objects selectable user interface next page input device file folder view 5170 (e.g., an icon operation in FIG 5FFF 5002-38, 5002-39,5002-40, 5002-41,5002-42 and 5002-43). 换言之,文件夹包括18个可选择用户界面对象,其中12个可选择用户界面对象在第一页面内,并且6个可选择用户界面对象在第二页面上。 In other words, the folder comprising a selectable user interface objects 18 and 12 wherein the selectable user interface objects in the first page, 6 selectable user interface objects in the second page.

[0271] 现在将注意力指向图5GGG-5MMM,图5GGG-5MMM示出了根据某些实施例,用于从文件夹中移除可选择用户界面对象的示例用户界面。 [0271] Attention is now directed to FIG 5GGG-5MMM, FIG 5GGG-5MMM illustrate embodiments in accordance with certain embodiments, for removing selectable user interface object from the folder example user interface. 在某些实施例中,设备检测文件夹视图显示输入(例如,图5CCC中在与触摸屏112上的文件夹图标5004-2相对应的位置处的敲击手势5168)。 In certain embodiments, the device detects inputs folder view display (e.g., in FIG 5CCC tap gesture at a location on the file icon 5004-2 with the touch screen 112 corresponding to the clamp 5168). 响应于检测到文件夹视图显示输入,如图5GGG所示,设备显示包括该文件夹的内容(例如,动作图标5002-26、5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、5002-30、5002-31、5002-32、 5002-33、5002-34、5002-35、5002-36 和5002-37)的文件夹视图5182。 In response to detecting the input folder view display, as shown in FIG 5GGG, the display apparatus including the contents of the folder (for example, the operation icon 5002-26,5002-27,5002-28,5002-29,5002-30,5002 -31,5002-32, 5002-33,5002-34,5002-35,5002-36 and 5002-37) folder view 5182.

[0272] 在文件夹视图(例如,5182)包括显示器(例如,触摸屏112)的全部或基本上全部的某些实施例中,设备显示可选择用户界面对象移除区域(例如,图5GGG中的5184)。 [0272] In the folder view (e.g., 5182) includes a display (e.g., touch screen 112) of all or substantially all in some embodiments, the device displays selectable user interface object removal region (e.g., in FIG 5GGG 5184). 在某些实施例中,响应于检测到与将相应可选择用户界面对象移入可选择用户界面对象移除区域5184的请求相对应的移除请求,设备从文件夹中移除该相应可选择用户界面对象。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting the removal request and selectable user interface objects into respective selectable user interface object 5184 is removed region corresponding to the request, the device is removed from the respective user selectable folders interface objects. 例如,在图5GGG中,设备检测接触5186和该接触的后续移动5188(例如,从图5GGG内与相应可选择用户界面对象5002-32在触摸屏112上的位置相对应的第一接触位置5168-a到图5HHH内与触摸屏112上跟可选择用户界面对象移除区域5184邻近或在其内的位置相对应的第二接触位置5168-b的移动)。 For example, in FIG 5GGG, the device detects a contact 5186 and the subsequent movement of the contact 5188 (e.g., from the corresponding FIG 5GGG 5002-32 selectable user interface object on the touch screen 112 in a position corresponding to a first contact position 5168- FIG 5HHH into a removal on the touch screen 112 with selectable user interface object 5184 proximate area or location therein corresponding to the position of the second contact 5168-b is moved). 继续这个例子,设备将相应可选择用户界面对象(例如, 动作图标5002-32)移入可选择用户界面对象移除区域5184。 Continuing with this example, the device will select the corresponding user interface object (e.g., an icon operation 5002-32) into selectable user interface object 5184 removed region. 在某些实施例中,响应于检测到该输入的终止(例如,图5HHH中接触5186-b的抬起),设备停止显示文件夹视图5182 中的相应可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-32),并且自动重新布置文件夹视图5182内的可选择用户界面对象,以便闭合可选择用户界面对象的布置内的任何空隙。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting the termination of the input (e.g., FIG 5HHH contact 5186-b is lifted), the device stops displaying the corresponding folder view selectable user interface object 5182 (e.g., an icon operation 5002-32), and automatically select the folder rearranged in view of user interface object 5182, so as to close any voids selectively disposed within the user interface object. 例如, 在图5III中,可选择用户界面对象已被重新布置为填充从文件夹视图中移除相应可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-32)后留在图5HHH中的空隙。 For example, in FIG 5III, a selectable user interface object has been re-arranged to fill a respective selectable user interface object is removed from the folder view (e.g., an icon operation 5002-32) after left in FIG 5HHH voids.

[0273] 在某些实施例中,在从文件夹中移除可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-32)之后,自动停止显示文件夹视图(例如,设备从图5III中显示的用户界面自动转换到图5JJJ中显示的用户界面)。 [0273] In certain embodiments, the user interface object is removed selectively from the folder (e.g., an icon operation 5002-32), the automatic stop folder view display (e.g., display device from FIG user 5III interface automatically switches to the user interface displayed in FIG 5JJJ). 在某些实施例中,设备检测退出文件夹视图输入(例如, 图5III中在文件夹视图5182的右上角的"Exit Folder (退出文件夹)"图标上的敲击手势5190)。 In certain embodiments, the device detects inputs exit folder view (e.g., FIG 5III "(exit folder) Exit Folder" in the folder view of a tap gesture 5182 on the top right corner of the icon 5190). 响应于检测到退出文件夹视图输入,如图5JJJ所示,设备停止显示文件夹视图, 并且重新显示主页屏幕(home screen)。 In response to detecting the exit folder view of the input, as shown, the display device ceases 5JJJ folder view, and re-display a home screen (home screen). 在某些实施例中,如图5JJJ所示,在主页屏幕上显示从文件夹中移除的可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-32)。 In certain embodiments, as shown in FIG 5JJJ displayed selectable user interface objects (e.g., 5002-32) removed from the folder on the home screen.

[0274] 在某些实施例中,设备检测文件夹视图显示输入(例如,在与图5JJJ内的文件夹图标5004-2相对应的位置处的敲击手势5192)。 [0274] In certain embodiments, the device detects inputs folder view display (e.g., in a file within the folder FIG 5JJJ tap gesture at a position corresponding to the icon 5004-2 5192). 响应于检测到文件夹视图显示输入, 如图5KKK所示,设备重新显示包括文件夹的修改后的内容(例如,动作图标5002-26、 5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、5002-30、5002-31、5002-33、5002-34、5002-35、5002-36 和5002-37)的文件夹视图5182。 In response to detecting the input folder view display, as shown, the device comprises a redisplay 5KKK modified content folder (e.g., an icon operation 5002-26, 5002-27,5002-28,5002-29,5002- 30,5002-31,5002-33,5002-34,5002-35,5002-36 and 5002-37) folder view 5182. 在某些实施例中,取代上述的可选择用户界面对象移除区域或作为其附加,设备显示与一个或多个可选择用户界面对象相关联的对象修改靶(object modification target)。 In certain embodiments, instead of the user interface object to remove selectable areas or in addition to, the device displays one or more selectable user interface objects associated with the target object is modified (object modification target). 例如,在图5KKK中,每个可选择用户界面对象具有与其相关联的对象修改靶(例如,动作图标5002-37具有相应的对象修改靶5194)。 Example, an object in FIG 5KKK, each selectable user interface object having associated therewith a target modification (e.g., having a corresponding operation icon 5002-37 modified target object 5194).

[0275] 在某些实施例中,当设备检测到激活相应可选择用户界面对象的对象修改靶的请求(例如,在触摸屏112上与动作图标5002-37的对象修改靶的位置相对应的的位置处的敲击手势5196)时,设备显示对象修改对话。 [0275] In certain embodiments, the device detects when an object selectively activate respective user interface object requests a modification of the target (e.g., on the touch screen 112 and the operation icon object 5002-37 modified target position of the corresponding tap gesture at position 5196), the device displays the object modification dialogue. 例如,在图5LLL中,设备显示向用户提供用于修改可选择用户界面对象的选项的弹出对话5198(例如,删除动作图标5002-37、从文件夹中移除动作图标5002-37、或取消对象修改操作)。 For example, in Figure 5LLL, the device displays a pop-up dialogue provided for modifying the selectable user interface objects to the user the option 5198 (eg, deletion icon 5002-37, 5002-37 remove action icons from a folder, or cancel object modification operation). 在这个例子中,响应于与删除可选择用户界面对象的请求相对应的输入(例如,在删除(delete)按钮上的敲击手势5200),设备删除可选择用户界面对象(例如,从与文件夹视图相关联的文件夹中并且从该设备中完全移除动作图标5002-37,从而如图5MMM所示,它不被显示在主页屏幕或任何其它文件夹视图上)。 In this example, in response to deleting selectable user interface object corresponding to the request input (e.g., a tap Delete (Delete) button gesture 5200), remove the device select a user interface object (e.g., from a file folder view associated folder icon 5002-37 operation and completely removed from the device, so that as shown in FIG 5MMM, it is not displayed on the home screen, or any other folder view). 在某些实施例中,当删除可选择用户界面对象时,从设备中删除与可选择用户界面对象相关联的应用。 In certain embodiments, when the user-interface objects selectively delete, delete application selectable user interface object associated with the device. 在这个例子中,响应于与取消对象修改操作的请求相对应的输入(例如, 在取消(cancel)图标上的敲击手势5202),设备停止显示对象修改对话5198,不修改可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002-37),从而返回图5KKK中显示的用户界面。 In this example, the object in response to the request to cancel the corresponding modify operation input (e.g., tapping on a cancellation (Cancel) gesture icon 5202), the device stops displaying the dialogue 5198 to modify the object is not modified selectable user interface object (e.g., an icon operation 5002-37), thereby returning 5KKK user interface displayed in FIG. 在这个例子中,响应于与从文件夹中移除可选择用户界面对象的请求相对应的输入(例如,在移除(remove)按钮上的敲击手势5204),设备从文件夹中移除可选择用户界面对象(例如,如图5MMM所示),而不从设备中移除该可选择用户界面对象(例如,从与文件夹视图相关联的文件夹中移除动作图标5002-37,并且在主页屏幕上显示动作图标5002-37,如图5NNN所示)。 In this example, the response (e.g., tap gesture on removal (Remove) button 5204), the device is removed from a folder to a selectable user interface requesting removal from the folder object corresponding to the input selectable user interface object (e.g., as shown in FIG 5MMM), optionally without removing the device from the user interface objects (e.g., removal operation from a folder icon 5002-37 associated with the view folder, and an operation screen displayed on the home icon 5002-37, as shown in FIG 5NNN).

[0276] 现在将注意力指向图5NNN-5000,图5NNN-5000示出了根据某些实施例,用于在处于正常操作模式时显示文件夹视图的示例用户界面。 [0276] Attention is now directed to FIG 5NNN-5000, shown in FIG 5NNN-5000 in accordance with certain embodiments, for displaying a folder view of an example user interface when in the normal operation mode. 在某些实施例中,设备检测与退出用户界面重配置模式并且返回正常操作模式的请求相对应的输入。 In certain embodiments the request, the user interface device detects and exit reconfiguration mode and return to normal operation mode corresponding to the input. 例如,在图5NNN中,设备检测到返回正常操作模式的请求(例如,在图5NNN内的home按钮204上的按压输入5206)。 For example, in FIG 5NNN, the device detects a request to return the normal operation mode (e.g., pressing the home button 204 is input in FIG 5NNN 5206). 响应于返回正常操作模式的请求,设备返回正常操作模式,从而图5000-5PPP中的可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)不能再被重新布置(虽然,在某些实施例中,可以在一个或两个维度上滚动可选择用户界面对象的布置)。 In response to a request to return to normal operation mode, the device returns to normal operation mode, whereby FIG 5000-5PPP selectable user interface object (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) can no longer be re-arranged (although, in some embodiments, scrolling may be selectively disposed in a user interface object on one or two dimensions).

[0277] 在某些实施例中,在设备处于正常操作模式时,对相应动作图标5002的选择导致激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用。 [0277] In certain embodiments, when the device is in normal operation mode, the operation of the select icon 5002 leads to the activation of a respective application icon associated with the action. 例如,在图5000中,响应于检测到对Photos动作图标的选择(例如,检测到在触敏表面上与Photos动作图标5002-1相对应的位置处的敲击手势5208),设备显示Photos应用(例如,如果Photos应用尚未被运行,则启动Photos应用,或如果Photos应用已经运行,则简单地显示Photos应用)。 For example, in FIG 5000 Photos response to selection of an operation icon is detected (e.g., detected at tap gesture on the touch-sensitive surface Photos operation position corresponding icon 5002-1 5208), the display device application Photos (For example, if the Photos application has not been running, start the Photos application, or if the Photos application is already running, simply display Photos application). 相对照地,在某些实施例中,响应于检测到对相应文件夹图标5004的选择,导致显示文件夹的文件夹视图。 In contrast, in some embodiments, in response to detecting the selection of an icon 5004 corresponding folders, resulting in the display file folder view. 例如,在图5000中,在检测到对GAMES文件夹图标的选择(例如,检测到在触敏表面上与GAMES文件夹图标5004-7相对应的位置处的敲击手势5210)之后,设备显示GAMES文件夹的文件夹视图5212。 For example, in FIG. 5000, after the detection of the selection of the folder icon GAMES file (e.g., detected on the touch-sensitive surface GAMES file icon 5004-7 tap gesture at a position corresponding to the folder 5210), the display device file folder view GAMES 5212. 在某些实施例中,在设备处于正常操作模式时,对文件夹视图(例如,文件夹视图5212)内的相应动作图标5002的选择导致激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用。 Icon 5002 corresponding actions In certain embodiments, when the device is in normal operation mode, the folder view (e.g., folder view 5212) led to the selection activates an application corresponding to the icon associated with the action. 例如,响应于检测到对Stocks(stocks)动作图标的选择(例如,检测到在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与Stocks动作图标5002-9相对应的位置处的敲击手势5214),设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示Stocks应用(例如,如果Stocks应用尚未被运行,贝Ij启动Stocks 应用,或如果Stocks应用已经运行,则简单地显示Stocks应用)。 For example, in response to detecting the selection of Stocks (Stocks) operation icon (e.g., detected at the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., tap gesture on the touch screen 112) and the operation icon 5002-9 Stocks position corresponding to 5214), a display device (e.g., touch screen 112) displayed on Stocks application (e.g., if the application has not been run Stocks, Tony Ij Stocks application start, or if the application is already running Stocks, Stocks application is simply displayed).

[0278] 图6A-6E上示出了根据某些实施例,创建新文件夹的方法600的流程图。 [0278] Figures 6A-6E illustrate a flow chart illustrating a method 600 according to some embodiments, create a new folder. 在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如,图3的设备300或图1的便携多功能设备100)处执行方法600。 In performing the method (a portable multifunction device 100, for example, apparatus 300 of FIG. 3 or FIG. 1) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface multifunction apparatus 600. 在某些实施例中,所述显示器是触摸屏显示器(例如,图5A-5N,5P-5PPP中的112),并且触敏表面在该显示器上。 In certain embodiments, the display is a touch screen display (e.g., FIGS. 5A-5N, 5P-5PPP 112), and touch-sensitive surface on the display. 在某些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面相分离。 In certain embodiments, the display and the touch-sensitive surface phase separation. 方法600中的某些操作可被组合和/或某些操作的顺序可以改变。 Some operations in method 600 may be and / or some sequential combination of operations may vary.

[0279] 如下所述,方法600提供创建新文件夹的直观方法。 [0279] The method of intuitive new folder below, the method 600 provides created. 该方法减少了用户在创建新文件夹时的认知负担,从而创建更高效的人机界面。 The method reduces the cognitive burden on a user when you create a new folder, thus creating a more efficient human-machine interface. 对于以电池工作的计算设备,使用户能够更快且更高效地创建新文件夹节省了电能,并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。 For battery-operated computing device to enable a user to more quickly and efficiently create new file folder saves power and increases the time between battery charges.

[0280] 设备在显示器上显示(602)多个可选择用户界面对象(例如,在图5M中,设备在触摸屏112上显示多个动作图标5002和多个文件夹图标5004)。 [0280] The device displays (602) a plurality of selectable user interface objects on a display (e.g., in FIG. 5M, the device displays a plurality of icons 5002 and the operation of a plurality of folder icons 5004 on the touch screen 112). 在某些实施例中,可选择用户界面对象是(604)动作图标5002。 In certain embodiments, the selectable object is a user interface (604) operation icon 5002. 例如,动作图标5002可以包括代表软件程序(例如, Photos 应用图标5002-l、Clock 应用图标5002-2、Browser 应用图标5002-3、Solitaire 应用图标5002-4、Weather应用图标5002-5、Notes应用图标5002-6、Texts应用图标5002-7、 Maps应用图标5002-8、Stocks应用图标5002-9、Camera应用图标5002-12、Racing应用图标5002-13、eMail 应用图标5002-14、Phone 应用图标5002-15、iPod 应用图标5002-16)、 文件(例如,Document动作图标5002-11)、书签(例如,Bookmark动作图标5002-10)等的一个或多个可激活图标。 For example, operation 5002 may comprise an icon representative of a software program (e.g., an application icon Photos 5002-l, Clock application icon 5002-2, Browser application icon 5002-3, Solitaire application icon 5002-4, Weather application icon 5002-5, Notes application icon 5002-6, Texts application icon 5002-7, Maps application icon 5002-8, Stocks application icon 5002-9, Camera application icon 5002-12, Racing application icon 5002-13, eMail application icon 5002-14, Phone application icon 5002-15, iPod application icon 5002-16), files (for example, document action icon 5002-11), bookmarks (for example, Bookmark action icon 5002-10), etc. may activate one or more icons. 类似地,第一文件夹图标5004-1-b与第一文件夹相关联,而第二文件夹图标5004-2与第二文件夹相关联。 Similarly, the first folder icon 5004-1-b associated with the first folder and the second folder icon associated with the second folder 5004-2.

[0281] 响应于检测到与选择相应可选择用户界面对象相对应的输入,设备激活(606)与该相应可选择用户界面对象相关联的应用。 Application [0281] In response to detecting a respective selection user interface object corresponding to the selectable input, the activation device (606) corresponding to the selectable object associated user interface. 在某些实施例中,仅当设备处于正常操作模式中时激活应用。 In certain embodiments, only when the apparatus is in the normal operating mode of application is activated. 例如,选择图5A中的Solitaire应用图标5002-1(例如,在设备处于正常操作模式时)将启动Solitaire游戏应用。 For example, select the Solitaire application icon 5002-1 of FIG. 5A (e.g., when the device is in normal operation mode) starts the game Solitaire application. 应当理解,当动作图标5002代表文件时,检测到与选择该动作图标相对应的输入显示用于观看和/或编辑该文件的应用。 It should be appreciated that, when an icon 5002 representing the file operation is detected and the action corresponding to the icon selected input display viewing and / or application for editing the file. 例如,如果设备检测到与选择与加了书签的网页相关联的Bookmark图标(例如,图5A中的5002-10)相对应的输入(例如,敲击手势),设备将启动网页浏览器,并且导航到该加了书签的网页。 For example, if the device detects and selects the Bookmark icon added bookmarks associated web page (e.g., FIG. 5A 5002-10) corresponding to the input (e.g., tap gesture), the device launches a web browser, and navigate to the bookmarked page. 作为另一个例子,如果设备检测到与选择跟电子表格文档相关联的Document图标(例如,图5A中的5002-11)相对应的输入,设备将启动电子表格编辑/观看应用,并且在电子表格编辑/观看应用中显示该电子表格文档。 As another example, if the device detects that the selected icon with Document spreadsheet document associated with (e.g., FIG. 5A 5002-11) corresponding to the input, the device will launch the spreadsheet editing / viewing application, and a spreadsheet edit / display the spreadsheet document viewing applications. 在某些实施例中,动作图标是应用启动图标,并且如果该应用当前未在运行,选择该动作图标将启动该应用,或者如果该应用当前正在运行但是看不到,则选择该动作图标将显示该应用。 In certain embodiments, the operation of the application icon is the icon to start, and if the application is not currently running, select the action icon to launch the application, or if the application is currently running but can not see, the operation of selecting the icon the display application. 换言之,响应于检测到选择动作图标,设备显示应用的视图,然而,如果当检测到该输入时该应用未在运行,设备必须首先启动该应用, 而如果当设备检测到输入时该应用已经在运行,则设备可以简单地显示应用的当前视图, 不必启动该应用。 In other words, in response to the view selection operation of the icon, the device display application is detected, however, if and when the application is not in operation upon detection of the input device must first start the application, and if and when the device detects the input when the application has been running, the device may simply display the current view of the application, without having to launch the application.

[0282] 设备检测(608)第一输入。 [0282] The device detects (608) a first input. 例如,如图5M所不,设备检测触敏表面上在与第一对象(例如,Solitaire应用图标5002-4)相对应的位置(例如,图5M中的第一位置5040-a) 处的手指接触5040,并且检测该手指接触在触敏表面上的后续移动5042 (例如,到图5N中的第二位置5040-b)。 For example, the finger is not the first object (e.g., app icon Solitaire 5002-4) corresponding to the position (e.g., Fig. 5M first location 5040-a) at the FIG. 5M, the device detects a touch-sensitive surface a contact 5040, and detects subsequent movement of the finger contact 5042 (e.g., to a second position in Figure 5N 5040-b) on the touch-sensitive surface. 在某些实施例中,第一输入是(610)在触敏表面上检测到的手势(例如,手指拖动手势)。 In certain embodiments, a first input (610) of the detected gesture on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., a finger drag gesture). 在某些实施例中,触敏表面与显示器组合在一起作为触摸屏112。 In certain embodiments, the touch-sensitive surface of the display as a touch screen 112 together.

[0283] 响应于检测到第一输入,设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上将多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象移动(612)到显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置。 [0283] In response to detecting the first input, a display device (e.g., touch screen 112) moves the first object (612) on the plurality of selectable user interface object to a display (e.g., touch screen 112) on the position of the second object adjacent the plurality of selectable user interface objects. 例如,在图5N中,Solitaire应用图标5002-4从以前的位置移动到与第二对象(图5N中Racing应用图标5002-13)邻近的当前位置(例如,图5N中的5002-4)。 For example, in Figure 5N, Solitaire application icon 5002-4 is moved from the previous location to the second object (Figure 5N Racing application icon 5002-13) adjacent to the current position (e.g., in Figure 5N 5002-4). 在某些实施例中,该位置在第二对象或第二对象的激活区域上,或与第二对象或第二对象的激活区域至少部分重叠,如图5N所示,其中Solitaire应用图标5002-4 与Racing应用图标5002-13部分重叠。 In certain embodiments, the position of the second object in the activation area or the second object, the second object or the second object or the active region at least partially overlap, as shown in FIG. 5N, wherein the Solitaire application icon 5002- Racing portion 4 overlaps the application icon 5002-13. 在某些实施例中,如下面参考方法900更详细描述的,该位置在第二对象的激活区域上或与第二对象的激活区域至少部分重叠。 In certain embodiments, as described below with reference to method 900 described in more detail, the position of at least partially overlapping the active region or the second object in the active region of the second object.

[0284] 设备在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测(614)第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准贝IJ。 [0284] When the first device adjacent to a second target object (614) a first input of the detection satisfies a predetermined quasi-shell folder creation IJ. 在某些实施例中,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则包括在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测(616)第一输入的终止。 In certain embodiments, detecting a first input satisfies a predetermined criterion comprises a folder creation terminates adjacent to the second object when the first object, detecting a first input (616). 例如,在图5N中,设备在Solitaire应用图标5002-4 与Racing应用图标5002-13重叠时,检测接触5040-b的抬起。 For example, in Figure 5N, the device when the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 and 5002-13 Racing overlap an application icon, 5040-b detecting the contact lift. 作为另一个例子,在图5N 中,设备在Solitaire应用图标5002-4与Racing应用图标5002-13重叠时,检测超过预定时间段(例如,〇. 5秒、1秒、1. 5秒或任何合理的时间段)的接触5040的停顿。 As another example, in Figure 5N, the device when the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 and 5002-13 overlaps the application icon Racing detection exceeds a predetermined period of time (e.g., square. 5 seconds, 1 second, 1.5 seconds or any reasonable period of time) of the pause contact with 5040. 在某些实施例中,如上面更详细描述的,当检测到第一输入时,设备处于(618)用户界面重配置模式(即,不处于正常操作模式)。 In certain embodiments, as described in greater detail above, when the first input is detected, the device is (618) a user interface reconfiguration mode (i.e., not in a normal operation mode). 另外,应当理解,在某些实施例中,当设备处于正常操作模式时,不能移动可选择用户界面对象(例如,在可选择用户界面对象的布置内重新定位)。 Further, it should be appreciated that in some embodiments, when the device is in normal operation mode, the mobile can not select a user interface object (e.g., selectively repositioned within the user interface object is disposed).

[0285] 响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则, 执行(620)操作622-636。 [0285] In response to detecting when the first object to the second object adjacent to a first input satisfies a predetermined criterion folder creation, performing (620) operations 622-636. 在某些实施例中,响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,停止(622)显示第一对象和第二对象(例如,如图5N和5S所示)。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting the object when the first object to a second adjacent to a first input satisfies a predetermined criteria to create the folder, stop (622) displaying the first and second objects (e.g., 5N and FIG. FIG 5S). 例如,在图5S中,在设备检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则之后(例如,通过检测输入的终止或超过预定时间段的输入停顿),不再在图5S中显示以前在图5N 内显示的Solitaire应用图标5002-4和Racing应用图标5002-13。 For example, in FIG. 5S, the device detects a first input satisfies a predetermined folder is created after the criteria (e.g., by terminating the input or pause exceeds a predetermined time period detecting input), not previously displayed in Figure 5S FIG. Solitaire application icon 5002-4 5N display within the application icon and Racing 5002-13. 取而代之,显示代表包含Solitaire应用图标和Racing应用图标的文件夹的文件夹图标5004-7。 Instead, on behalf of the display file contains the Solitaire application icons application icons and folders Racing folder icon 5004-7. 在某些实施例中,停止显示第二对象包括显示第二对象转变为对应于该文件夹的文件夹图标的动画。 In certain embodiments, stop displaying the second display object includes the second object into a file corresponding to the folder icon animation. 例如,在图5S中,文件夹图标5004-7取代了图5N中的Racing应用图标5002-13。 For example, in Figure 5S, substituted folder icon 5004-7 5002-13 Racing an application icon in Figure 5N. 在某些实施例中,如下面参考图IIA-IIC更详细地描述的,在文件夹图标内显示第一对象和/或第二对象的缩小比例的表示。 In certain embodiments, as described in more detail below with reference to FIG IIA-IIC, the first object is displayed and / or the reduction ratio of the second representation of the object in the folder icon. 例如,在图5S中,文件夹图标分别包括Solitaire应用图标5002-4 和Racing应用图标5002-13的缩小比例的表示(例如,"0"和"S")。 For example, in Figure 5S, folder icons include a reduced scale Solitaire application icons 5002-4 and 5002-13 Racing application icon representation (e.g., "0" and "S").

[0286] 设备创建(624)包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹。 File [0286] creating apparatus (624) comprising a first and second objects in the folder. 在某些实施例中,创建文件夹包括显示(626)代表文件夹的文件夹图标(例如,如下面参考方法1100更详细描述的)。 In certain embodiments, create a file folder comprising a display (626) represents the folder icon (e.g., 1100 as described below with reference to a method described in more detail below). 例如,设备创建包括Solitaire应用图标5002-4和Racing应用图标5002-13的文件夹,并且显示文件夹图标5004-7,如图5S所示。 For example, a device creating a Solitaire application icons 5002-4 and 5002-13 Racing application folder icons, and displays the folder icon 5004-7, 5S shown in FIG. 在某些实施例中,如下面参考方法700更详细描述的,文件夹图标具有与其它可选择对象(例如,诸如应用图标、书签图标、文档图标等动作图标)不同的属性。 In certain embodiments, as described below with reference to method 700 described in greater detail, with the folder icon (e.g., such as an application icon, a bookmark icon, a document icon like icon operation) with different attributes other selectable object. 在某些实施例中,在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上以前被第二可选择对象占据的位置处显示(628)文件夹图标。 In certain embodiments, a display (e.g., touch screen 112) is displayed previously (628) a second folder icon at the position occupied by the selectable objects. 例如,在图5N中,Racing应用图标5002-13是可选择用户界面对象布置内的最后一个可选择用户界面对象(例如,从左到右从上到下), 而在图5S中,包含Racing应用图标5002-13的文件夹图标5004-7被显示为可选择用户界面对象布置内的最后一个可选择用户界面对象。 For example, in Figure 5N, 5002-13 Racing application icon is the last selectable user interface objects within a selectable user interface object is arranged (e.g., left to right, top to bottom), whereas in Figure 5S, comprising Racing application icon 5004-7 5002-13 folder icon is displayed as a selectable user interface object is the last selectable user interface object in the arrangement. 在某些实施例中,显示文件夹图标包括显示(630)第二可选择对象变成(例如,变形成)文件夹图标的动画。 In certain embodiments, the display comprises displaying the folder icon (630) into a second selectable object (e.g., deformed) an animated icon of a folder. 在某些实施例中,不能以这种方式组合已有文件夹。 In certain embodiments, an existing folder can not be combined in this manner. 例如,即使设备检测到与将第一文件夹(例如,图5N中的5004-2)拖动到第二文件夹(例如,图5N中的5004-1-b)上相对应的输入,设备也不将第一文件夹添加到第二文件夹。 For example, even if the device detects the first folder (e.g., 5004-2 Figure 5N) is dragged to a second folder (e.g., in Figure 5N 5004-1-b) corresponding to the input device nor the first folder to the second folder.

[0287] 在某些实施例中,在创建文件夹之后,设备自动显示(632)包括文件夹的内容的文件夹视图。 [0287] In certain embodiments, after creating a folder, the device automatically displays the contents of the folder includes a folder view (632). 例如,响应于检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,设备从图5N中显示的用户界面自动移到图5Y中显示的用户界面,设备显示文件夹视图(例如,如图5Y所示,包含Solitaire应用图标5002-4和Racing应用图标5002-13的区域5092)。 For example, in response to detecting the first input satisfies a predetermined criteria to create the folder, the user interface apparatus shown in Figure 5N automatically move from FIG 5Y user interface displayed on the display device folder view (e.g., 5Y shown in FIG. including Solitaire application icons application icons Racing 5002-4 and the region 50925002-13).

[0288] 在某些实施例中,在检测到第一输入之后,设备在显示器上以第一布置显示多个用户界面对象。 [0288] In certain embodiments, after detecting the first input, the device displays a first plurality of user interface objects on a display are arranged. 例如,在图5X中,以二维网格布置显示可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004),每个可选择用户界面对象在该网格布置内具有相应位置。 For example, in Figure 5X, selectable user interface objects display a two-dimensional grid arrangement (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004), each selectable user interface object having a respective position within the grid arrangement. 在这些实施例中的某些中,在创建文件夹之后,设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示(634)文件夹视图(例如,图5Y中的5092)。 In some of these embodiments, after creating a folder, a display device (634) Folder view (e.g., 5092 in FIG. 5Y) on a display (e.g., touch screen 112). 在某些实施例中,显示文件夹视图包括在文件夹视图内显示第一对象和第二对象。 In certain embodiments, the display includes displaying a first view of the folder object and the second object in the folder view. 应当理解,相应文件夹视图是显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上包含文件夹内容的部分。 It will be appreciated, the corresponding folder is a partial view of the folder containing the content on the display (e.g., touch screen 112). 例如,图5T中的区域5078、图5Y-5Z中的阴影区域5092、 图OTD-5GG中的阴影区域5106、图5TT-5UU中的阴影区域5138、图5WW中的阴影区域5148、 图5YY-5ZZ中的阴影区域5158、图5EEE-5FFF中的阴影区域5170、和图5PPP中的阴影区域5212都是作为显示器(例如,触摸屏112) -部分的文件夹视图。 For example, the region 5078 in Figure 5T, the shaded area 5092 in FIG 5Y-5Z, shaded area 5106 in FIG OTD-5GG, the shaded area in FIG 5TT-5UU 5138, the shaded area in FIG 5WW 5148, FIG 5YY- part of the folder view - 5ZZ shaded area in 5158, the shaded area 5170 in FIG 5EEE-5FFF shaded area 5212 in FIG 5PPP are (e.g., touch screen 112) as a display. 在某些实施例中,文件夹视图占据基本上整个显示器(例如,触摸屏112)。 In certain embodiments, the folder view occupies substantially the entire display (e.g., touch screen 112). 例如,图5U中的区域5080和图5GGG-5III、 5KKK、5MMM中的区域5182是占据基本上整个(或整个)显示器(例如,触摸屏112)的文件夹视图。 For example, regions 5080 and 5U of FIG 5GGG-5III, 5KKK, 5182 5MMM region is substantially occupies the entire (or all) of a display (e.g., touch screen 112) in the folder view.

[0289] 在某些实施例中,设备显示从第一布置到文件夹视图的动画转变(例如,下面参考方法1200更详细描述的)。 [0289] In certain embodiments, the device is arranged to display from the first folder view animated transitions (e.g., below with reference to method 1200 described in more detail). 在某些实施例中,显示文件夹视图包括显示¢36)文件夹图标(例如,图5Y中的5004-7)以及第一布置的至少一部分的表示,以便指示该文件夹图标在第一布置内的位置。 In certain embodiments, the display includes a display folder view ¢ 36) folder icon (e.g., 5004-7) and the first arrangement of FIG 5Y represents at least a part of the folder icon to indicate the first arrangement location within. 例如,在图5Y中,曾显示在文件夹图标上方(例如,在图5X中) 的可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-8、 5002-9、5004-lb、5002-10、5002-ll 和5002-12)继续显示在文件夹图标5004-7 上方,而曾显示在文件夹图标5004-7下方的可选择用户界面对象(例如,5002-14、5002-15、5002-16、 5004-2)不再被显示在文件夹图标5004-7下方。 For example, in FIG 5Y, the above has been displayed in the folder icon (e.g., in Figure 5X) selectable user interface object (e.g., the 5002-1,5002-2,5002-3,5002-5,5002-6 , 5002-7,5002-8, 5002-9,5004-lb, 5002-10,5002-ll and 5002-12) continue to show in the top of the folder icon 5004-7, which was displayed in the folder icon 5004-7 Alternatively the bottom of the user interface object (e.g., 5002-14,5002-15,5002-16, 5004-2) is no longer displayed below the folder icon 5004-7.

[0290] 在某些实施例中,在设备处于正常操作模式时,可选择用户界面对象包括(638) 一个或多个动作图标(例如,图5000内的5002)和一个或多个文件夹图标(例如,图5000 内的5004)。 [0290] In certain embodiments, when the device is in normal operating mode, selectable user interface object comprises a (638) one or more actions icon (e.g., 5002 in FIG. 5000) and the one or plurality of folder icons (e.g., 5004 in FIG. 5000). 在这些实施例的某些中,设备检测(640)第二输入。 In certain of the second input, these embodiments the device detects (640). 在某些实施例中,响应于检测到第二输入:当第二输入对应于选择相应动作图标的请求时,设备激活(642)与该相应动作图标相关联的应用;并且当第二输入对应于选择文件夹图标的请求时,设备显示包括与该文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容的文件夹视图。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting the second input: when the second input corresponds to a respective action selection request icon, the device activation (642) corresponding to the application associated with the icon operation; and when the second input corresponds when a request to select a file folder icon, the display apparatus includes a content file icon associated with the folder of the folder view. 例如,在图5000中,在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏显示器112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的动作图标(例如,Photos 应用图标5002-9)的位置相对应的的位置处的敲击手势5208激活与该动作图标相关联的应用(例如,Photos应用),而响应于检测到在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的文件夹图标(例如,图5000中的文件夹图标5004-7)的位置相对应的位置处的敲击手势5210,设备显示文件夹视图5212,文件夹视图5212包含与文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的内容(例如,动作图标5002-9、5002-4、5002-13、5002-8)。 For example, in FIG 5000, the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen display 112) with a display (e.g., touch screen 112) at a position of the operation icon (e.g., Photos app icon 5002-9) on corresponding of tap gesture 5208 activates the application with the action associated with the icon (e.g., Photos applications), and in response to detecting the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) the display (e.g., touch screen 112) the files on the folder icon ( tap gesture at a location, for example, in the folder icon 5000 of FIG. 5004-7) corresponding to the position 5210, the folder view display device 5212, a folder with a folder view 5212 contains the file folder associated icon 5004-7 the content (for example, action icon 5002-9,5002-4,5002-13,5002-8).

[0291] 在某些实施例中,在创建文件夹之后,设备显示(644)包括该文件夹的内容的文件夹视图,并且显示对象移除区域。 [0291] In certain embodiments, after creating a folder, a display device (644) comprising the contents of the folder in a folder view and displaying the object removed region. 例如,在图5Y中,对象移除区域是显示器(例如,触摸屏112)的第一部分5084。 For example, in FIG 5Y, the object is removal of a display area (e.g., touch screen 112) of the first portion 5084. 作为另一个例子,在图5GGG-5HHH中,对象移除区域5184是显示器(例如,触摸屏112)的被单独标识出的部分。 As another example, in FIG. 5GGG-5HHH, the target removal region 5184 is part of the display identified individual (e.g., a touch screen 112). 作为另一个例子,在图5WW中,显示器(例如,触摸屏112)的在文件夹视图5148上方和下方的部分都是对象移除区域。 As another example, in FIG. 5WW, display (e.g., touch screen 112) in a portion of the removal region are 5148 target folder view of above and below. 在某些实施例中,文件夹视图包括对象移除区域(例如,图5GGG-5HHH中具有对象移除区域5184的文件夹视图5182)。 In certain embodiments, the folder view object included removal region (e.g., FIG. 5GGG-5HHH having removed the object file folder view area 5184 5182). 在某些实施例中,对象移除区域在文件夹视图之外(例如,图5Y中对象移除区域5084在文件夹视图5092之外)。 In certain embodiments, the region outside the object is removed folder view (e.g., FIG 5Y removed objects in the folder view area 5084 beyond 5092). 在某些实施例中,一直显示对象移除区域(例如, 对象移除区域是在显示文件夹视图时被显示的主页屏幕的一部分)。 In certain embodiments, the subject has been removed the display area (e.g., the object region is removed in a part of the folder view to be displayed when the home screen is displayed). 在某些实施例中,仅在图标重配置模式中显示对象移除区域(例如,在图5S中不显示对象移除区域,而在图5Y中在文件夹视图5092上方显示对象移除区域5084)。 In certain embodiments, only the removal target area (e.g., the object is not displayed in Figure 5S removed region, and 5Y in FIG view from above in the folder display objects removed region 5092 5084 reconfiguration mode icon ). 在某些实施例中,仅在处于图标重配置模式并且当前检测到与移动对象的请求相对应的输入时,显示对象移除区域(例如,在图5GGG中,仅当设备检测到接触5186在触敏表面上的移动时才显示对象移除区域5184)。 In certain embodiments, the only icon in the reconfiguration mode and the currently detected moving object and request input corresponding to the display area the object is removed (e.g., in FIG 5GGG, only when the device detects a contact 5186 when moving the touch-sensitive surface area to remove the display object 5184).

[0292] 在某些实施例中,在显示文件夹视图时,设备检测(646)与将相应可选择用户界面对象移动到对象移除区域内的请求相对应的第二输入,并且响应于检测到第二输入,设备从文件夹中移除¢48)相应可选择用户界面对象。 [0292] In certain embodiments, when the folder view display, the device detects (646) with selectable user-interface objects corresponding to the object is removed in the region of the second input corresponding to a request, and in response to detecting a second input device is removed from the folder ¢ 48) corresponding to selectable user interface object. 例如,在图5Y中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与Solitaire应用图标5002-4相对应的位置处的接触5100-a,以及该接触在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上进入作为显示器(例如,触摸屏112)第一部分的对象移除区域5084的后续移动5102。 For example, in FIG 5Y, the device detects on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) and Solitaire application icon 5002-4 corresponds to at a position in contact 5100-a, and contacting the touch sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112 on entering) as a display (e.g., touch screen 112) the object is removed subsequent movement of the first portion 5102 of the area 5084. 继续这个例子,响应于检测到这种手势,设备从文件夹中并且从文件夹视图5092中移除Solitaire应用图标5002-4,如图5Z所示,并且将Solitaire应用图标5002-4返回可选择用户界面对象的第一布置,如图5AA所示。 Continuing with this example, in response to the detection of such a gesture, the device file from a folder view and remove Solitaire application icon 5092 and the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 5002-4 folder returns Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 5Z, a first user interface object is arranged, as shown in FIG 5AA.

[0293] 在某些实施例中,在检测到第一输入之前,在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上以第一布置显示(650)多个用户界面对象,并且当检测到与将相应可选择用户界面对象移动到对象移除区域内的请求相对应的第二输入以及第二输入的终止时:设备停止显示文件夹视图;并且在第一布置的预定位置处显示(652)该相应可选择用户界面对象(例如,在第一布置的末尾或在第一布置内的第一个可用位置(open location)处)。 [0293] In certain embodiments, prior to detecting the first input, displaying (650) a first plurality of user interface objects disposed on a display (e.g., touch screen 112), and when detecting that the respective selectable user interface objects to the object, and removing the second input termination request in the region corresponding to the second input of: stopping device displays the folder view; and displaying (652) at a predetermined position corresponding to the first arrangement selectively user interface object (e.g., the arrangement of the first end or the first available position in the first arrangement (open location) at). 换言之,在某些实施例中,第二输入对应于轻拂手势,其包括在触敏表面上与相应可选择用户界面对象的位置相对应的位置处的接触,并且包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上的横向移动,该横向移动对应于在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上向着触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)的与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的对象移除区域相对应的位置的移动。 In other words, in some embodiments, the second input corresponding to a flick gesture that includes a contact at a position corresponding to a position on the touch-sensitive surface corresponding to selectable user interface object, and includes a touch-sensitive surface (e.g. lateral movement on the touch screen 112), the lateral movement corresponding to the display (e.g., touch screen 112) toward the target removal region on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) of the display (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to a moved position. 例如,在图5VV中,设备显示可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的第一布置,并且在图5WW中, 设备检测一个手势,该手势包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的App-I应用图标5002-19的位置相对应的位置处的接触5152,以及该接触到触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上在文件夹视图5148之外的位置相对应的位置的移动5154。 For example, in FIG 5VV, the device displays a first user interface object is arranged selectable (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004), and in FIG 5WW, the device detects a gesture, the gesture comprises a touch-sensitive surface ( For example, on touch screen 112) the display (e.g., touch screen 112 position of App-I application icon 5002-19 on) corresponding to a contact 5152 position, and contacting the touch sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the 5154 moves in the folders other than the view on the display 5148 (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to the position. 在这个例子中,响应于检测到该手势,设备停止显示文件夹视图,并且在第一布置中显示App-I应用图标5002-19,如图5XX所示。 In this example, in response to detecting the gesture, the device stops displaying the folder view and displaying an application icon 5002-19 App-I in the first arrangement, as shown in FIG 5XX.

[0294] 在某些实施例中,在检测到第一输入之前,在显示器上以第一布置显示(650)多个用户界面对象;当设备继续检测到在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如, 触摸屏112)上对象移除区域的位置相对应的位置处的第二输入超过预定时间量时:设备停止显示文件夹视图;设备检测(654)在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上处于第一布置内的某个位置相对应的相应位置处的第二输入的终止;并且响应于检测到第二输入的终止,设备在第一布置的相应位置处显示(656)相应可选择用户界面对象。 [0294] In certain embodiments, prior to detecting the first input, displaying (650) a first plurality of user interface objects on a display disposed; when the device continues to detect the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) target removal region and a position on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to the second input position exceeds a predetermined amount of time: the device stops displaying the folder view; device detects (654) on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., on the touch screen 112) the display (e.g., touch screen 112) is terminated on a second input at a position corresponding to a position within the corresponding first arrangement; and in response to detecting the second input is terminated, the first device a display arranged at respective positions (656) corresponding to selectable user interface object. 换言之,在某些实施例中,第二输入对应于敲击和拖动手势,该敲击和拖动手势包括移动到触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的对象移除区域相对应的区域内的接触。 In other words, in some embodiments, the second input corresponding to a tap and drag gesture, which comprises a tap and drag gesture to move to the touch sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the upper display (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to the contact area of ​​an object in the removal region. 例如,在图5XX中,可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)布置在第一布置中,并且在图5YY中,设备检测与App-4应用图标5002-22移出文件夹视图5158进入对象移除区域5084中相对应的第二输入(例如,包括接触5162和该接触在触摸屏112上的移动5164的手势)。 For example, in FIG 5XX, a selectable user interface object (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) are arranged in a first arrangement, and FIG 5YY, the device detects the application App-4 file icon removed 5002-22 clip objects into the view of removing the second input 5158 5084 corresponding to the region (e.g., including contacts 5162 and 5164 of the contact movement gesture on the touch screen 112). 在这个例子中,响应于检测到该接触(例如,图5ZZ内的5162-b)在对象移除区域内的停顿,设备停止显示文件夹视图5158,并且显示第一布置(例如,如图5AAA所示),并且检测该接触在触摸屏112上的第一布置内的后续移动(例如,5166)。 In this example, in response to detecting that a contact (e.g., in FIG 5ZZ 5162-b) is removed in the region of a pause in a subject, the device stops displaying the folder view 5158, and a first display arrangement (e.g., FIG 5AAA shown), and detects subsequent movement of the contact (e.g., 5166) is disposed on the first touch screen 112. 在这个例子中,当设备检测到终止时(例如,图5BBB中接触5162-c从触摸屏112的抬起),设备在第一布置内与检测到输入的终止时App-4应用图标5002-22的位置相对应的位置处显示App-4应用图标5002-22,如图5CCC所示。 In this example, when the device detects the termination (e.g., FIG 5BBB contact 5162-c lifted from the touch screen 112), the device is disposed within the first detected application icon App-4 termination input 5002-22 at a position corresponding to the position of the icon display applications 5002-22 App-4, as shown in FIG 5CCC.

[0295] 在某些实施例中,在创建文件夹之后,设备检测(658)与将第一对象和第二对象中的相应可选择用户界面对象移出文件夹的请求相对应的第二输入;并且当在文件夹的创建被确认之前检测到第二输入时,设备删除(660)该文件夹,并且重新显示第一对象和第二对象。 [0295] In certain embodiments, after creating the folder, the device detects (658) the request with the user interface object corresponding to a first selectable object and the second object out of a folder corresponding to a second input; and when the folder is created before the detection of the second input is confirmed, the device deletes (660) the folder, and re-display the first and second objects. 例如,在图5Y中,设备在创建文件夹之后检测到的第一输入是这样的输入(例如, 接触5100和该接触在触摸屏112上的移动5102):其对应于将Solitaire应用图标5002-4 移出通过将Solitaire应用图标5002-4拖动到Racing应用图标5002-13上面而创建的文件夹的请求。 For example, in FIG 5Y, the first input device is detected after creating the folder is input (e.g., contacts 5100 and 5102 of the contact movement on the touch screen 112): which corresponds to a Solitaire application icon 5002-4 by requesting the removal of Solitaire drag application icons 5002-4 to 5002-13 Racing application icon above created folder. 在这个例子中,该输入在文件夹的创建被确认之前接收到,因此,在Solitaire 应用图标5002-4被移出文件夹之后,设备删除图5AA中的文件夹5004-7,并且如图5CC所示,在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上重新显示Racing应用图标5002-13。 In this example, the input before creating a folder is the acknowledgment received, therefore, after the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 is removed file folder, remove the device Figure 5AA folder 5004-7, and as the 5CC shown, 5002-13 redisplay Racing application icon on the display (e.g., touch screen 112).

[0296] 在某些实施例中,第一对象是被移出文件夹的相应对象,并且删除(662)文件夹和重新显示包括:在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上基于第二输入确定的位置处显示第一对象;和在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上以前被该文件夹的文件夹图标占据的位置处显示第二对象。 [0296] In certain embodiments, the first object is moved out of the corresponding object file folder and delete (662) and re-display the folder comprising: determining a position based on the second input on a display (e.g., touch screen 112) is displayed at the first object; and a display (e.g., touch screen 112) on the previously folder of the folder icons at the position occupied by the display of the second object. 继续上面参考图5AA和5CC描述的例子,在图5AA中,设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的可选择用户界面对象的第四行的左端显示文件夹图标5004-7,并且在图5CC中, Racing应用图标5002-13取代了可选择用户界面对象第四行左端处的文件夹图标5004-7。 Continuing with the above example and with reference to FIGS. 5AA 5CC described in Figure 5AA, in a display device (e.g., touch screen 112) the left end of the fourth line selectable user interface object is displayed on the folder icon 5004-7, and FIG 5CC in, Racing substituted 5002-13 application icon files selectable user interface object in the fourth row at the left end of the folder icon 5004-7. 在某些实施例中,显示第二对象包括显示(664)文件夹图标变成(例如,变形成)第二对象的动画。 In certain embodiments, the display includes displaying a second object (664) into the folder icon (e.g., deformed) a second animation object. 例如,在图5BB中,设备显示Racing应用图标5002-13扩展以填充以前由文件夹图标5004-7占据的空间(例如,如图5AA所示)的动画5104。 For example, in FIG. 5BB, the device displays an application icon 5002-13 Racing expands to fill the space previously occupied by the folder icon 5004-7 (e.g., as shown in FIG. 5AA) 5104 animation.

[0297] 相对照地,当在文件夹创建已被确认之后检测到第二输入时,设备在继续显示文件夹的同时在文件夹之外显示所述相应对象。 [0297] In contrast, when the folder is created after a detected has been identified as a second input device while continuing to display the folder display object is outside of the respective folder. 例如,当文件夹的创建已被确认时,如图OTD 所示,将单个应用图标移出文件夹(例如,响应于检测到接触5112和该接触的移动5114,在图5EE中移除Solitaire应用图标5002-4)不会导致该文件夹的删除。 For example, when creating a folder has been confirmed, as shown in FIG OTD, the folder icon out of a single application (e.g., in response to detecting movement of the contact 5112 and the contact 5114, is removed in FIG Solitaire application icon in 5EE 5002-4) does not result in the deletion of the folder. 而是,在这个例子中,继续显示该文件夹(例如,图5FF中5004-7)。 Instead, in this example, continue to display the folder (e.g., in Figure 5FF 5004-7). 换言之,在某些实施例中,在文件夹创建已被确认之后,仅当最后一个图标被移除时删除文件夹,并且当最后一个图标被移除时,文件夹消失(collapse)(例如,而不是变回动作图标之一)。 In other words, in some embodiments, after folder creation has been identified, only when the last delete a folder icon is removed, and when the last icon is removed, the folder disappears (collapse) (for example, rather than the back one action icon).

[0298] 在某些实施例中,当设备检测到与执行操纵文件夹的动作的请求相对应的输入时,文件夹的创建被确认(668)。 [0298] In certain embodiments, when a request operation and perform manipulation device detects a folder corresponding to an input, create a folder is confirmed (668). 这种动作包括但不限于打开(670)文件夹、关闭(672)文件夹、移动¢74)文件夹、重命名¢76)文件夹、向文件夹添加另外的可选择用户界面对象、 进入(680)用户界面重配置模式、离开(682)用户界面重配置模式。 Such actions include but are not limited to opening (670) Folder closed (672) folder, moving ¢ 74) folder, rename ¢ 76) folder, additional selectable user interface object to a folder entry ( 680) user interface reconfiguration mode, leaving (682) the user interface reconfiguration mode. 在某些实施例中,当设备接收到与操纵文件夹的请求相对应的其它预定输入时,文件夹的创建被确认。 In certain embodiments, when the device receives an input requesting manipulation of other predetermined folder corresponding to the folder creation is confirmed. 换言之,通过指示文件夹的创建是有意的而不是意外的动作,文件夹的创建被确认。 In other words, create a folder by indicating intentional, rather than accidental actions, create a folder is confirmed.

[0299] 注意,此处参考方法700、800、900、1000、1100、1200(例如,图7A-7C、8A-8C、 9A-9B、10A-10B、11A-11C、12A-12E和5A-5PPP)描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于上面描述的方法600。 [0299] Note that, here 700,800,900,1000,1100,1200 reference method (e.g., FIGS. 7A-7C, 8A-8C, 9A-9B, 10A-10B, 11A-11C, 12A-12E and 5A- 5PPP) details of other processes described are also applicable in a similar manner to the method 600 described above. 例如,参考图6A-6E描述的可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有此处参考方法700、800、900、1000、1100或1200中的任何一个描述的各种可选择用户界面对象/图标/项目中(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的一个或多个特性。 For example, with reference to FIGS. 6A-6E selectable user interface object (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) described herein can have any one of various methods described herein with reference to the 1200 or 700,800,900,1000,1100 selectable user interface object / icons / items (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) of one or more characteristics. 为了简洁起见,此处不再重复这些细节。 For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

[0300] 图7A-7C是示出了根据某些实施例,管理文件夹图标和动作图标的方法700的流程图。 [0300] Figures 7A-7C are diagrams illustrating an embodiment in accordance with certain embodiments, a flowchart of a method for managing the operation of icons and folder icons 700. 在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如,图3的设备300或图1的便携多功能设备100)处执行方法700。 In performing the method (a portable multifunction device 100, for example, apparatus 300 of FIG. 3 or FIG. 1) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface multifunction apparatus 700. 在某些实施例中,所述显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在该显示器上。 In certain embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface on the display. 在某些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面相分离。 In certain embodiments, the display and the touch-sensitive surface phase separation. 方法700中的某些操作可被组合和/或某些操作的顺序可以改变。 Some operations in method 700 may be a combination of sequential and or / some operations may be changed.

[0301] 如下所述,方法700提供管理文件夹图标和动作图标的直观方法。 [0301] As described below, the method 700 provides an intuitive way to manage the operation folder icon and icons. 该方法减少了用户管理文件夹图标和动作图标时的认知负担,从而创建更高效的人机界面。 The method reduces the cognitive burden on the folder icon and the action icon user management file, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. 对于以电池工作的计算设备,使用户能够更快且更高效地创建新文件夹节省了电能,并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。 For battery-operated computing device to enable a user to more quickly and efficiently create new file folder saves power and increases the time between battery charges.

[0302] 设备在显示器上并行显示(702) -个或多个动作图标(例如,应用图标和除了文件夹图标之外的其它可激活图标)和一个或多个文件夹图标。 [0302] parallel display device (702) on a display - one or more actions icons (e.g., icons, and other applications in addition may activate an icon of a folder icon), and one or plurality of folder icons. 设备具有用于激活应用的正常操作模式(例如,如图5A、5L、5000-5PPP所示)和用于在显示器上重新布置动作图标和文件夹图标的用户界面重配置模式(例如,如图5B-5K、5M-5N、5P-5NNN所示)。 Apparatus having a normal mode of operation for activating the application (e.g., FIG. 5A, 5L, 5000-5PPP shown) for rearranging on a display of the user interface reconfiguration mode operation icons and folder icons (e.g., FIG. 5B-5K, 5M-5N, 5P-5NNN shown). 在某些实施例中,当设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)分别在其各自的平均位置周围振荡,以便指示设备处于用户界面重配置模式,并且可以在显示器各处移动可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)〇 In certain embodiments, when the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, selectable user interface object (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) are oscillating around their respective average positions, to indicate that the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, and you can move around on the display selectable user interface object (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) square

[0303] 设备检测(704)第一输入(例如,图5XX中的敲击手势5155、图5XX中的敲击手势5156、图5000中的敲击手势5208或图5000中的敲击手势5210)。 [0303] The first input device detects (704) (e.g., in FIG 5XX tap gesture 5155, in FIG 5XX tap gesture 5156, in 5000 in FIG tap gesture 5208 or 5000 in FIG tap gesture 5210) . 在某些实施例中,当第一输入是(706)在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器上相应文件夹图标的位置相对应的位置处的敲击手势时(例如,图5XX中在与文件夹图标5004-1-b相对应的位置处的敲击手势5156,或图5000中在与触摸屏112上的文件夹图标5004-7相对应的位置处的敲击手势5210),第一输入对应于选择该相应文件夹图标的请求。 In certain embodiments, when the first input is the (706) on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) when a tap gesture at a location corresponding to the folder icon on the display corresponding to the position (e.g., FIG 5XX at a location corresponding 5004-1-b with the folder icon tap gesture 5156 or 5000 in FIG file on the touch screen tap gesture 112 at the position corresponding icon folder 5004-7 5210), a first input corresponding to the selected request to the appropriate folder icon. 在某些实施例中,当第一输入是(708)在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器上相应动作图标的位置相对应的位置处的敲击手势时(例如,图5XX中在与Camera应用图标5002-12相对应的位置处的敲击手势5155,或图5000中在与触摸屏112上的Photos应用图标5002-1相对应的位置处的敲击手势5208),第一输入对应于选择该相应动作图标的请求。 In certain embodiments, when the first input is the (708) on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) when the tap gesture operation corresponding to the icon at the display position corresponding to the position (e.g., in FIG 5XX in the tap gesture 5155 5002-12 Camera application icon corresponding to the position, or FIG. 50005208), a first input and at tap gesture 5002-1 Photos application icon on the touch screen 112 corresponding to the position corresponding to the corresponding action selection request icon.

[0304] 响应于检测到第一输入,执行(710)操作712-718和744-766。 [0304] In response to detecting the first input, performing (710) 712-718 and 744-766 operate.

[0305] 在某些实施例中,设备确定第一输入是选择文件夹的请求还是选择动作图标的请求。 [0305] In certain embodiments, the device determines a first input is a selection request or a folder icon selection request operation. 当第一输入是选择(712)动作图标的请求时,设备执行下面参考操作744-766更详细讨论的操作。 When the first input is selected (712) requesting an operation icon, the device performs operations discussed in more detail below with reference to operations 744-766. 相反,当第一输入是选择(714)动作图标的请求时,设备执行下面参考操作716-742更详细讨论的操作。 In contrast, when the first input is selected (714) requesting an operation icon, the device performs the operation discussed in more detail below with reference to operations 716-742.

[0306] 当设备确定(716)第一输入对应于选择一个或多个文件夹图标中的相应文件夹图标的请求时,不论设备处于正常操作模式还是用户界面重配置模式,设备显示(718)与该相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容。 [0306] When determining the first input device (716) when the corresponding select one or more appropriate folder icon folder icon request, whether the device is in a normal operating mode or user interface reconfiguration mode, the device displays (718) contents of the folder icon associated with the appropriate folder. 例如,在图5XX中,在设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,设备检测在与文件夹图标5004-1-b的位置处相对应的敲击手势5156,并且响应于检测到敲击手势5156,设备显示与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹的文件夹视图5158,如图5YY所示。 For example, in FIG 5XX, the device is in the user interface reconfiguration mode, the detection device at a position folder icon 5004-1-b corresponding tap gesture 5156, and in response to detecting a tap gesture 5156, apparatus displays file folder icon 5004-1-b folder associated folder view 5158, as shown in FIG 5YY. 类似地,在图5000中,在设备处于正常操作模式时,设备检测在与文件夹图标5004-7相对应的位置处的敲击手势5210,并且响应于检测到敲击手势5210,设备显示与文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的文件夹视图5212,如图5PPP所示。 Similarly, in FIG. 5000, when the device is in normal operating mode, the device detects a tap gesture with the file icon 5004-7 at a position corresponding to a folder 5210, and in response to detecting a tap gesture 5210, a display device and file folder icon 5004-7 folder associated folder view 5212, as shown in FIG 5PPP.

[0307] 在某些实施例中,在设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,还可以响应于文件夹重定位输入而移动文件夹图标。 [0307] In certain embodiments, when the device is user interface reconfiguration mode may also be moved in response to the folder icon in the folder input relocatable. 例如,在图5QQ中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的文件夹图标5004-7的位置相对应的位置处的接触5132, 以及该接触在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上的后续移动5134。 At the contact position, for example, in FIG 5QQ, the device detects the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) folder on the position of the icon 5004-7 corresponding to 5132, and the contact the touch sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on subsequent movement 5134. 响应于检测到该输入,设备将文件夹图标5004-7移动到显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的可选择用户界面对象布置内基于该输入确定的位置,如图5SS所示。 In response to detecting the input, the device is moved to the folder icon 5004-7 display (e.g., touch screen 112) of selectable user interface objects arranged on the input based on the determined position, as shown in FIG 5SS. 在某些实施例中,在设备处于正常操作模式时不能重定位文件夹图标。 In certain embodiments, when the device is in a normal operating mode can not be relocated folder icon. 换言之,在设备处于正常操作模式时执行的相同手势不使得设备重定位可选择用户界面对象布置内的文件夹图标。 In other words, the same gesture performed when the device is in a normal operating mode such that the device does not select the file relocation within the user interface object arrangement folder icon.

[0308] 在某些实施例中,显示与相应文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容包括显示(720) 多个动作图标(例如,在图5YY中,设备显示文件夹视图5158内的动作图标5002-20、 5002-21、5002-22、5002-23、5002-24和5002-25,或在图5???中,设备显示文件夹视图5212 内的动作图标5002-9、5002-4、5002-13、5002-8)。 [0308] In certain embodiments, the display icon associated with a respective folders folder includes a display (720) a plurality of operation icons (e.g., in FIG 5YY, the device displays the folder icon in view of operation 5158 5002-20, and 5002-25 5002-21,5002-22,5002-23,5002-24, or ??? in FIG. 5, the device displays the folder icon in the operation of the view 5212 5002-9,5002-4 , 5002-13,5002-8). 在这些实施例的某些中,设备检测(724) 对多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的选择。 Selection of the respective plurality of operation icons in the icon operation in certain of these embodiments, the device detects (724). 在这些实施例的某些中,响应于检测到对相应动作图标的选择,执行(726)操作728-734。 In certain of these embodiments, the appropriate action in response to selection of the icon is detected, performing (726) operations 728-734. 在某些实施例中,设备确定设备处于正常操作模式还是用户界面重配置模式。 In certain embodiments, the device determines that the device is in a normal operating mode or user interface reconfiguration mode. 在这些实施例的某些中,当设备处于(728)正常操作模式时,设备激活(730)与该相应动作图标相关联的应用(例如,在图5PPP中,当设备检测到在与Stocks应用图标5002-9相对应的位置处的敲击手势5214时,作为响应,设备激活与Stocks应用图标5002-9相关联的Stocks应用);而当设备处于(732)用户界面重配置模式时,设备继续(734)显示该相应动作图标,而不激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用。 In certain of these embodiments, when the device is (728) a normal operating mode, the device activation (730) corresponding to the operation icon associated with an application (e.g., in FIG 5PPP, when the device detects the application and Stocks 5002-9 tap gesture icon at a position corresponding to 5214 when, in response, activates Stocks Stocks applications associated with the application icon 5002-9); and when the device is in the (732) user interface reconfiguration mode, the device continuing (734) to display the corresponding icon operation, without activating the application icon associated with the respective operation associated. 例如,在图5YY中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112) 上的App-7应用图标5002-25的位置相对应的位置处的敲击手势5161,并且作为响应,设备不激活与App-7应用图标5002-25相关联的任何应用。 For example, in FIG 5YY, the device detects the tap gesture on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) the display (e.g., touch screen 112) position on the App-7 5002-25 application icon corresponding to position 5161 , and in response, the device does not activate any application App-7 with an application icon associated 5002-25.

[0309] 在某些实施例中,当设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,响应于动作图标移动输入而移动文件夹内的动作图标。 [0309] In certain embodiments, when the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, in response to the input operation of moving the icon to move the operation folder icon. 例如,在图5TT中,当设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,设备检测动作图标移动输入,该输入包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的Stocks应用图标5002-9的位置相对应的位置处的接触5140,以及该接触在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上到与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上位于文件夹视图5138 内的位置相对应的位置处的后续移动5142,如图5TT所示。 For example, in FIG 5TT, when the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, the device detecting operation icon movement input, the input comprises Stocks Application touch sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on a display (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to the position of the contact 5140, and the contact position of the icon 5002-9 at a position on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) a file located on to a display (e.g., touch screen 112) interposed view of the 5138 corresponding subsequent movement position 5142, as shown in FIG 5TT. 响应于该动作图标移动输入,基于该输入在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上的移动,设备将Stocks应用图标5002-9移到文件夹视图5138内的可选择用户界面对象的布置内的新位置,如图5UU所示。 Icon moving in response to the input operation, based on the arrangement of the touch-sensitive input surface (e.g., touch screen 112) the mobile device application on the Stocks to a folder icon 5002-9 view of an alternative user interface object 5138 is within the new position, as shown in FIG 5UU.

[0310] 在某些实施例中,第一输入对应于选择相应文件夹图标的请求;并且当检测到第一输入时,设备处于用户界面重配置模式。 [0310] In certain embodiments, the first input corresponds to a request to select a folder icon; and when the first input is detected, the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode. 在这些实施例的某些中,在保持(736)在用户界面重配置模式时,设备显示(738)文件夹的内容。 In certain of these embodiments, the holder (736) when the user interface reconfiguration mode, the content display device (738) of the folder. 在这些实施例的某些中,在显示文件夹的内容后,设备检测(740)第二输入;并且响应于检测到第二输入,设备停止(742)显示文件夹视图。 In certain of these embodiments, after the display contents of a folder, the device detects (740) a second input; in response to detecting the second input, stop device (742) displayed folder view. 例如,在图5SS中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与文件夹图标5004-7相对应的位置处的第一输入(例如,敲击手势5136),并且响应于检测到该敲击手势,设备显示文件夹视图(例如,图5TT-5UU中的5138),其包括与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的内容(例如,动作图标5002-9、5002-4、 5002-13和5002-8)。 For example, in FIG 5SS, the device detects the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the first input file icon 5004-7 at positions corresponding folder (e.g., tap gesture 5136), and in response to detecting the tap gesture, the device displays the folder view (e.g., FIG. 5TT-5UU in 5138), which includes a document on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) the contents of the file folder icon 5004-7 folder associated (e.g., action icon 5002-9,5002-4, 5002-13 and 5002-8). 在显示文件夹视图5138时,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112) 上位于文件夹视图5138之外的位置处的第二输入(例如,位于触摸屏112的在文件夹视图下方的区域内的敲击手势)(例如,敲击手势5144),并且响应于检测到第二输入,设备停止在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示该文件夹视图,如图5VV所示。 When displaying folder view 5138, the device detects the folder of the second input at a location outside of the view 5138 on a touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) (e.g., of the touch screen 112 in a folder region below the view the tap gesture) (e.g., tap gesture 5144), and in response to detecting the second input, stopping a display device (e.g., touch screen 112 to display the folder view, shown on FIG 5VV).

[0311] 设备确定(744)第一输入对应于选择一个或多个动作图标中的相应动作图标的请求(例如,图5XX中在与Camera应用图标5002-12相对应的位置处的敲击手势5155、或图5000中在与Photos应用图标5002-1相对应的位置处的敲击手势5208)。 [0311] device determines (744) corresponding to a first input selecting one or more icons corresponding actions requested operation icon (e.g., in FIG 5XX tap gesture Camera at a position corresponding to the application icon in 5002-12 5155, or 5000 in FIG Photos application icon at a position corresponding to the 5002-1 tap gesture 5208). 在某些实施例中,设备确定设备处于正常操作模式还是用户界面重配置模式。 In certain embodiments, the device determines that the device is in a normal operating mode or user interface reconfiguration mode. 当设备处于(746)正常操作模式时,响应于检测到第一输入,设备执行下面更详细讨论的操作750-756。 When the device is (746) the normal operating mode, in response to detecting the first input, the operation 750-756 discussed in more detail below execution device. 相反,当设备处于(748)用户界面重配置模式时,响应于检测到第一输入,设备执行下面更详细讨论的操作758-766。 In contrast, when the device is (748) a user interface reconfiguration mode in response to detecting the first input, the operation 758-766 discussed in more detail below execution device.

[0312] 在某些实施例中,当设备处于(750)正常操作模式时,执行操作752-756。 [0312] In certain embodiments, when the device is (750) a normal operation mode, perform operations 752-756. 设备激活(752)与相应动作图标相关联的应用。 Activation device (752) with the respective application operation associated with the icon. 例如,在图5000中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上Photos应用图标5002-1的位置相对应的位置处的敲击手势5208,并且响应于检测到敲击手势5208,设备激活与Photos应用图标5002-1相关联的Photos应用。 For example, in FIG 5000, the device detects a tap gesture on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) Photos application icon 5002-1 position corresponding to position 5208, and in response to detecting a tap gesture 5208, and Photos Photos application device activates an application icon associated 5002-1. 在某些实施例中,当设备处于正常操作模式时,与相应应用相关联的相应动作图标的功能是激活(754)该相应应用(例如,动作图标是应用启动图标);并且在正常操作模式中时,不能在显示器上重新布置(756)应用图标和文件夹图标(例如,可选择用户界面对象在可选择用户界面对象的布置内的相对位置是固定的)。 In certain embodiments, when the device is in normal operation mode, the operation corresponding to the function icon associated with the respective application is activated (754) corresponding to the application (e.g., application launch action icon is an icon); and in a normal operation mode when, not rearranged on a display (756) the application icon and folder icons (e.g., the relative position of selectable user interface object in the arrangement of selectable user interface object is fixed). 应当理解,虽然可以在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上滚动、翻页或以其它方式平移可选择用户界面对象的布置,但是由于当设备执行这些操作时,各个可选择用户界面对象彼此的相对位置保持不变,因此这些操作不必然涉及可选择用户界面对象的任何重新布置。 It should be understood that, although the display can be scrolled (e.g., touch screen 112) on the page or otherwise translating selectable user interface object is arranged, when executed but since the operation device, each selectable user interface object relative positions It remains unchanged, so these operations do not necessarily involve any rearrangement selectable user interface object.

[0313] 当(758)设备处于用户界面重配置模式时执行操作760-766。 [0313] When (758) the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode to perform operations 760-766. 设备继续(760)显示相应动作图标,而不激活与该相应动作图标相关联的应用。 The device continues (760) displays icons corresponding to the operation, without activating the application associated with the corresponding icon operation. 例如,在图5XX中,设备检测在与Camera应用图标5002-12相对应的位置处的敲击手势5155,并且响应于检测到敲击手势5155,设备不激活与Photos应用图标5002-12相关联的Camera应用,并且仅仅继续显示可选择用户界面对象的布置,如图5XX所示。 For example, in FIG 5XX, the device detects the Camera application icon corresponding 5002-12 tap gesture 5155 at a location, and in response to detecting a tap gesture 5155, the device is not activated and Photos application icon associated 5002-12 the Camera application, and continue to display only selectable user interface object is arranged, as shown in FIG 5XX. 在某些实施例中,也可以通过敲击和拖动手势移动动作图标。 In some embodiments, icons may be moved by a tapping operation and the drag gesture. 例如,在图5XX中,如果设备检测到接触5155在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上的后续移动,设备将响应于检测到该移动,根据该移动在显示器(例如,触摸屏112) 上移动动作图标5002-12。 For example, in FIG 5XX, if the device detects a contact 5155 on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) subsequent movement of the device on in response to detecting the movement, movement (e.g., touch screen 112) according to the movement in the display action icon 5002-12.

[0314] 在某些实施例中,在设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,禁止(762)使用相应动作图标激活相应应用(例如,对选择Camera应用图标5002-12的请求不能激活该应用图标)。 [0314] In certain embodiments, when the device is user interface reconfiguration mode is prohibited (762) using a corresponding action activates a corresponding application icon (e.g., an application icon selection request 5002-12 Camera not activate the application icon) . 在某些实施例中,当设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,一个或多个动作图标包括(766)用于删除动作图标的删除区域,而文件夹图标都不包括用于删除文件夹图标的删除区域。 In certain embodiments, when the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, icons include one or more actions (766) for deleting an icon to delete operation region, and the folder icon are not included in the folder icon for deleting delete area. 例如,在图5B中,设备显示与多个动作图标(例如,5002-4、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-10、 5002-11和5002-13)相关联的对象移除标记5010,但是不显示与任何文件夹图标(例如, 5004-1-b或5004-2)相关联的对象移除标记。 For example, in Figure 5B, the device displays a plurality of operation icons (e.g., 5002-4,5002-5,5002-6,5002-7,5002-10, 5002-11 and 5002-13) object associated shift in addition to markers 5010, but does not display (e.g., 5004-1-b or 5004-2) object associated with removing any labeled folder icon. 在某些实施例中,设备检测删除输入,包括对相应动作图标的相应删除区域的选择(例如,图5B中的敲击手势5011);并且删除该相应动作图标(例如,Weather应用图标5002-5)。 In certain embodiments, the device detects erasing input, comprising selecting (e.g., tap gesture 5011 in FIG. 5B) of the corresponding operation icons corresponding to the deleted region; and deletes the corresponding icon operation (e.g., weather Weather app icon 5002- 5). 在某些实施例中,一个或多个动作图标不包括删除区域。 In certain embodiments, one or more actions comprises deleting icons region does not. 例如,在图5B中,多个动作图标(例如,动作图标5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、 5002-9、5002-12、5002-14、5002-15和5002-16)与提供对设备的基本功能的访问的应用(例如,Photos (照片)、eMail (电子邮件)、Camera (照相机)、Web Browser (网络浏览器)) 相关联,因此在处于用户界面重配置模式时,不能被设备删除。 For example, in Figure 5B, the operation of the plurality of icons (e.g., icons 5002-1,5002-2,5002-3 operation, 5002-9,5002-12,5002-14,5002-15 and 5002-16) and provide the application of the basic functions of the device are accessible (for example, photos (photo), eMail (email), camera (camera), Web browser (Web browser)) is associated, and therefore in the user interface reconfiguration mode, can not deleted device. 在某些实施例中,在处于用户界面重配置模式时,如上面更详细描述的,可以响应于检测到的输入,在显示器(例如, 触摸屏112)上重新布置(764)应用图标和文件夹图标。 In certain embodiments, when in the user interface reconfiguration mode, as described in more detail above, in response to the detected input, rearranged on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) (764) application icons and folders icon.

[0315] 注意,此处参考方法600、800、900、1000、1100、1200(例如,图6A-6E、8A-8C、 9A-9B、10A-10B、11A-11C、12A-12E和5A-5PPP)描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于上面描述的方法700。 [0315] Note that, here 600,800,900,1000,1100,1200 reference method (e.g., FIGS. 6A-6E, 8A-8C, 9A-9B, 10A-10B, 11A-11C, 12A-12E and 5A- 5PPP) details of other processes described are also applicable in a similar manner to the method 700 described above. 例如,参考图7A-7C描述的可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有此处参考方法600、800、900、1000、1100或1200中的任何一个描述的各种可选择用户界面对象/图标/项目中(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的一个或多个特性。 For example, with reference to FIGS. 7A-7C selectable user interface object (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) described herein can have any one of various methods described herein with reference to the 1200 or 600,800,900,1000,1100 selectable user interface object / icons / items (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) of one or more characteristics. 为了简洁起见,此处不再重复这些细节。 For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

[0316] 图8A-8C是示出了根据某些实施例,命名新文件夹的方法800的流程图。 [0316] FIGS. 8A-8C are a flowchart illustrating a method 800 according to some embodiments, new folder name. 在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如,图3的设备300或图1的便携多功能设备100)处执行方法800。 In performing the method (a portable multifunction device 100, for example, apparatus 300 of FIG. 3 or FIG. 1) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface multifunction apparatus 800. 在某些实施例中,所述显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在该显示器上。 In certain embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface on the display. 在某些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面相分离。 In certain embodiments, the display and the touch-sensitive surface phase separation. 方法800中的某些操作可被组合和/或某些操作的顺序可以改变。 Some operations in method 800 may be and / or some sequential combination of operations may vary.

[0317] 如下所述,方法800提供了命名新文件夹的直观方法。 [0317] As described below, the method 800 provides an intuitive method for naming the new folder. 该方法减少了用户命名新文件夹时的认知负担,从而创建更高效的人机界面。 This method reduces the cognitive burden on a user Name the new folder, thus creating a more efficient human-machine interface. 对于以电池工作的计算设备,使得用户能够更快地命名新文件夹,并且更有效地节省电能,并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。 For battery-operated computing device to enable the user to name the new folder quickly, more efficiently and save power and increases the time between battery charges.

[0318] 设备接收(802)与创建包含第一项目和第二项目(例如,项目可以是与显示器上的图标或其它可选择用户界面对象相对应的应用、软件程序或文件)的文件夹的请求相对应的输入。 File [0318] receiving device (802) comprises creating the first and second items (e.g., items may be selectable icons or other objects on the display a user interface corresponding to the application software programs or files) in folders corresponding to the request input. 在某些实施例中,该文件夹最初只包含第一项目和第二项目(即,第一项目和第二项目是文件夹中的前两个项目)。 In certain embodiments, the folder initially contains only the first and second items (i.e., the first item and the second item is a folder in the first two items). 在某些实施例中,创建包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹的请求包括(804)与将第一项目移动到邻近第二项目的请求,或将第一项目拖动到第二项目上面的请求相对应的输入(例如,如上面参考方法600更详细描述的)。 In certain embodiments, the request comprises creating a first and second items includes a folder (804) the request to move the first item adjacent the second item, drag, or the first item to a second item the above input corresponding to the request (e.g., as described above with reference to method 600 described in more detail below). 例如,在图5M中,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的Solitaire应用图标5002-4的位置相对应的位置(例如,图5M中的触摸屏112上的第一接触位置5040-a)处的接触5040,以及该接触在触敏表面上的后续移动5042 (例如,该接触在触摸屏112上到图5N中的第二位置5040-b的移动)。 For example, in FIG. 5M, the device detects on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) the display (e.g., touch screen 112) the position Solitaire application icon on 5002-4 corresponding to a position (e.g., Fig. 5M touchscreen 5040 contacts first contact 112 position 5040-a), 5042 and subsequent movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., the contact movement on the touch screen 112 to the second position in Figure 5N is 5040-b ). 响应于检测到该输入,设备将Solitaire应用图标5002-4移动到邻近Racing应用图标5002-13 (或在其上面),如图5N 所示。 In response to detecting the input, the device moves Solitaire application icons 5002-4 to 5002-13 adjacent Racing application icon (or thereon), as shown in FIG 5N. 在这个例子中,设备检测预定的文件夹创建准则(例如,图5N中的接触5040-b的终止),并且创建包括Solitaire应用图标5002-4和Racing应用图标5002-13的文件夹,并且在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上显示该文件夹的文件夹图标5004-7,如图50和5S所示。 In this example, the device detects a predetermined folder creation criteria (e.g., a contact 5040-b in FIG 5N termination), and creating a Solitaire application icons 5002-4 and 5002-13 Racing application folder icons, and a display (e.g., touch screen 112) the display file folder icon 5004-7, as shown on FIG. 50 and 5S. 作为另一个例子,设备可以接收选择第一项目的第一输入、选择第二项目的第二输入、和与执行新文件夹创建操作的命令相对应的第三输入(例如,在文件浏览器或上下文菜单内的"newfolder (新文件夹)"命令上的点击等)。 As another example, a first device may receive a selection input of the first item, a second input of the second selection item, and perform the operation command creates a new folder corresponding to the third input (e.g., in the file browser or "newfolder (new folder)" click on the command in the context menu, etc.).

[0319] 响应于接收到该输入执行(806)操作808-844。 [0319] In response to receiving the operation input 808-844 performed (806). 设备创建(808)包含第一项目和第二项目的文件夹。 File creation device (808) includes first and second items folder. 设备确定(810)与第一项目相关联的第一多个描述符(例如,"Game(游戏)"、"Card Game (纸牌游戏)'"Solitaire Game (单人纸牌游戏")。设备还确定(812) 与第二项目相关联的第二多个描述符(例如,"Game (游戏)'"Action Game (动作游戏)"、 "Racing Game (竞赛游戏)")。在某些实施例中,设备确定是否存在由第一多个描述符和第二多个描述符共享的公共描述符。继续该例子,从上面可见,Solitaire应用和Racing应用两者与公共描述符"Game"相关联。当存在(814)公共描述符时,设备执行下面更详细描述的操作824-844。 Determination device (810) with a first plurality of descriptors associated with a first item (e.g., "Game (game)", "Card Game (Solitaire) '" Solitaire Game (Solitaire ") device also determines (812) a second plurality of descriptors associated with the second item (e.g., "game (game) '" action game (action game) "," Racing game (a racing game) "). in certain embodiments , the device determines whether there is a first plurality of descriptors and a plurality of second shared common descriptors descriptor. continuing with this example, seen from above, both the application and the Solitaire application common descriptor Racing "Game" is associated. when present (814) common descriptor performing the operation described in greater detail 824-844 equipment.

[0320] 在某些实施例中,当不存在(816)公共描述符时,设备确定第一多个描述符和第二多个描述符不共享(818)任何公共描述符:设备基于第一多个描述符中的描述符,自动生成(820)该文件夹的文件夹名称;并且在显示器上显示(822)具有该自动生成的文件夹名称的文件夹的图标。 [0320] In certain embodiments, when (816) the common descriptor is not present, the device determines a first plurality of descriptors and a second plurality of descriptors are not shared (818) of any common descriptors: a first device based on identifier descriptor that describes a plurality of automatically generated (820) the file name of the folder; and displaying (822) on a display of the automatically generated file icon having a folder name of the folder. 换言之,仅基于最初添加到文件夹的两个项目之一的描述符确定文件夹的文件夹名称。 In other words, based on only one of the two initially added to the project folder descriptor file determine folder name. 在某些实施例中,所述描述符是被选择以添加到文件夹的第一项目的描述符(例如,如果在创建文件夹之前选择了多于一个项目)。 In certain embodiments, the selected descriptor is added to the first item in descriptor file folder (e.g., if more than one item is selected before creating the folder). 在某些实施例中,所述描述符是添加到了文件夹的第一项目的描述符。 In certain embodiments, the descriptor is added to the first item of the folder descriptor. 例如,在图50中,与Camera应用图标5002-12 相关联的Camera 应用与诸如"Photography (摄影)"和"Camera Management (照相机管理)"的描述符相关联,而与Stocks应用图标5002-9相关联的Stocks应用具有诸如"Utilities (实用程序)"和"Financial Management (金融管理)"的描述符。 For example, in FIG. 50, Camera and Camera application associated with the application icon such as 5002-12 "Photography (photography)" and "Camera Management (camera management)" descriptor associated with the application icon 5002-9 and Stocks Stocks associated with the application has "utilities (utilities)" and "financial management (financial management)" descriptors such. 在这个例子中,这两个应用图标与不共享任何描述符的应用相关联。 In this example, the two applications do not share any application icon associated with the descriptor. 因此,在这个例子中,通过将Camera应用图标5002-12拖动到邻近Stocks应用图标5002-9而创建的文件夹被命名为"PHOTOGRAPHY"文件夹5004-10,而通过将Stocks应用图标5002-9拖动到邻近Camera应用图标5002-12而创建的文件夹被命名为"UTILITIES"文件夹5004-11。 Thus, in this example, the file by dragging the Camera application icon 5002-12 to 5002-9 neighboring Stocks application icon and create a folder named "PHOTOGRAPHY" folder 5004-10, and by the Stocks application icon 5002- 9 Camera application icon and drag it to the neighboring 5002-12 created folder is named "UTILITIES" folder 5004-11. 换言之,在某些实施例中,当使用不共享任何公共描述符的两个项目创建文件夹时,得到的文件夹的名称取决于项目(例如,与应用相关联的图标)被选择的顺序。 In other words, in certain embodiments, when not share any common descriptor created two items folder, the folder names obtained depends on the order item (e.g., application associated with the icon) is selected.

[0321] 当设备确定(824)第一多个描述符和第二多个描述符共享至少第一公共描述符时。 [0321] When the device determines (824) a first plurality of descriptors and a second plurality of descriptors share at least during a first common descriptor. 例如,在图50中,与Solitaire应用图标5002-4相关联的Solitaire应用与诸如"Game"、"Card Game"、"Solitaire Game" 的描述符相关联,而与Racing 应用图标5002-13 相关联的Racing应用具有诸如"Game"、"Action Game"、"Racing Game"的描述符。 For example, in FIG. 50, the Solitaire application 5002-4 Solitaire application icon associated with such "Game", "Card Game", "Solitaire Game" descriptor associated with the application icon 5002-13 associated Racing Racing applications with the "Game", "Action Game", "Racing Game" descriptors such. 在这个例子中,两个应用图标与仅仅共享单个描述符(例如,"Game")的应用相关联,并且因此选择该描述符作为公共描述符。 In this example, only two application icons and sharing a single descriptor (e.g., "Game") associated with the application, and thus select the descriptor as a common descriptor. 在某些实施例中,第一多个描述符和第二多个描述符共享一个或多个描述符的集合;一个或多个描述符的共享集合内的描述符具有不同的具体性(specificity)级别;并且设备选择(826)该一个或多个描述符的共享集合内的最具体的描述符作为第一公共描述符。 In certain embodiments, a first plurality of descriptors and a second plurality of descriptors share one or more sets of descriptors; one or more descriptors in the set of shared descriptors have different specific properties (specificity ) level; and most particularly descriptors within the shared collection device selects (826) the one or more descriptors as the first common descriptor. 例如,在图50中,与Car Race (赛车)应用图标5002-17相关联的Car Race应用与诸如"Game"、"Action Game"、"Racing Game"的描述符相关联,而与Air Race (飞行竞赛)应用图标5002-18相关联的Air Race应用具有诸如"Game'"Action Game"、"Racing Game"的描述符。在这个例子中,两个应用图标与共享多个描述符(例如, "Game")的应用相关联,并且因此选择最具体的描述符(例如,"Racing Game")作为公共描述符。 For example, in FIG. 50, Car Race Application Car Race (Racing) 5002-17 application icon associated with such "Game", "Action Game", "Racing Game" descriptor associated with the Air Race ( competition flight) Air race 5002-18 application icon associated with the application, such as having a "Game '" Action Game "," Racing Game "descriptors. in this example, two application icons and a plurality of shared descriptors (e.g., "Game") associated with the application, and thus choose the most specific descriptor (e.g., "Racing Game") as a common descriptor.

[0322] 在某些实施例中,第一多个描述符包括以前分配给第一项目的多个标签;第二多个描述符包括以前分配给第二项目的多个标签;并且第一公共描述符是(828)包括在第一多个标签和第二多个标签中的标签。 [0322] In certain embodiments, a first plurality of descriptors comprising a plurality of previously allocated to the first item tags; a second plurality of descriptors comprising a plurality of tags previously assigned to the second item; and a first common descriptor is the (828) comprises a first tag and the second plurality of tags in the plurality of tags. 在某些实施例中,由设备的用户给各个项目分配标签, 并且仅应用于本地存储的项目。 In certain embodiments, a user equipment assigned to each item tag and apply only locally stored program. 在某些实施例中,标签在远程服务器处被分配,并且由远程服务器发送到设备。 In certain embodiments, labels are assigned at the remote server, and transmitted by the remote server to the device.

[0323] 在某些实施例中,第一多个描述符包括第一类别层次结构;第二多个描述符包括第二类别层次结构;并且第一公共描述符是(830)包括在第一类别层次结构和第二类别层次结构中的类别(例如,"Game" >"CardGame" >"Solitaire Game" 或"Game" >"Action Game" > "Racing Game")。 [0323] In certain embodiments, a first plurality of descriptors including a first category hierarchy; the second plurality of descriptors including a second category hierarchy; and a first common descriptor (830) comprises a first and a second category hierarchy category hierarchy category (e.g., "Game"> "CardGame"> "Solitaire Game" or "Game"> "Action Game"> "Racing Game"). 在某些实施例中,第一类别层次结构是(832)应用数据库(例如,应用商店中的应用的数据库)中已分配了第一项目的类别集合,并且第二类别层次结构是应用数据库中已分配了第二项目的类别集合。 In certain embodiments, the first category hierarchy is (832) a database application (e.g., app store database application) has been assigned a set of the first item category and the second category is the application database hierarchy the second category has been assigned a set of projects. 在某些实施例中,应用数据库是(834) 应用商店中的应用的数据库。 In certain embodiments, the application database (834) stores the application database application. 例如,在某些实施例中,描述符至少部分地基于用于移动设备的专用应用商店(例如,用于Apple iPhone的App Store)中的应用的类别名称。 For example, in certain embodiments, the descriptor at least partially based on the dedicated application store (e.g., for the Apple iPhone App Store) for moving the device class name of the application. 在某些实施例中,以指示关于项目的附加信息的附加标签(例如,项目创建者的名称、项目创建的日期/时间等)作为这些类别名称的补充。 In certain embodiments, additional labels to indicate additional information about the item (e.g., item name of the creator, the created date of the project / time, etc.) as a supplement to the category names.

[0324] 当第一多个描述符和第二多个描述符共享至少第一公共描述符时,设备基于第一公共描述符自动生成(836)文件夹的文件夹名称。 [0324] When the first and second plurality of descriptors share at least a first plurality of descriptors common descriptor device based on the first common descriptor to automatically generate (836) the name of the file folder. 在生成文件夹名称之后,设备在显示器上显示(838)具有自动生成的文件夹名称的文件夹的图标。 After generating the folder name, the device displays (838) having an icon on the display automatically generated file folder name of the folder. 继续上面的例子,如图50和5S 所示,通过将Solitaire应用图标5002-4拖动到邻近Racing应用图标5002-13而创建的文件夹被命名为"GAMES"文件夹5004-7。 Following the example above, as shown in FIG. 50 and 5S, the Solitaire application icon files by dragging 5002-4 to 5002-13 application icon adjacent Racing created folder is named "GAMES" folder 5004-7.

[0325] 在某些实施例中,设备并行显示(840)文件夹的图标和文件夹的文件夹视图,文件夹视图示出文件夹的内容。 [0325] In certain embodiments, the device file icons and parallel display (840) of the folder view folder, the folder view illustrating the contents of a folder. 例如,响应于检测到使设备创建文件夹(例如,图5S中的文件夹5004-7)的输入(例如,图5M中的接触5040和移动5042),设备自动显示文件夹的图5Y中的文件夹视图5092。 For example, in response to detecting that the device creates a folder (for example, Figure 5S folder 5004-7) input (e.g., 5040 in FIG. 5M contacting and moving 5042), the device automatically displays a folder 5Y in FIG. folder view 5092. 换言之,设备自动从图5M所示的用户界面(其中检测到文件夹创建输入)转变为图5S所示的用户界面(其中,创建了文件夹,并且显示文件夹图标5004-7) 和图5Y所示的用户界面(其中,显示该文件夹的文件夹视图5092),而不需要来自用户的任何进一步干预。 In other words, the device automatically changes from the user interface shown in FIG. 5M (wherein detecting the input folder creation) for the user interface shown in FIG 5S (wherein creating a folder, and displays the folder icon 5004-7) and 5Y user interface shown in (wherein the display file folder view 5092), without any further intervention from the user.

[0326] 在某些实施例中,响应于接收到该输入,设备显示(842)已经创建文件夹的通知, 其中该通知包括用于重命名文件夹的指示。 [0326] In certain embodiments, in response to receiving the input, a display device (842) notifies the folder has been created, wherein the notification comprises an indication for renaming folders. 例如,在图5P中,在创建文件夹之后,设备显示名称确认对话5064,其向用户提供用于确认文件夹的创建、重命名文件夹和取消文件夹创建的选项,如上面更详细描述的。 For example, in Figure 5P, after creating a folder, device name display a confirmation dialog 5064, which provides for the user to create a folder to confirm, cancel folder creation options and rename the folder, as described in more detail above . 在某些实施例中,响应于接收到该输入,设备显示(844) 用于重命名文件夹的文本输入字段。 In some embodiments, in response to receiving the input, a display device (844) for the text input field to rename folder. 例如,在图5P中,如果设备检测到与重命名文件夹的请求相对应的输入(例如,在重命名按钮上的敲击手势5070),设备显示改变新文件夹的名称的对话5072 (例如,从"games"到图5Q中所示的"fun")。 For example, in Figure 5P, if the device detects a request to rename a folder with corresponding input (e.g., tap gesture 5070 on the rename button), the display device 5072 to change the conversational new folder name (e.g. from the "games" as shown in the FIG. 5Q "fun"). 作为另一个例子,响应于检测到与激活文件夹重命名按钮的请求相对应的输入(例如,图5Y中的敲击手势5098),如图5DD所示,设备显示包括文本输入字段的文件夹重命名区域5108。 As another example, in response to detecting a request to rename a folder activation button corresponding to the input (e.g., 5Y in FIG tap gesture 5098), as shown in FIG 5DD, the display device includes a file folder text input field rename the area 5108.

[0327] 在某些实施例中,设备检测(846)另外的输入,并且响应于检测到另外的输入,设备向文件夹添加(848)第三项目。 [0327] In certain embodiments, the device detects (846) a further input, and in response to detecting a further input, adding device (848) to the third item folder. 在这些实施例的某些中,设备确定(850)与第三项目相关联的第三多个描述符。 In some of these, the apparatus of this embodiment is determined (850) and the third plurality of third items associated descriptor. 在这些实施例的某些中,设备选择(852)第一多个描述符、第二多个描述符和第三多个描述符所共享的第二描述符。 In some, the device selects (852) a first of these embodiments, a plurality of descriptors, a second plurality of descriptors and a plurality of third shared descriptors second descriptor. 在这些实施例的某些中,设备基于第二描述符自动生成(854)文件夹的新文件夹名称。 Automatically generating a second descriptor based on some of these, the apparatus of this embodiment (854) the new file folder name. 换言之,在这些实施例中,当文件夹的内容改变时,文件夹的名称改变。 In other words, in these embodiments, when changing the contents of a folder, the folder name changes. 例如,如果Solitaire应用图标5002-4被添加到与RACING GAMES文件夹图标5004-8相关联的文件夹,设备将RACING GAMES文件夹图标5004-8的名称变成新名称(例如,从"RACING GAMES"到"GAMES"),其中该新名称至少部分地基于由文件夹内的所有三个项目(例如,Solitaire应用图标5002-4、Car Race应用图标5002-17和Air Race应用图标5002-18)共享的描述符。 For example, if the Solitaire application icon is added to the file icon 5002-4 5004-8 associated with RACING GAMES folder, device RACING GAMES folder icon name 5004-8 becomes the new name (for example, from "RACING GAMES "to" GAMES "), in which the new name at least in part, based on all three projects (for example, Solitaire application icon 5002-4, Car Race Air Race application icon 5002-17 and 5002-18 by the application icons within the folder) a shared descriptor. 相反,在某些实施例中,当文件夹被创建时,文件夹名称是固定的,因此向文件夹添加新项目不改变文件夹名称。 In contrast, in some embodiments, when the folder is created, the folder name is fixed, so add a new item without changing the name of the folder to folder.

[0328] 注意,此处参考方法600、700、900、1000、1100、1200(例如,图6A-6E、7A-7C、 9A-9B、10A-10B、11A-11C、12A-12E和5A-5PPP)描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于上面描述的方法800。 [0328] Note that, here 600,700,900,1000,1100,1200 reference method (e.g., FIGS. 6A-6E, 7A-7C, 9A-9B, 10A-10B, 11A-11C, 12A-12E and 5A- 5PPP) details of other processes described are also applicable in a similar manner to the method 800 described above. 例如,参考图8A-8C描述的项目(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有此处参考方法600、700、900、1000、1100或1200中的任何一个描述的各种可选择用户界面对象/图标/项目中(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的一个或多个特性。 For example, with reference to FIGS. 8A-8C items (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) described herein can have a variety of methods described herein with reference to 600,700,900,1000,1100 or any selectable user 1200 interface objects / icons / items (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) of one or more characteristics. 为了简洁起见,此处不再重复这些细节。 For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

[0329] 图9A-9B是示出了根据某些实施例,响应于图标管理输入,调整可选择用户界面对象的激活区域的方法900的流程图。 [0329] Figures 9A-9B are a flowchart illustrating a method 900 according to some embodiments, in response to an input icon management, the active region selectively adjust the user interface object. 在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如,图3的设备300或图1的便携多功能设备100)处执行方法900。 In performing the method (a portable multifunction device 100, for example, apparatus 300 of FIG. 3 or FIG. 1) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface multifunction apparatus 900. 在某些实施例中,所述显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在该显示器上。 In certain embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface on the display. 在某些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面相分离。 In certain embodiments, the display and the touch-sensitive surface phase separation. 方法900中的某些操作可被组合和/或某些操作的顺序可以改变。 Some operations in method 900 may be combined or sequential and / some operations may be changed.

[0330] 如下所述,方法900提供了管理图标的直观方法。 [0330] As described below, the method 900 provides an intuitive method of managing icons. 该方法减少了用户管理图标时的认知负担,从而创建更高效的人机界面。 This method reduces the cognitive burden on a user management icon to create a more efficient human-machine interface. 对于以电池工作的计算设备,使得用户能够更快地管理图标,并且更有效地节省电能,并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。 For battery-operated computing device to enable the user to manage icons faster and more effectively save energy, and increases the time between battery charges.

[0331] 设备在显示器上显示(902)多个图标(例如,可选择用户界面对象,诸如触摸屏112上的应用图标5002和/或文件夹图标5004)。 [0331] The device displays (902) a plurality of icons (e.g., selectable user interface objects, such as the application icon 5002 on the touch screen 112 and / or the folder icon 5004) on the display. 在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的第一位置处显示多个图标中的第一图标(例如,动作图标或文件夹图标)。 A display (e.g., touch screen 112) at a first location on the display a plurality of icons in a first icon (e.g., icon or the operation folder icon). 多个图标中与第一图标不同的第二图标(例如,动作图标或文件夹图标)具有(906)处于显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的第二位置处的默认大小的激活区域,第二位置不同于第一位置。 A plurality of second icon to the first icon different from the icon (e.g., icon or the operation folder icon) having a (906) is in the default size of the active region at a second location on the display (e.g., touch screen 112), a second a position different from the first position. 例如,在图5KK中,第一图标(例如,Stocks应用图标5002-9)被显示在可选择用户界面对象的第二行的右侧。 For example, in FIG 5KK, a first icon (e.g., 5002-9 Stocks application icon) is displayed on the right side of the second row of selectable user interface object. 在这个例子中,第二图标5004-7最初具有默认的激活区域(例如,图5KK中的5122-13-a)。 In this example, the second icon 5004-7 initially have a default active region (e.g., 5122-13-a in FIG 5KK). 在某些实施例中,每个图标(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)具有默认大小的激活区域(例如,图5KK中的激活区域5122)。 In certain embodiments, each icon (e.g., icon 5002, and the operation folder icon 5004) active region having a default size (e.g., in FIG 5KK active region 5122). 在某些实施例中,激活区域5122 是隐藏的激活区域(例如,该激活区域不被显示在显示器上)。 In certain embodiments, the active region 5122 is hidden in the active region (e.g., the active region is not displayed on the display).

[0332] 设备检测(908)与移动第一图标的请求相对应的输入。 [0332] The device detects (908) a first request with the mobile input corresponding icon. 例如,如图5KK所示,设备检测在触敏表面上与第一图标(例如,图5KK中的Stocks应用图标5002-9)相对应的位置处的手指接触5120,以及该手指接触在触敏表面上的移动5121 (例如,在触摸屏112 上从图5KK内的第一位置5120-a到图5LL内的第二位置5120-b到图5丽内的第三位置5120-c)。 For example, as shown in FIG. 5KK, the device is detected on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., an application icon Stocks in FIG 5KK 5002-9) corresponding to the finger at the position in contact with the first icon 5120, and the finger contact on the touch-sensitive mobile 5121 (e.g., 5120-b in a second position on the touch screen 112 within a first position within the 5120-a of FIG 5KK 5LL to FIG. 5 to FIG Korea the third position 5120-c) on the surface. 在检测到该输入之后,设备基于从第一位置到第二图标的位置的距离,从默认大小改变(910)第二图标的激活区域的大小。 After detection of the input device based on a distance from the first position to the second position of the icon, the size of the second active region size is changed from the default icon (910). 例如,在图5KK中,设备将第二图标的激活区域5122-13的大小从图5KK中的默认激活区域5122-13-a变成图5LL-5MM中的放大的激活区域5122-13-b。 For example, in FIG 5KK, the size of the device active region 5122-13 second icon is changed from the default FIG 5KK active region 5122-13-a magnified FIG 5LL-5MM active region of 5122-13-b . 在某些实施例中,响应于检测到在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上第一图标的位置相对应的位置处的接触,改变激活区域的大小(例如,设备响应于简单地检测到图5KK中的接触5120,将激活区域5122-13-a变成激活区域5122-13-b)。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting the contact with the display (e.g., touch screen 112) at a position corresponding to the position of the first icon on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112), changing the size of the active region ( For example, the device responds to easily detect the contact 5120 of FIG 5KK, the active region of the active region becomes 5122-13-a 5122-13-b). 在某些实施例中,响应于检测到接触从触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上第一图标的位置相对应的位置离开的移动,改变激活区域的大小(例如,设备仅在检测到接触5120的至少某种移动5121后,将激活区域5122-13-a变成激活区域5122-13-b)。 In some embodiments, in response to the detected movement of the contact on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) the position of the first icon corresponding to a position away, changing the size of the active region (e.g., the device only detects certain movement of at least 5120 after the contact 5121, the active region of the active region becomes 5122-13-a 5122-13-b).

[0333] 在某些实施例中,第二图标的激活区域的大小还至少部分地基于第二图标的类型而改变(912)。 [0333] In certain embodiments, the size of the active region of the second icon is also at least partially based on the second type of icon is changed (912). 在某些实施例中,当第二图标是文件夹图标时,激活区域具有(914)第一大小(例如,由于第一操作是将第一图标添加到由第二图标表示的文件夹)。 In certain embodiments, when the second icon is a folder icon, with the active region (914) a first size (e.g., since the first operation is to add an icon to the first file folder represented by the second icon). 在这些实施例的某些中,当第二图标是动作图标时,激活区域具有小于第一大小的第二大小(例如,由于第一操作是创建包括第一图标和第二图标的文件夹,换言之,激活区域被调整为使得最容易的是移动图标,其次容易的是向预先存在的文件夹添加图标,最难的是从两个激活图标创建新文件夹)。 In certain of these embodiments, when the second icon is an operation icon, the active region having a second size smaller than the first size (e.g., since the first operation is to create a first and second icons of folders, in other words, the active region is adjusted so that it is easiest to move the icon, followed by the clip is easy to add icons to the pre-existing file, the most difficult is to create a new folder icons from two activation).

[0334] 在某些实施例中,对于多个图标中除了第一图标之外的一个或多个相应图标,设备基于从第一位置到相应图标的相应位置的距离,从相应的默认大小改变(916)相应图标的相应激活区域的大小(例如,响应于检测到在触敏表面上对应于第一图标的位置处的接触,或响应于检测到该接触从触敏表面上对应于第一图标的位置离开的移动)。 [0334] In certain embodiments, a plurality of icons in addition to a plurality of respective first icon or icons, the corresponding device based on the distance from the first position to the position of the respective icon, a default size is changed from the corresponding (916) corresponding to the size of the active region of the appropriate icon (e.g., in response to detecting the touch-sensitive surface at a location corresponding to the contact with the first icon, or in response to detecting the contacts from the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a first mobile) away from the position of the icon. 例如, 在图5LL中,Photos应用图标5002-1的激活区域的大小基于从第一位置(例如,图5KK 内的接触5120-a的位置)到图5LL中Photos应用图标5002-1的相应位置的距离,从默认大小5122-1-a增大到更大的大小5122-1-b。 For example, in FIG 5LL, the size of the active region 5002-1 based Photos application icon from a first position (e.g., position of the contact 5120-a in Figure 5KK) Photos application icon into respective positions 5002-1 of FIG 5LL distance from 5122-1-a default size is increased to a larger size 5122-1-b. 类似地,应当注意,在某些实施例中,调整了多个其它图标(例如,分别在图5KK-5LL中的可选择用户界面对象5002-1、5002-2、 5002-6、5002-7、5004-lb、5002-10、5004-7、5002-14、5002-15、5002-16、5004-2)的默认激活区域(例如,图5KK 中的5122-5-a、5122-6-a、5122-9-a、5122-10-a、5122-14-a、 5122-15-a、5122-16-a、5122-17-a),如图5LL所示(例如,在图5LL中分别为调整后的激活区域5122-5-b、5122-6-b、5122-9-b、5122-10-b、5122-14-b、5122-15-b、5122-16-b、 5122-17-b)〇 Similarly, it should be noted that in some embodiments, a plurality of other icons adjusted (e.g., each selectable user interface object in FIG 5KK-5LL 5002-1,5002-2, 5002-6,5002-7 , 5004-lb, 5002-10,5004-7,5002-14,5002-15,5002-16,5004-2) the default active region (e.g., in FIG 5KK 5122-5-a, 5122-6- a, 5122-9-a, 5122-10-a, 5122-14-a, 5122-15-a, 5122-16-a, 5122-17-a), as shown (e.g. 5LL, 5LL in FIG. in the active region are adjusted 5122-5-b, 5122-6-b, 5122-9-b, 5122-10-b, 5122-14-b, 5122-15-b, 5122-16-b, 5122-17-b) square

[0335] 响应于检测到该输入,设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上将第一图标从第一位置移开(918)。 [0335] In response to detecting the input, a display device (e.g., touch screen 112) on the first icon is removed from a first position (918). 例如,在图5LL中,设备显不Stocks应用图标5002-9移动尚开第一位置(例如,图5KK中的Stocks应用图标5002-9的位置)。 For example, in FIG 5LL, the device does not significantly Stocks app icon 5002-9 is still moving a first open position (e.g., an application icon 5002-9 Stocks in FIG 5KK position). 在某些实施例中,当第一图标至少部分处于第二图标的激活区域内超过一个预定时间段时,在该输入终止时,设备显示(920)将执行一个动作的指示(例如,指示将创建新文件夹的动画,或指示将向第二图标代表的文件夹添加第一图标的动画)。 In certain embodiments, the active region when the first icon in the second icon at least partially exceeds a predetermined period of time, when the input is terminated, a display device (920) indicating an action to be performed (e.g., indicating create a new folder animation, or to indicate a second icon representing the folder will be added first icons of animation). 例如,当第二图标是文件夹图标时,设备可以突出显示该文件夹图标,以指示第一图标将被添加到文件夹。 For example, when the second icon is a folder icon, the device can highlight the folder icon to indicate that the first icon is added to the folder. 作为另一个例子,当第二图标是动作图标时, 设备可以突出显示该动作图标,以指示将创建包括第一图标和第二图标的文件夹。 As another example, when the second icon is an operation icon, the device may highlight the operation icon to indicate that creating a first and second icons in a folder.

[0336] 设备检测(922)该输入满足预定的触发准则(例如,检测手指接触的抬起)。 [0336] The device detects (922) the input satisfies the predetermined trigger criteria (e.g., detecting a finger contact lift). 在某些实施例中,检测输入满足预定的触发准则包括检测(924)第一输入的终止。 In certain embodiments, detecting the input satisfies a predetermined termination trigger criteria comprises detecting (924) a first input. 例如,当设备检测到接触5120-c从触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)的抬起时,检测到第一输入的终止。 For example, when the device detects a contact 5120-c is lifted from the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112), the detection of the termination of the first input.

[0337] 响应于检测到该输入满足预定的触发准则,执行(926)操作928-946。 [0337] In response to detecting the input satisfies the predetermined trigger criteria, performing (926) operations 928-946. 在某些实施例中,设备确定第一图标是否至少部分地处于第二图标的激活区域内。 In certain embodiments, the device determines whether the first icon at least partially within the active region of the second icon. 当第一图标至少部分地处于(928)第二图标的激活区域内时,设备执行下面更详细讨论的操作932-938。 When the active region (928) of the second icon in the first icon at least partially, discussed in more detail below operation execution devices 932-938. 相反,当第一图标不是至少部分地处于(930)第二图标的激活区域内时,设备执行下面更详细讨论的操作940-946。 In contrast, when the first icon is not at least partially within the active region (930) of the second icon, the operation execution apparatus discussed in more detail below 940-946.

[0338] 当设备确定(932)第一图标至少部分地处于第二图标的激活区域(例如,图5丽中的5122-13-b)内时,设备执行(934)与第二图标相关联的第一操作。 [0338] When the device determines (932) a first icon at least partially in an active region of a second icon (e.g., FIG. 5 in Korea 5122-13-b) inside the device performs (934) associated with the second icon the first operation. 在某些实施例中, 第一操作包括创建(936)包括第一图标和第二图标的文件夹(例如,如上面参考方法600 更详细描述的)。 In certain embodiments, the first operation includes creating (936) comprises a first and second icons in a folder (e.g., as described above with reference to method 600 described in more detail). 例如,在图5MM中,设备检测输入的终止(例如,接触5120-c的抬起), 并且响应于检测到输入的终止,设备将Stocks应用图标5002-9添加到GAMES文件夹图标5004-7所代表的文件夹,如图5NN所示。 For example, in Figure 5MM, the input device detects the termination (e.g., 5120-c in contact with the lift), in response to detection of termination of input device 5002-9 to add an application icon Stocks GAMES folder icon 5004-7 clip file represents, as shown in FIG 5NN. 在某些实施例中,第一操作包括将第一图标添加(938)到由第二图标表示的文件夹。 In certain embodiments, the first operation comprises adding a first icon (938) to a file folder represented by the second icon. 例如,如果设备在Stocks应用图标5002-9至少部分地处于另一个动作图标的激活区域内时检测到输入的终止,设备创建包括Stocks应用图标5002-9和所述另一个动作图标的文件夹,如上面参考图5M-5N更详细描述的。 For example, if the device is at least partially Stocks app icon 5002-9 created detected termination of input device when the active region further comprises an operation icon Stocks application icons 5002-9 and the other operation folder icon, 5M-5N as described in greater detail above with reference to FIG.

[0339] 当设备确定(940)第一图标在第二图标的激活区域之外时,设备执行(942)与第一操作不同的第二操作。 [0339] When the second operation device determines (940) a first icon is outside the active region of the second icon, the device performs (942) different from the first operation. 在某些实施例中,第二操作包括在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上重新布置(944)多个图标,从而第一图标邻近第二图标在显示器上的位置。 In certain embodiments, the second operation comprises a plurality of rearranging (944) the icon on the display (e.g., touch screen 112), so that a first position adjacent the second icon in the icon on the display. 例如,在图500 中,设备检测输入(例如,接触5124和该接触的移动5126),并且检测到在第二图标(例如, 图500中的GAMES文件夹图标5004-7)的激活区域5128-11之外的位置5124-b处已经满足了预定的触发准则(例如,接触5124已经停顿超过了预定的时间段)。 For example, in FIG. 500, the device detects inputs (e.g., movement of contacts 5124 and 5126 of the contact), and the second icon is detected (e.g., the GAMES file folder icon 500 in FIG. 5004-7) active region 5128- at position 5124-b than 11 have been satisfied the predetermined trigger criteria (e.g., contacts 5124 has exceeded a predetermined pause period of time). 继续这个例子,响应于确定已经满足了预定准则,设备重新布置图标(例如,从而该布置的第三行上的所有图标向左移动一个间隔)。 Continuing with this example, in response to determining that a predetermined criterion has been met, the device icon rearrangement (e.g., so that all icons arranged on the third line moves to the left of the interval). 在某些实施例中,第二操作包括使第一图标返回(946)到显示器上的第一位置。 In certain embodiments, the second operation comprises a first return icon (946) to a first location on the display. 例如,在Stocks应用图标5002-9处于GAMES文件夹图标5004-7的激活区域5122-13-b之外时,如果设备检测到图5MM的接触5120-c的终止,则设备使Stocks应用图标5002-9返回其以前的位置(例如,图5LL中Stocks应用图标5002-9的位置)。 For example, the application icon 5002-9 is in Stocks GAMES folder icon outside the active region 5004-7 5122-13-b, if the device detects the termination of the contact 5120-c in Figure 5MM, the device that the application icon 5002 Stocks -9 returned to its previous location (e.g., an application icon 5002-9 Stocks in FIG 5LL position).

[0340] 应当理解,在某些实施例中,基于图标的距离调整显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的激活区域的大小的一个优点是,它为与正被移动的图标相距更远的图标提供更大的靶子(target)。 [0340] It should be appreciated that in some embodiments, the adjustment based on the display icon distance (e.g., touch screen 112) One advantage of the size of the active region is that it is farther away and the icon being moved icon provides bigger target (target). 通常,当触摸手势发生在较长距离上时,该手势将包括比在较短距离上发生的触摸手势部分更快的移动。 Typically, when a touch gesture occurs over a long distance, the gesture includes moving faster than the portion of the touch gesture occurring on a shorter distance. 另外,通常,包括较快移动的触摸手势不如包括较慢移动的触摸手势精确。 Further, generally, including faster moving inferior touch gesture comprises a touch gesture slower moving accurately. 因此,通过增加与触摸手势的起点相距更远的图标的激活区域的大小,设备能够补偿为了到达与起点相距更远的图标而必须在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上穿过更长距离的触摸手势的降低的精度,从而改善了人机界面。 Thus, by increasing the starting point farther apart touch gesture icon size of the active region, the device can be compensated for in order to reach the starting point farther apart icons must pass through the touch sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on a longer distance reduce the accuracy of touch gestures, thereby improving the man-machine interface.

[0341] 注意,此处参考方法600、700、800、1000、1100、1200(例如,图6A-6E、7A-7C、 8A-8C、10A-10B、11A-11C、12A-12E和5A-5PPP)描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于上面描述的方法900。 [0341] Note that, here 600,700,800,1000,1100,1200 reference method (e.g., FIGS. 6A-6E, 7A-7C, 8A-8C, 10A-10B, 11A-11C, 12A-12E and 5A- 5PPP) details of other processes described are also applicable in a similar manner to method 900 described above. 例如,参考图9A-9B描述的图标(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有此处参考方法600、700、800、1000、1100或1200中的任何一个描述的各种可选择用户界面对象/图标/项目中(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的一个或多个特性。 For example, 9A-9B described with reference to FIG icon (e.g., icon 5002, and the operation folder icon 5004) may have a variety of methods described herein with reference to 600,700,800,1000,1100 or any selectable user 1200 interface objects / icons / items (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) of one or more characteristics. 为了简洁起见,此处不再重复这些细节。 For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

[0342] 图10A-10B是示出了根据某些实施例,响应于图标管理输入而在显示器上重配置图标的方法1000的流程图。 [0342] FIGS. 10A-10B are a flowchart illustrating a method 1000 in accordance with some embodiments, in response to an input icon manager reconfiguration icon on the display. 在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如,图3的设备300或图1的便携多功能设备100)处执行方法1000。 In performing the method (a portable multifunction device 100, for example, apparatus 300 of FIG. 3 or FIG. 1) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface of the multifunctional apparatus 1000. 在某些实施例中,所述显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在该显示器上。 In certain embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface on the display. 在某些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面相分离。 In certain embodiments, the display and the touch-sensitive surface phase separation. 方法1000中的某些操作可被组合和/或某些操作的顺序可以改变。 Some operations in method 1000 may be, and / or some sequential combination of operations may vary.

[0343] 如下所述,方法1000提供了管理图标的直观方法。 [0343] As described below, the method 1000 provides an intuitive method of managing icons. 该方法减少了用户管理图标时的认知负担,从而创建更高效的人机界面。 This method reduces the cognitive burden on a user management icon to create a more efficient human-machine interface. 对于以电池工作的计算设备,使用户能够更快且更高效地创建新文件夹节省了电能,并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。 For battery-operated computing device to enable a user to more quickly and efficiently create new file folder saves power and increases the time between battery charges.

[0344] 设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上以第一布置显示(1002)多个图标(例如, 图5KK中的动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)。 [0344] In a display device (e.g., touch screen 112) to display a first arrangement (1002) a plurality of icons (e.g., icons 5002 and the operation file in FIG 5KK folder icon 5004). 设备检测(1004)与将多个图标中的第一图标从显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的第一位置移动到显示器上的第二位置的请求相对应的输入。 The device detects (1004) a first icon and a plurality of icons from a first location on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) to request a second location on the display corresponding to the input. 例如,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112) 上Stocks应用图标5002-9的位置相对应的位置处的接触5120,以及该接触的后续移动5121(例如,在触摸屏112上从图5KK中的第一位置5120-a到图5LL中的第二位置5120-b 到图5MM中的第三位置5120-c),其对应于在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上将Stocks应用图标5002-9从其在图5KK中的初始位置移动到图5KK中的GAMES文件夹图标5004-7附近的位置的请求。 For example, the device detects the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) position Stocks application icon 5002-9 corresponding contact 5120 of the position, and the subsequent movement 5121 of the contact (e.g. , 5120-b in a second position on the touch screen 112 from a first position in FIG 5KK 5120-a to FIG 5LL in the third position in Figure 5MM 5120-c), which corresponds to a display (e.g., touch screen 112 ) Stocks will move to the requesting application icon 5002-9 GAMES FIG 5KK file folder location in the vicinity of the icon 5004-7 from its initial position of FIG 5KK.

[0345] 响应于检测到该输入,执行(1006)操作1008-1034。 [0345] In response to detecting the input, performing (1006) 1008-1034 operation. 设备从第一位置向第二位置移动(1008)第一图标。 Apparatus from a first position (1008) a first icon to the second position. 例如,如图5KK-5丽所示,设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上向着GAMES文件夹图标5004-7移动Stocks应用图标5002-9。 For example, as shown in FIG. 5 Li-device display 5KK (e.g., touch screen 112) on the file icon towards GAMES Stocks application icon 5002-9 5004-7 mobile folder. 在某些实施例中,响应于检测到该输入,设备在第一位置处显示(1010)第一图标的残留图像。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input, the residual image display apparatus (1010) of the first icon at the first position. 在这些实施例中,第一图标的残留图像与第一图标在视觉上不同。 In these embodiments, the residual image and the first icon of the first icon visually distinct. 在某些实施例中,第一图标的残留图像是第一图标的变灰的、接近透明的(translucent)、半透明的(semi-transparent)、减小对比度的、 或幻影的(ghost)图像。 In certain embodiments, the residual image first icon of the first icon is grayed-out, nearly transparent (Translucent), translucent (semi-transparent), the contrast is reduced, or (Ghost) phantom images . 在某些实施例中,响应于检测到该输入,设备在第一位置处显示(1012)空白空间(例如,如图5LL-5丽所示,其中在第二行图标的右端处显示空白空间)。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input, the device displays (1012) a blank space (e.g., as shown in Figure 5LL-5 Li at a first position in which a blank space at the right end of the second row of icon ).

[0346] 设备保持(1014)多个图标中除了第一图标之外的每个相应图标的位置,直到满足了自动重配置准则为止。 [0346] holding device (1014) each of the plurality of icons in a position other than the first icon corresponding to the icon until satisfied until the automatic reconfiguration criteria. 例如,在图5LL-5MM中,设备继续在显示器(例如,触摸屏112) 上的相同位置处显示除了Stocks应用图标5002-9之外的所有图标,即使在图标布置中Stocks应用图标5002-9以前所处的地方存在空白空间。 For example, in FIG. 5LL-5MM, the device continues to display (e.g., touch screen 112) at the same position on all icons except Stocks of application icons 5002-9, Stocks application icon in the icon arrangement even before 5002-9 there is a blank space where located.

[0347] 设备确定(1016)已经满足了自动重配置准则(例如,在后来的某个时间点)。 [0347] device determines (1016) an automatic reconfiguration has been met criteria (e.g., at a later point in time). 在某些实施例中,当从检测到该输入(或输入的开始)以来已经经过了(1018)预定的时间段(例如,0. 5秒、1秒、2秒等)时,自动重配置准则被满足。 In certain embodiments, since when the detected (input or start) the input has elapsed (1018) a predetermined period of time (e.g., 0.5 seconds, 1 second, 2 seconds, etc.), automatic reconfiguration criteria are met. 在某些实施例中,从该输入的开始起测量该预定时间段。 In certain embodiments, the predetermined time period from the measurement of the input from the start. 在某些实施例中,从该输入的结束起测量该预定时间段。 In certain embodiments, the input from the end of the predetermined time period from the measurement. 在某些实施例中,当经过了(1020)预定的时间段并且第一图标当前不位于显示器(例如,触摸屏112) 上位于另一个图标的激活区域内的位置时,自动重配置准则被满足。 In certain embodiments, after the passage (1020) a first predetermined period of time and the display icon is not currently positioned (e.g., touch screen 112) located within the active region of another icon, automatic reconfiguration criteria are met . 换言之,在这些实施例中,除了经过了预定时间段之外,第一图标还必须被显示在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上在任何其它图标的激活区域之外的位置处。 In other words, in these embodiments, in addition to the predetermined period of time has elapsed beyond the first icon to be displayed at a position further in addition to any other active region of the icon on the display (e.g., touch screen 112). 在某些实施例中,当设备检测到(1022)输入的终止时,自动重配置准则被满足。 In certain embodiments, the device detects when a termination (1022) input, automatic reconfiguration criterion is satisfied. 例如,在图5MM中,设备检测到接触5120-c的抬起,并且作为响应,如图5NN所示,设备将Stocks应用图标5002-9添加到与GAMES文件夹图标5004-7 相关联的文件夹,并且如图500所示,随后重新布置图标。 For example, in Figure 5MM, the device detects a contact 5120-c is raised, and in response, as shown, the device adds 5NN Stocks application icons 5002-9 to 5004-7 file icon associated with a folder GAMES folder, and as shown in FIG. 500, the icon and then rearranged. 在某些实施例中,当第一图标仍然在显示器上移动(1024)时,自动重配置准则被满足。 In certain embodiments, when the first icon is still moving (1024) on the display, an automatic reconfiguration criterion is satisfied. 换言之,在某些实施例中,已经经过了预定的时间段,而设备继续检测到该输入(例如,在检测到接触从触敏表面抬起之前)。 In other words, in certain embodiments, has elapsed the predetermined period of time, the device continues detecting the input (e.g., prior to detection of the contact from the touch-sensitive surface lift).

[0348] 响应于确定已经满足了自动重配置准则,设备移动(1026)多个图标中除了第一图标之外的一个或多个图标,以形成与第一布置不同的第二布置。 [0348] In response to determining that the automatic reconfiguration has been met criteria, (1026) a plurality of mobile devices in addition to the icons of the first icon in the one or more icons, to form a second arrangement different from the first arrangement. 例如,文件夹图标5004-1-b从图5NN的布置中的第三行被移动到图500的布置中的第二行,而动作图标5002-KK5002-11和5002-12被向左移动,并且GAMES文件夹5004-7从图5NN的布置中的第四行被向上移动到图500的布置中的第三行。 For example, the folder icon 5004-1-b is moved from the third row in the arrangement of Figure 5NN to a second line in the arrangement of Figure 500, and the operation icon 5002-KK5002-11 5002-12 and is moved to the left, GAMES folder and the third row in the arrangement of Figure 500 is moved from the fourth row in the arrangement of Figure 5NN up to 5004-7. 在某些实施例中,第二布置在第一位置处包括(1028)与第一图标不同的图标。 In certain embodiments, the second arrangement comprises (1028) a different icon to the first icon at a first position. 例如,在图500中,设备在以前在图5KK中被Stocks应用5002-9占据的位置处显示文件夹5004-1-b。 For example, in Figure 500, before the device is applied in FIG 5KK Stocks at the position occupied by the folder display 5002-9 5004-1-b. 在某些实施例中,第一图标(例如,Stocks 应用图标5002-9)已被移动到图标当中的不同位置。 In certain embodiments, the first icon (e.g., an application icon Stocks 5002-9) has been moved to a different location among the icons. 在某些实施例中,第一图标(例如, Stocks应用图标5002-9)已从多个图标中被移除(例如,被添加到文件夹5004-7)。 In certain embodiments, the first icon (e.g., 5002-9 Stocks application icon) is removed from the plurality of icons (e.g., is added to the folder 5004-7).

[0349] 在某些实施例中,在检测到输入满足预定的触发准则(例如,检测到输入的终止) 之后(或作为其响应),形成(1030)第二布置,并且第二布置包括在显示器上以预定布置显示(1032)图标(例如,触摸屏112上的二维网格或其它规则间隔的布置)。 After [0349] In certain embodiments, detection of the input meets a predetermined trigger criteria (e.g., detecting the termination of input) (or a response), forming (1030) a second arrangement and a second arrangement comprising displayed on the display (1032) icon (e.g., two-dimensional grid or other regular arrangement on the touch screen 112 interval) in a predetermined arrangement. 在某些实施例中,当已经满足了自动重配置准则时,当第一图标在显示器各处移动时,动态地重配置(1034)图标(例如,以避免触摸屏112上第一图标和其它图标之间的重叠)。 In certain embodiments, when the automatic reconfiguration has been met criteria, when the first icon is moved around the display, dynamically reconfiguring (1034) icon (e.g., to avoid the first icon and the other icons on the touch screen 112 overlap between). 换言之,在某些实施例中,当第一图标的第二位置至少部分地与第二图标的相应的初始位置重叠时,设备将第二图标从相应的初始位置移动到相应的新位置,以便在第一区域内的第二位置处提供第一图标的显示空间。 In other words, in certain embodiments, when the respective initial position of the second position of the first icon at least partially overlaps with the second icon, the device icon is moved from a second initial position to a respective new position corresponding to providing a display space of the first icon at the second position within the first region. 例如,重新布置图标包括当第一图标在显示器各处移动时(例如, 在继续检测到触摸屏112上的接触时),将第一图标的位置与其它图标的位置进行交换。 For example, when the rearrangement icons include a first icon is moved around on a display (e.g., while continuing to detect contact on the touch screen 112), the position of the first icon is exchanged with the position of the other icons.

[0350] 注意,此处参考方法600、700、800、900、1100、1200(例如,图6A-6E、7A-7C、8A-8C、 9A-9B、11A-11C、12A-12E和5A-5PPP)描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于上面描述的方法1000。 [0350] Note that, here 600,700,800,900,1100,1200 reference method (e.g., FIGS. 6A-6E, 7A-7C, 8A-8C, 9A-9B, 11A-11C, 12A-12E and 5A- 5PPP) details of other processes described are also applicable in a similar manner to the method 1000 described above. 例如,参考图10A-10B描述的图标(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有此处参考方法600、700、800、900、1100或1200中的任何一个描述的各种可选择用户界面对象/图标/项目中(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)的一个或多个特性。 For example, 10A-10B described with reference to FIG icon (e.g., icon 5002, and the operation folder icon 5004) may have a variety of methods described herein with reference to 600,700,800,900,1100 or any selectable user 1200 interface objects / icons / items (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) of one or more characteristics. 为了简洁起见,此处不再重复这些细节。 For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

[0351] 图11A-11C是示出了根据某些实施例,更新动态文件夹图标以提供关于与动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹的内容的视觉指示的方法Iioo的流程图。 [0351] Figures 11A-11C are a flowchart illustrating a method according to some visual Iioo embodiments, updates the contents of the folder icon to provide documents on the icon associated with the folder of the dynamic indication. 在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如,图3的设备300或图1的便携多功能设备100)处执行方法1100。 In performing the method (a portable multifunction device 100, for example, apparatus 300 of FIG. 3 or FIG. 1) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface of the multifunctional apparatus 1100. 在某些实施例中,所述显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在该显示器上。 In certain embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface on the display. 在某些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面相分离。 In certain embodiments, the display and the touch-sensitive surface phase separation. 方法1100中的某些操作可被组合和/或某些操作的顺序可以改变。 Some operations in method 1100 may be combined or sequential and / some operations may be changed.

[0352] 如下所述,方法1100提供了管理图标的直观方法。 [0352] As described below, the method 1100 provides an intuitive method of managing icons. 该方法减少了用户管理图标时的认知负担,从而创建更高效的人机界面。 This method reduces the cognitive burden on a user management icon to create a more efficient human-machine interface. 对于以电池工作的计算设备,使用户能够更快且更高效地创建新文件夹节省了电能,并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。 For battery-operated computing device to enable a user to more quickly and efficiently create new file folder saves power and increases the time between battery charges.

[0353] 设备显示(1102)动态文件夹图标(例如,图5SS中的GAMES文件夹图标5004-7)。 [0353] The device displays (1102) dynamic folder icon (e.g., GAMES file folder icon in FIG 5SS 5004-7). 该动态文件夹图标(例如,图5SS中的5004-7)包括与该动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹内的当前内容的视觉指示(例如,图5SS中的GAMES文件夹图标5004-7中的"0"、"R"、"S" 和"M")。 The dynamic folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG 5SS) comprises a current visual indication of the dynamic content with a file folder icon associated with a folder (e.g., the GAMES FIG 5SS file in the folder icon 5004-7 the "0", "R", "S" and "M"). 在某些实施例中,动态文件夹图标指示(1104)包含在与该动态文件夹图标相关联的文件夹内的动作图标的数目。 In certain embodiments, the dynamic folder icon indicating (1104) the number of operation icons in the icon associated with the file folder within the dynamic comprising. 例如,图5SS中的GAMES文件夹图标5004-7包括处于与该文件夹图标相关联的文件夹内的4个可选择用户界面对象的缩小比例的表示(例如,GAMES 文件夹图标5004-7中包含"0"、"R"、"S"和"M"的框)。 For example, GAMES FIG 5SS file in folder icon is a folder comprising 5004-7 associated with the icon of the folder four selectable user interface object represents a reduction ratio (e.g., GAMES folder icon 5004-7 contains "0", "R", "S" and "M" box).

[0354] 在某些实施例中,所述内容在该文件夹内具有(1106)某种空间布置,并且动态文件夹图标(例如,图5TT中的5004-7)提供关于该文件夹内的内容的空间布置的视觉指示。 [0354] In certain embodiments, the content having a (1106) arranged in a certain space within the folder, and dynamic folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG 5TT) provided on the inside of the folder spatial arrangement of visual indication of the contents. 在某些实施例中,所述内容包括多个动作图标(例如,图5TT中的5002-4、5002-13、5002-9、 5002-8),所述空间布置是动作图标的预定网格(例如,如图5TT的文件夹视图5138中所示的动作图标的1X4网格),并且多个相应动作图标分别具有(1108) -个或多个水平相邻的邻居动作图标。 In certain embodiments, the content comprising a plurality of operation icons (e.g., in FIG 5TT 5002-4,5002-13,5002-9, 5002-8), the spatial arrangement of the grid is a predetermined operation icons (e.g., FIG 5TT operation folder icon views illustrated in the 1X4 grid 5138), and a plurality of icons each having a respective operation (1108) - one or more horizontally adjacent neighbors operation icon. 在某些实施例中,动态文件夹图标(例如,图5TT中的5004-7)包括多个动作图标的至少一个子集的缩小比例的表示(例如,GAMES文件夹图标5004-7中包含"0"、 "R"、"S"和"M"的框),并且该缩小比例的表示被布置(1110)为使得,对于多个缩小比例的表示,每个相应动作图标的缩小比例的表示与该相应动作图标的一个邻居动作图标的缩小比例的表示水平相邻。 In certain embodiments, the dynamic folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG 5TT) comprises a plurality of operation icons in reduced scale at least one sub set of representation (e.g., the GAMES folder icon 5004-7 with " 0 "," R "," S "and" M "box), and the reduction ratio is disposed representation (1110) is such that, for a plurality of reduced scale of said scaled down for each respective operation of the icon indicates adjacent to the reduced scale represents the level of a neighborhood action icon of the corresponding action icon. 在某些实施例中,文件夹包括具有第一比例的多个动作图标;并且显示动态文件夹图标包括在该动态文件夹图标内以第二比例显示(1112)所述多个动作图标中的一个或多个动作图标的缩小比例的表示,第二比例小于第一比例。 In certain embodiments, a first folder includes a plurality of operation icons ratio; and displaying the dynamic folder icon includes a display (1112) to a second ratio is within the dynamic operation folder icon of the plurality of icons the one or more scaled down operation icon representation, a second ratio is smaller than the first ratio.

[0355] 例如,在图5TT中,响应于文件夹显示输入(例如,图5SS中的敲击手势5136),设备显示与GAMES文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹的文件夹视图5138。 [0355] For example, in FIG 5TT in response to a display input folder (e.g., in FIG 5SS tap gesture 5136), the device displays the file associated with the file icon 5004-7 GAMES folder 5138 folder view. 如图5TT所示,该文件夹视图包括4个可选择用户界面对象,包括Solitaire应用图标5002-4、Racing应用图标5002-13、Stocks应用图标5002-9和Maps应用图标5002-8,它们具有在一行中从左到右的空间布置。 As shown in FIG 5TT, the folder view comprising four selectable user interface objects, including Solitaire application icon 5002-4, Racing application icon 5002-13, Stocks application icons 5002-9 and 5002-8 Maps application icons, which have from left to right in a row spatial arrangement. 在这个例子中,通过以基于文件夹视图内动作图标的顺序的顺序显示内容的缩小比例的表示,GAMES文件夹图标5004-7提供这些动作图标的空间布置的视觉指示。 In this example, by displaying a scaled down representation of the contents in an order based on the sequential views of the operation of the folder icon, the GAMES folder icon 5004-7 these icons arranged in the working space of the visual indication. 特别地,Racing应用图标5002-13处于Solitaire应用图标5002-4 (在左边)和Stocks应用图标5002-9(在右边)之间,并且Racing应用图标5002-13的缩小比例的表示(例如, 图5TT中的GAMES文件夹图标5004-7中的"R")处于Solitaire应用图标的缩小比例的表示(例如,图5TT中的GAMES文件夹图标5004-7中的"0")和Stocks应用图标的缩小比例的表示(例如,图5TT中的GAMES文件夹图标5004-7中的"S")之间。 In particular, Racing Solitaire application icon is an application icon 5002-4 5002-13 (on the left) and between Stocks application icon 5002-9, and a reduced scale representation Racing 5002-13 application icon (right) (e.g., FIG. 5TT GAMES file in a folder icon 5004-7 "R & lt") in a reduced scale representation Solitaire application icon (e.g., FIG 5TT GAMES file in a folder icon 5004-7 "0") and an application icon Stocks a reduced scale representation between (e.g., GAMES FIG 5TT file in the folder icon 5004-7 "S").

[0356] 设备检测(1114)与修改文件夹中的内容的请求相对应的输入。 Request [0356] The device detects (1114) and modify the contents of the folder corresponding to the input. 例如,在图5TT中, 设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的Stocks应用图标5002-9的位置相对应的位置处的接触5140,以及该接触到触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上文件夹视图5138内的位置相对应的位置的后续移动5142。 For example, in FIG 5TT, the device detects (e.g., touch screen 112) the position of Stocks app icon 5002-9 on a corresponding contact 5140 of the positions, and contact with the display on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) 5142 and subsequent movement of a display (e.g., touch screen 112) on the position within the view of the folder 5138 on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) corresponding to the position. 在某些实施例中,文件夹是自动创建的文件夹;并且检测与修改文件夹中的内容的请求相对应的输入包括检测(1116)与相应应用相关联的输入,从而与相应应用相关联的相应动作图标被添加到、被移出或移入该文件夹(例如,该文件夹是新近添加的应用文件夹,并且该输入是新应用已被添加到设备,或者该文件夹是最频繁使用的应用文件夹,并且该输入是对某个应用的使用,其使得该应用成为最频繁使用的应用)。 In certain embodiments, the folder is automatically created folder; and requesting the content modification detection and folder corresponding to the input comprises detecting (1116) the respective input associated with the application, so that the application associated with the respective corresponding action icon is added to, it is moved from or to the folder (e.g., this folder is the application file newly added folder, and the input is a new application has been added to the device, or the folder is the most frequently used applications folder, and the input is to use an application that enables the application to become the most frequently used). 例如,当用户启动一个应用时,与该应用相关联的应用图标被添加到"新近使用的应用"文件夹。 For example, when a user launches an application, to be added to the application icons associated with the application of the "recently used applications" folder.

[0357] 响应于检测到该输入,执行(1118)操作1120-1136。 [0357] In response to detecting the input, performing (1118) 1120-1136 operation. 设备修改(1120)文件夹中的内容;并且更新动态文件夹图标(例如,图5UU中的5004-7),以便包括文件夹中修改后的内容的空间布置的视觉指示。 Content modification device (1120) folders; and folder icons dynamically updates space (e.g., in FIG 5UU 5004-7), to include the modified contents of the folder is arranged a visual indication. 应当理解,对文件夹中的内容的修改可以包括重定位文件夹中的内容、从文件夹中删除内容和/或向文件夹添加内容。 It should be understood that modifications to the contents of the folder's contents may include relocation folder, delete the folder from the content and / or add content to a file folder.

[0358] 在某些实施例中,设备检测与重定位文件夹内的第一动作图标相对应的重定位输入;并且响应于检测到重定位输入:设备根据重定位输入重定位(1122)文件夹内的第一动作图标;并且根据文件夹内的第一动作图标的重定位,重定位动态文件夹图标内的动作图标的缩小比例的表示。 [0358] In certain embodiments, the device detects the relocation operation folder icon corresponding to a first relocated input; in response to detecting the input relocatable: Relocation device (1122) according to the file input relocatable the first operation folder icon; and a relocation operation within the first folder icons, relocation reduced scale dynamic folder icon in the operation icon. 例如,在图5TT中,设备检测到重定位输入,其包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的Stocks应用图标5002-9的位置相对应的位置处的接触5140,以及该接触到触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如, 触摸屏112)上的文件夹视图5138内的位置相对应的位置的后续移动5142。 For example, in FIG 5TT, the device detects the input relocatable, comprising at a location on the touch sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) the position of Stocks app icon 5002-9 of the corresponding subsequent movement of the contact 5142 5140, and come into contact with the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) within the folder on the view corresponding to the position of the 5138 positions. 在这个例子中,响应于检测到重定位输入,如图5UU所示,设备将Stocks应用图标5002-9移动到文件夹视图5138内的新位置(例如,从而Solitaire应用图标5002-4被显示在Stocks应用图标5002-9和Racing应用图标5002-13之间)。 In this example, in response to detecting relocation input, as shown in FIG 5UU, Stocks device to move an application icon 5002-9 new location within the folder view 5138 (e.g., 5002-4 and thus Solitaire application icon is displayed Stocks between 5002-9 and application icons application icons Racing 5002-13). 此外,在这个例子中,如图5UU所示,设备重新布置GAMES文件夹图标5004-7中的缩小比例的表示,从而这些缩小比例的表示提供关于该文件夹中的内容的更新后的空间布置的视觉指示。 Further, in this example, as shown in FIG 5UU, rearranging device GAMES folder icons 5004-7 reduction ratio in said space so that the reduced scale representation provides these updates the contents of the folder are arranged visual indication. 特别地,Solitaire应用图标的缩小比例的表示(例如,图5UU中的GAMES文件夹图标5004-7内的"0")处于Stocks应用图标的缩小比例的表示(例如,图5UU中的GAMES文件夹图标5004-7内的"S")和Racing应用图标的缩小比例的表示(例如,图5UU中的GAMES文件夹图标5004-7内的"R")之间。 In particular, the reduction ratio of the Solitaire application icon representation (e.g., the GAMES FIG 5UU file in the folder "0" in the icons 5004-7) in a reduced scale representation Stocks application icon (e.g., the GAMES 5UU file in the folder of FIG. reduction ratio between the "S") and Racing application icon in the icon represents 5004-7 (e.g., GAMES 5UU in FIG file folder icon "R" in 5004-7).

[0359] 在某些实施例中,设备检测与从文件夹中移除第一动作图标的请求相对应的图标移除输入,并且响应于检测到图标移除输入:设备从文件夹中移除(1124)第一动作图标; 并且从动态文件夹图标中移除第一动作图标的缩小比例的表示。 [0359] In certain embodiments, the device detects the removal of the first operation request from a folder icon corresponding to the input icon to be removed, and in response to detecting removal of the input icon: the device is removed from a folder (1124) a first operation icon; and removing the first reduction ratio from the dynamic operation of the icon indicates the folder icon. 例如,在图5EE中,设备检测图标移除输入,其包括在与Solitaire应用图标5002-4的位置处的接触5112和该接触移出文件夹视图5106进入作为对象移除区域的背景的第一部分5108的后续移动5114。 For example, in FIG 5EE the device detects input icon to be removed, and which comprises a contact 5112 at a location in contact with the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 moves out of view of the folder as the target 5106 into the first area to remove background portion 5108 the subsequent movement 5114. 响应于该图标移除输入,设备从文件夹视图5106中移除Solitaire应用图标5002-4。 Removing response input device to the icon to be removed from the Solitaire application icon 5002-4 5106 file in the folder view. 另外, 在这个例子中,虽然设备以前曾在与文件夹视图5106相关联的文件夹图标5004-7内显示Solitaire应用图标的缩小比例的表示(例如,图5EE中的PLAY文件夹图标5004-7内的"0"),但是设备停止显示Solitaire应用图标的缩小比例的表示(例如,在图5FF中,不再在PLAY文件夹图标5004-7内显示"0")。 Further, in this example, although the devices previously folder view 5106 with an associated folder icon 5004-7 show a reduced scale representation Solitaire application icon (e.g., in the PLAY 5EE FIG file folder icon 5004-7 , but the apparatus is stopped in the "0") shows a reduced scale representation Solitaire application icon (e.g., in Figure 5FF, the PLAY no folder icon 5004-7 indicates "0").

[0360] 在某些实施例中,设备检测与将第一动作图标添加到文件夹的请求相对应的图标添加输入;并且响应于检测到图标添加输入:设备将第一动作图标添加(1126)到文件夹; 并且将第一动作图标的缩小比例的表示添加到动态文件夹图标。 [0360] In certain embodiments, the device detects the first operation request icon to a folder icon corresponding to the add input; in response to detecting the input icon is added: a first operation of the device icon is added (1126) to the folder; and adding the first reduction ratio to the dynamic operation of the icon indicates a folder icon. 例如,在图500-5PP中,设备检测图标添加输入,其包括在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上Maps应用图标5002-8的位置相对应的位置处的接触5124-a,以及该接触到触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上GAMES文件夹图标5004-7的激活区域5128-11的位置相对应的位置的后续移动(例如,5126和5130)。 For example, in FIG 500-5PP, the device detects the input icon is added, comprising touch sensitive surface at a position (e.g., touch screen 112) on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) Maps application icon on the position corresponding 5002-8 5128-11 subsequent position corresponding to a position of contact 5124-a, and contacts the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the upper display (e.g., touch screen 112) the GAMES folder icon 5004-7 active region moving (e.g., 5126 and 5130). 响应于该图标添加输入,如图5TT所示,设备将Maps应用图标5002-8添加到与GAMES文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹。 In response to the input icon is added, as shown, the device will add 5TT Maps application icons 5002-8 to 5004-7 file icon associated with a folder GAMES. 另外,在这个例子中,虽然设备以前不在文件夹图标5004-7内显示Maps应用图标的任何缩小比例的表示(例如,如图500-5PP所示),但是在将Maps应用图标5002-8 添加到GAMES文件夹图标5004-7之后(或与将Maps应用图标5002-8添加到GAMES文件夹图标5004-7 -起),设备在GAMES文件夹图标5004-7内显示Maps应用图标的缩小比例的表示(例如,在图5QQ中的"M")。 Further, in this example, although the device is not in the previous folder icon 5004-7 show any reduction ratio Maps application icon representation (e.g., as shown in FIG 500-5PP), but adding the Maps application icon 5002-8 GAMES folder icon to after 5004-7 (or will be added to the Maps application icon 5002-8 GAMES folder icon 5004-7-- onwards), the device GAMES file is displayed in the Maps application icon 5004-7 reduce the proportion of the folder icon represents (e.g., in FIG 5QQ the "M").

[0361] 在某些实施例中,文件夹的内容包括动作图标,并且当存在来自与该动作图标相对应的应用的通知时,动态文件夹图标发生改变(1128)。 [0361] In certain embodiments, the contents of a folder icon includes an action, and when there is a notification from the application icon corresponding to the operation of dynamically changing the folder icon occurs (1128). 在某些实施例中,通过在动态文件夹图标上显示(1130)状态指示符,改变动态文件夹图标。 In certain embodiments, by displaying (1130) the dynamic status indicator on a folder icon, a folder icon dynamically changes. 例如在图5B中,文件夹图标5004-1-b显示通知标记5012,其指示与文件夹图标5004-1-b所代表的文件夹内的一个应用图标相关联的一个应用具有通知。 For example, in Figure 5B, the folder icon 5004-1-b notification flag 5012, an application icon is an application icon in the folder 5004-1-b represented by the associated folder that indicates a notification has. 在某些实施例中,通过在动态文件夹图标内的动作图标的缩小比例的版本上显示(1132)状态指示符,改变动态文件夹图标。 In certain embodiments, by displaying (1132) a state indicator on the dynamic operation of the folder icon in the reduced scale version of the icon, change the dynamic folder icon. 例如,在图5B中, 文件夹图标5004-1-b在文件夹图标5004-1-b内的缩小比例的表示(例如,"x7")上显示通知标记5014,其指示与该缩小比例的表示相关联的应用具有通知(例如,如果与"x7"相关联的应用是eMail (电子邮件)应用,则该通知通常指示新电子邮件已经到达)。 For example, in FIGS. 5B, the folder icon 5004-1-b scaled down in the icon 5004-1-b shows the folder (e.g., "x7") mark 5014 displayed on the notification, which indicates the ratio of the reduced application represents associated with a notification (for example, if the "x7" application is associated eMail (email) applications, the new e-mail notification usually indicates has arrived).

[0362] 在某些实施例中,当设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,动态文件夹图标的外观发生改变(1134)。 [0362] In certain embodiments, when the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, dynamic folder icon changes appearance (1134). 在某些实施例中,文件夹具有用于显示可选择用户界面对象(例如,可选择用户界面对象,诸如应用图标和/或文件图标)的有限空间(例如,9个空位、12个空位、 16个空位、或任何其它合理的数目),并且在用户界面重配置模式中,动态文件夹图标的外观指示(1136)文件夹是否有空间显示任何另外的可选择用户界面对象(例如,通过显示用于额外的动作图标的缩小比例的表示的空间)。 In certain embodiments, a folder having a display selectable user interface object (e.g., selectable user interface objects, such as an application icon and / or a document icon) of the confined space (e.g., space 9, 12 slots, 16 vacancies, or any other reasonable number), and the user interface reconfiguration mode, a dynamic appearance of the icon indicating the folder (1136) whether there is space folder display any additional selectable user interface object (e.g., by display to reduce the proportion of additional actions icon indicates a space).

[0363] 例如,在图5A中,在设备处于正常操作模式时,动态文件夹图标5004-1-a显不表示文件夹中的内容(例如,动作图标5002)的缩小比例的表示(例如,"xl"、"x2"、"x3"、 "x4"、"x5"和"x6")。 [0363] For example, in FIG. 5A, when the device is in a normal operating mode, the dynamic folder icon 5004-1-a significant proportion of reduction does not represent the content folder (e.g., an icon operation 5002) representation (e.g., "xl", "x2", "x3", "x4", "x5" and "x6"). 然而,在这个例子中,文件夹内存在多于6个动作图标5002,并且因此设备仅在动态文件夹图标内显示前6个动作图标的缩小比例的表示。 However, in this case, the memory in the folder icon 5002 of more than 6 operation, and thus a reduced scale apparatus displays only the first six operation icons represented within dynamic folder icon. 继续这个例子,当设备进入用户界面重配置模式时(例如,响应于检测到图5A中的按压并保持手势5008),设备改变动态文件夹图标(例如,从图5A中的动态文件夹图标5004-1-b到图5B中的动态文件夹图标5004-1-b),在动态图标中向上移动缩小比例的表示,以露出文件夹图标5004-1-b 内的另外一个缩小比例的表示(例如,文件夹图标5004-1-b内的"x7"),同时停止显示文件夹图标5004-1-b内的前3个动作图标的缩小比例的表示(例如,"xl"、"X2"和"x3")。 Continuing with this example, when the device enters the user interface reconfiguration mode (e.g., in response to detecting Figure 5A press and hold gesture 5008), the device to dynamically change the folder icon (e.g., from a dynamic document in Fig. 5A icon 5004 folders -1-b in FIG. 5B dynamic file folder icon 5004-1-b), moving upward in the reduced scale showing a dynamic icon, to expose additional folders in a reduced scale representation icon 5004-1-b ( For example, the folder "x7" in icon 5004-1-b), and stop display a reduced scale folder before three operation icons in the icon represents 5004-1-b (e.g., "xl", "X2" and "x3"). 在这个例子中,动态文件夹图标在该新的缩小比例的表示旁边还显示两个空位置。 In this example, the dynamic folder icon is also shown in the next two empty positions represented by the new reduced scale. 除了提供与文件夹图标5004-1-b相关联的文件夹内存在多于6个项目的指示之外,通过在新的缩小比例的表示旁边显示两个空位置,改变动态文件夹图标还提供文件夹视图内有空间显示另外的动作图标的视觉指示。 In addition to providing a file folder icon 5004-1-b folder associated memory indicating in more than six projects outside, by displaying two new next empty position in a reduced scale representation, dynamically changes the folder icon is also provided there is space in the folder view displays a visual indication of further action icons.

[0364] 注意,此处参考方法600、700、800、900、1000、1200(例如,图6A-6E、7A-7C、8A-8C、 9A-9B、10A-10B、12A-12E和5A-5PPP)描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于上面描述的方法1100。 [0364] Note that, here 600,700,800,900,1000,1200 reference method (e.g., FIGS. 6A-6E, 7A-7C, 8A-8C, 9A-9B, 10A-10B, 12A-12E and 5A- 5PPP) details of other processes described are also applicable in a similar manner to the method 1100 described above. 例如,参考图IIA-IIC描述的可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有此处参考方法600、700、800、900、1000或1200中的任何一个描述的各种可选择用户界面对象/图标/项目中(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004) 的一个或多个特性。 For example, selectable user interface object (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) described with reference to FIGS IIA-IIC may have any one of various methods described herein with reference to the 1200 or 600,700,800,900,1000 selectable user interface object / icons / items (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) of one or more characteristics. 为了简洁起见,此处不再重复这些细节。 For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

[0365] 图12A-12E是示出了根据某些实施例,与显示文件夹的内容一起,提供上下文信息的方法1200的流程图。 [0365] FIGS. 12A-12E is a flowchart showing, in accordance with the context information to provide the contents of some embodiments, the display method 1200 folders. 在具有显示器和触敏表面的多功能设备(例如,图3的设备300 或图1的便携多功能设备100)处执行方法1200。 In performing the method (a portable multifunction device 100, for example, apparatus 300 of FIG. 3 or FIG. 1) having a display and a touch-sensitive surface of the multifunctional apparatus 1200. 在某些实施例中,所述显示器是触摸屏显示器,并且触敏表面在该显示器上。 In certain embodiments, the display is a touch screen display and the touch-sensitive surface on the display. 在某些实施例中,显示器与触敏表面相分离。 In certain embodiments, the display and the touch-sensitive surface phase separation. 方法1200 中的某些操作可被组合和/或某些操作的顺序可以改变。 Some operations in method 1200 may be combined or sequential and / some operations may be changed.

[0366] 如下所述,方法1200提供了显示文件夹的内容的直观方法。 [0366] As described below, the method 1200 provides an intuitive method of displaying content folder. 该方法提供结合显示文件夹的内容提供上下文信息,减少了用户管理文件夹时的认知负担,从而创建更高效的人机界面。 This method provides a combination of display contents of a folder to provide contextual information, reduces the cognitive burden on a user folder management, thereby creating a more efficient human-machine interface. 对于以电池工作的计算设备,使用户能够更快且更高效地创建新文件夹节省了电能,并且增加了电池充电之间的时间。 For battery-operated computing device to enable a user to more quickly and efficiently create new file folder saves power and increases the time between battery charges.

[0367] 设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上在壁纸背景上显示(1202)文件夹图标(例如,图5S中的文件夹图标5004-7),该文件夹图标对应于包含内容的文件夹,所述内容包括一个或多个可选择用户界面对象(例如,应用图标、书签图标和/或文档图标)。 [0367] In a display device (e.g., touch screen 112) the display (1202) folder icon (e.g., Figure 5S folder icon 5004-7) on the wallpaper background, the folder icon corresponding to the file folder that contains the content the content includes one or more selectable user interface objects (e.g., an application icon, a bookmark icon, and / or a document icon). 在某些实施例中,在检测第一输入之前,设备显示(1204) -个或多个另外的可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5S 中的动作图标5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-8、 5002-9、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12、5002-14、5002-15、5002-16 和文件夹图标5004-1-b 和5004-2)〇 In certain embodiments, prior to detecting the first input, a display device (1204) - one or more additional selectable user interface object (e.g., Figure 5S operation icon 5002-1,5002-2,5002- 3,5002-5,5002-6,5002-7,5002-8, 5002-9,5002-10,5002-11,5002-12,5002-14,5002-15,5002-16 and folder icons 5004 -1-b, and 5004-2) square

[0368] 设备检测(1206)与显示文件夹(例如,图5S中与文件夹图标5004-7相关联的文件夹)的内容的请求相对应的第一输入(例如,图5S中的敲击手势5076)。 Request [0368] The device detects (1206) and a folder display (e.g., 5004-7 file icon associated with FIG 5S folder) content relative to the first input corresponding to (e.g., in FIG tap 5S gesture 5076).

[0369] 响应于检测到第一输入(例如,图5S内的敲击手势5076),执行(1208)操作1210-1226。 [0369] In response to detecting the first input (e.g., tap gesture in FIG 5S 5076), performing (1208) 1210-1226 operation. 设备将壁纸背景划分为(1210)第一部分(例如,图5X-5AA中的5084)和第二部分(例如,如5X-5AA中的5086)。 The device is divided into background wallpaper (1210) a first portion (e.g., 5084 in FIG 5X-5AA) and a second portion (e.g., as in 5086 5X-5AA). 在某些实施例中,一个或多个另外的可选择用户界面对象包括:在壁纸背景的第一部分5084上具有预定位置的另外的可选择用户界面对象的第一集合(例如,图5X-5AA 中的动作图标5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、 5002-7、5002-8、5002-9、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12 和文件夹图标5004-1-b);和在壁纸背景(1204)的第二部分5086上具有预定位置的另外的可选择用户界面对象的第二集合(例如,图5X 和5AA 中5002-14、5002-15、5002-16 和文件夹图标5004-2)。 In certain embodiments, the one or more selectable user interface object further comprises: a first additional set of selectable user interface object having a predetermined position on the first portion 5084 wallpaper background (e.g., 5X-5AA of FIG. the action icon 5002-1,5002-2,5002-3,5002-5,5002-6, 5002-7,5002-8,5002-9,5002-10,5002-11,5002-12 and folders icon 5004-1-b); and a second set (e.g., 5X, and FIG. 5AA additional selectable user interface object having a predetermined position on the wallpaper background (1204) of the second portion 5086 5002-14,5002- 15,5002-16 and folder icons 5004-2).

[0370] 在某些实施例中,文件夹图标(例如,图5X-5AA中5004-7)被显示(1212)在壁纸的第一部分(例如,图5X-5AA中5084)内。 [0370] In certain embodiments, the folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG 5X-5AA) is displayed (1212) in the first part of the wallpaper (e.g., 5084 in FIG 5X-5AA) within. 在某些实施例中,当文件夹图标(例如,图5CCC-5FFF中的5004-2)是显示器(例如,触摸屏112)的停放区域(例如,图5CCC-5FFF中的5006)内的多个可选择用户界面对象之一时,第一部分(例如,图OTDD-5FFF中的5172) 包括显示器的停放区域。 In certain embodiments, a plurality of, when a folder icon (e.g., 5004-2 in FIG 5CCC-5FFF) is a display (e.g., touch screen 112) in the parking area (e.g., FIG. 5CCC-5FFF 5006) in when select one of user interface objects, a first portion (e.g., in FIG OTDD-5FFF 5172) comprises a parking area of ​​the display. 相反,在这些实施例中,当文件夹图标(例如,图5X-5AA中5004-7) 是显示器(例如,触摸屏112)的停放区域(例如,图5X-5AA中的5006)外的多个可选择用户界面对象之一时,第二部分(例如,图5X-5AA中的5086)包括显示器的停放区域(例如, 图5X-5AA中的5006)。 Instead, in these embodiments, when a folder icon (e.g., 5004-7 in FIG 5X-5AA) is a display (e.g., touch screen 112) in the parking area (e.g., FIG 5X-5AA 5006) a plurality of outer when select one of user interface objects, a second portion (e.g., 5X-5AA of FIG. 5086) comprises a parking area of ​​the display (e.g., 5X-5AA of FIG. 5006). 换言之,根据这些实施例,当文件夹图标处于停放区内时(例如,如图5CCC-5FFF中所示),壁纸在文件夹图标上方裂开,而当文件夹图标在停放区上方的导航区域内时(例如,如图5X-5AA所示),壁纸在文件夹图标下方裂开。 In other words, according to these embodiments, when a folder icon in the parking area (e.g., as shown in FIG 5CCC-5FFF), wallpaper split over the folder icon, a folder icon when the navigation area at the top of the parking area when the inner (e.g., as shown in FIG 5X-5AA), below the folder icon wallpaper split. 在某些实施例中,导航区域(例如,具有多个可选择用户界面对象的主页屏幕)具有多个页面(例如,可以响应于检测到水平扫动手势在这些页面之间导航),并且即使在设备滚动导航区域内的可选择用户界面对象的布置时,停放区域仍保持在固定位置。 In certain embodiments, the navigation area (e.g., having a plurality of selectable user interface objects home screen) having a plurality of pages (e.g., in response to detecting a horizontal swipe gesture from the navigation between the pages), and even Alternatively when disposed within a user interface object in the rolling device of the navigation area, parking area remains in a fixed position.

[0371] 设备使第二部分移动(1214)离开第一部分。 [0371] Part of the second mobile device (1214) away from the first portion. 例如,在图5X-5Y中,第二部分5086 移动离开第一部分5084。 For example, in FIG 5X-5Y, the second portion 5086 moves away from the first portion 5084. 作为另一个例子,在图OTDD中,第二部分5174正被移动离开第一部分5172。 As another example, in FIG. OTDD, the second portion 5174 being moved away from the first portion 5172. 在某些实施例中,第一部分也被移动离开第二部分。 In certain embodiments, the first portion is also moved away from the second portion. 例如,在图5VV-5WW中,设备移动壁纸背景的上部部分和壁纸背景的下部部分两者,使它们彼此分开。 For example, in FIG. 5VV-5WW, both the lower portion and the upper portion movement device wallpaper background wallpaper background, so that they are separated from each other. 在某些实施例中,使第一部分移动离开第二部分包括根据壁纸背景的第一部分的移动,移动(1216)所述另外的可选择用户界面对象的第一集合,和根据壁纸背景的第二部分的移动,移动所述另外的可选择用户界面对象的第二集合。 In certain embodiments, the first portion moves away from the second portion of the first set of additional selectable user interface object according to the first part of the wallpaper background movement, movement (1216) comprises, and in accordance with a second background wallpaper moving portion, further movement of said selectable user interface object of the second set. 例如,如图5X-5Y所示,当第二部分5086被移动离开第一部分5084时,第二部分5086内的可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5X中的5002-14、 5002-15、5002-16和5004-2)被移出显示器(例如,触摸屏112)。 E.g., 5X-5Y shown, when the second portion 5086 is moved away from the first portion 5084, a second portion selectable user interface object 5086 within (e.g., 5X in FIG 5002-14, 5002-15,5002 -16, and 5004-2) are moved out of a display (e.g., touch screen 112).

[0372] 在某些实施例中,划分壁纸背景包括沿着划分线划分(1218)壁纸,从而第一部分的第一边缘(例如,图5X中的5088)的轮廓与第二部分的第二边缘(例如,图5X中的5090)的轮廓互补(例如,第一部分的第一边缘和第二部分的第二边缘如同拼图块那样彼此配合),并且使第二部分移动离开第一部分包括调整第一边缘的轮廓和/或调整第二边缘的轮廓,以使得第一边缘的轮廓不再与第二边缘的轮廓互补(例如,在这些部分移动分开之后,第一部分和第二部分不再如同拼图块那样彼此配合)。 [0372] In certain embodiments, the wallpaper background includes division along a dividing line is divided (1218) wallpaper, so that a first edge of the first portion (e.g., 5088 in Figure 5X) the contour of the second edge of the second portion (e.g., 5090 in Figure 5X) of complementary profile (e.g., the first and second edges of the second portion as the first portion of the puzzle pieces that cooperate with each other), and the second portion is moved away from the first portion comprises a first adjusting edge contours and / or the second edge is adjusted so that the profile of the first edge of the second edge is no longer complementary to the contour (e.g., after the portions are moved apart, the first and second portions are no longer as puzzle blocks as with each other). 例如,如图5X所示,第一边缘5088的轮廓最初与第二边缘5090的轮廓互补,而在图5Y中,第一边缘5088的轮廓不再与第二边缘5090的轮廓互补。 For example, as shown in Figure 5X, the first profile of the first edge 5088 is complementary to the profile of the second edge 5090, and in FIG 5Y, the profile of the first edge and a second edge 5088 are no longer complementary profile 5090. 在某些实施例中,文件夹图标被显示在壁纸的第一部分内; 并且第一边缘的轮廓包括(1220)由划分线定义的切口形状(例如,图5X-5Y中的5094)。 In certain embodiments, the folder icon is displayed in the first portion of the wallpaper; and the contour comprises a first edge (1220) notch shape (e.g., FIG 5X-5Y 5094) defined by the dividing line. 在这些实施例的某些内,切口形状提供了第一部分中的文件夹图标的位置的视觉指示。 In certain of these embodiments, the shape of the notch provides a visual indication of the first portion of the folder icon position. 例如,在图5X-5Y中,切口形状5094指向与文件夹视图5092相关联的文件夹图标5004-7。 For example, in FIG 5X-5Y, the shape of the cutout 5094 and the point view of the file folder associated with the folder icon 5092 5004-7.

[0373] 设备在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域内显示(1222)文件夹的内容。 [0373] The device displays (1222) the contents of the folder in the region between the first and second portions. 例如,文件夹的内容包括多个应用图标(例如,图5Y中的5002-4和5002-13或图5EEE中的5002-26、 5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、5002-30、5002-31、5002-32、5002-33、5002-34、5002-35、 5002-36和5002-37),并且如图5X-5Y和图5CCC-5EEE所示,应用图标被露出,就好像它们原本在壁纸下面(例如,就像壁纸是滑动门,该滑动门打开以露出壁纸后面的应用图标)。 For example, the contents of a folder comprising a plurality of application icons (e.g., in FIG 5Y 5002-4 or 5002-13 and 5002-26 in FIG 5EEE, 5002-27,5002-28,5002-29,5002-30, 5002-31,5002-32,5002-33,5002-34,5002-35, 5002-36 and 5002-37), and as 5X-5Y and, an application icon shown in FIG. 5CCC-5EEE is exposed, if they originally wallpaper below (for example, like the wallpaper is sliding door opens to reveal the application icon behind the wallpaper).

[0374] 在某些实施例中,基于文件夹内的可选择用户界面对象的数目确定(1224)第一部分和第二部分之间的区域的大小。 [0374] In certain embodiments, based on the number of selectable user interface object folder is determined (1224) the size of the region between the first and second portions. 例如,在图5Y中,文件夹仅包括两个可选择用户界面对象,因此文件夹视图5092占据远小于半个显示器。 For example, in FIG 5Y, the folder comprising only two selectable user interface objects, so folder view 5092 displays occupy far less than a half. 作为另一个例子,在文件夹包括至少12个可选择用户界面对象的图5EEE中,文件夹视图5170占据多于半个显示器。 As another example, at least 12 folder includes selectable user interface object in FIG 5EEE folder occupies more than half of the display view 5170. 因此,该文件夹视图(例如,5092或5170)仅在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上占据必要的空间,从而在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上留出更多的空间以显示上下文信息(例如,文件夹视图外的其它可选择用户界面对象)。 Thus, the folder view (e.g., 5092 or 5170) only in a display (e.g., touch screen 112) occupy the necessary space, thus leaving more space on the display (e.g., touch screen 112) to display the context information (e.g. folder other optional user interface objects outside the view).

[0375] 在某些实施例中,在检测第一输入之前,设备显示一个或多个另外的可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5X-5AA 中的动作图标5002-1、5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、 5002-8、5002-9、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12 和文件夹图标5004-1-b),并且响应于检测到第一输入,设备视觉区分(1226)(例如,通过突出显示)所述文件夹图标和该一个或多个另外的可选择用户界面对象(例如,通过与文件夹图标的亮度、对比度、色调、饱和度、颜色等相比,改变所述另外的可选择用户界面对象的亮度、对比度、色调、饱和度、颜色等)。 [0375] In certain embodiments, prior to detecting the first input, a display device or a plurality of selectable user interface object further (e.g., 5X-5AA of FIG operation icon 5002-1,5002-2,5002 -3,5002-5,5002-6,5002-7, 5002-8,5002-9,5002-10,5002-11,5002-12 file icons and the folder 5004-1-b), and in response to detecting a first input device visually distinguishing (1226) (e.g., by highlighting) the folder icon and the one or more additional selectable user interface object (e.g., luminance and folder icons, contrast, hue, compared saturation, color, changing brightness of the user interface object further alternative, contrast, hue, saturation, color, etc.). 在某些实施例中,所述另外的可选择用户界面对象的初始亮度、对比度、色调、饱和度、颜色等(例如,在检测第一输入之前)与文件夹图标的亮度、对比度、色调、饱和度、颜色等相同。 In certain embodiments, the user interface object further alternative initial brightness, contrast, hue, saturation, color, etc. (e.g., prior to detecting the first input) and the folder icon brightness, contrast, hue, the same saturation, color. 例如,在图5Y-5V中,设备以正常的不透明度和饱和度显示文件夹图标5004-7,而以减小的不透明度和饱和度显示其它可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5X-5AA中的动作图标5002-1、 5002-2、5002-3、5002-5、5002-6、5002-7、5002-8、5002-9、5002-10、5002-11、5002-12 和文件夹图标5004-1-b)。 For example, in FIG 5Y-5V, the device displays the normal saturation and opacity folder icon 5004-7, and to reduce the opacity and saturation show other alternative user interface object (e.g., 5X-5AA of FIG. the action icon 5002-1, 5002-2,5002-3,5002-5,5002-6,5002-7,5002-8,5002-9,5002-10,5002-11,5002-12 and folders icon 5004-1-b).

[0376] 在某些实施例中,当检测到第一输入时,在设备处于(1228)正常操作模式时执行操作1230-1232。 When performing operations 1230-1232 [0376] In certain embodiments, when the first input is detected, the device is in (1228) the normal operating mode. 在这些实施例的某些中,设备检测(1230)与激活文件夹内的相应可选择用户界面对象相对应的第二输入;并且响应于检测到第二输入,设备执行(1232)与该相应可选择用户界面对象相关联的操作。 Alternatively a respective user interface object in the (1230) with some activation folder, the detection apparatus of the embodiment corresponding to a second input; in response to detecting the second input device performs (1232) the respective selectively operating the user interface object associated. 例如,在图5PPP中,在设备处于正常操作模式时,设备显示文件夹视图5212。 For example, in FIG 5PPP, when the device is in normal operating mode, the device 5212 displays the folder view. 在这个例子中,设备检测在与Stocks应用图标5002-9相对应的位置处的第二输入(例如,敲击手势5214),并且响应于第二输入,设备激活Stocks应用(例如,启动或显示Stocks应用的视图)。 In this example, the device detects Stocks at a position corresponding to the application icon 5002-9 a second input (e.g., tap gesture 5214), and in response to the second input, activating Stocks device applications (e.g., boot or view) Stocks application.

[0377] 在某些实施例中,当检测到第一输入时,在设备处于(1234)用户界面重配置模式时执行操作1236-1238。 When performing operations 1236-1238 [0377] In certain embodiments, when the first input is detected, the device is in (1234) The user interface reconfiguration mode. 在这些实施例的某些中,设备检测(1236)与移动文件夹内的相应可选择用户界面对象的请求相对应的第二输入;并且响应于检测到第二输入,设备移动(1238)文件夹内的该相应可选择用户界面对象。 In certain of these second input device detects embodiment requests the respective selectable user interface object (1236) with the mobile folder corresponding; and in response to detecting the second input, the device moves (1238) the file folder corresponding to the user interface object selectively. 例如,在图5TT中,在设备处于用户界面重配置模式时,设备显示文件夹视图5138。 For example, in FIG 5TT, when the device is in a user interface reconfiguration mode, the device 5138 displays the folder view. 在这个例子中,设备检测第二输入(例如,在触摸屏112上与Stocks应用图标5002-9的位置相对应的位置处的接触5140,以及该接触在触摸屏112上的移动5142),并且如图5SS所示,响应于第二输入,设备根据该输入将文件夹视图内的Stocks应用图标5002-9移动到文件夹视图内的新位置。 In this example, the device detects a second input (e.g., a position on the touch screen 112 and 5002-9 Stocks application icon corresponding to the position of the contact 5140, and the contact on the touch screen 112 moves 5142), and FIG. 5SS shown, in response to the second input, the input apparatus according to the folder icon in the application view Stocks 5002-9 moves to a new position within the view of the file folder.

[0378] 在某些实施例中,当在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域内显示(1240)文件夹的内容时,执行操作1242-1244 :检测(1242)与对第一部分或第二部分的选择相对应的输入。 When [0378] In certain embodiments, when a region between the first portion and the second portion of the display content (1240) folder, 1242-1244 perform the operations of: detecting (1242) the first part or the second portion corresponding to the selection input. 在某些实施例中,响应于检测到该输入,设备停止(1244)显示文件夹的内容(例如,通过将第一部分和第二部分移动到一起而使该区域消失)。 In some embodiments, in response to detecting the input, the device is stopped (1244) shows the contents of a folder (e.g., by the first and second portions to move together so that the region disappears). 例如,在图5UU中,当设备显示包括内容(例如,动作图标5002-9、5002-4、5002-13和5002-8)的文件夹视图5138时,设备检测在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上位于文件夹视图5138外的位置相对应的位置处的第二输入(例如,敲击手势5144),并且响应于检测到第二输入, 如图5VV所示,设备停止显示文件夹视图5138。 For example, in FIG 5UU, when the device comprises a display content (e.g., 5002-8 and action icons 5002-9,5002-4,5002-13) 5138 folder view when the device detects the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen an external view of the folder 5138 112) with a display (e.g., touch screen 112) at a position corresponding to a position at a second input (e.g., tap gesture 5144), and in response to detecting the second input, as shown in FIG 5VV , the device stops displaying the folder view 5138.

[0379] 在某些实施例中,设备进入(1246)用户界面重配置模式;并且当在第一部分和第二部分之间显示(1248)文件夹的内容时:设备检测(1250)与将相应可选择用户界面对象从第一部分和第二部分之间的区域移动到第一部分或第二部分中的请求相对应的输入。 [0379] In certain embodiments, the device enters (1246) the user interface reconfiguration mode; and when the display contents (1248) between the folder and the second portion when the first portion: the device detects (1250) and the corresponding Alternatively the user interface object is moved from a region between the first portion and a second portion corresponding to a request to input a first portion or second portion. 在这些实施例的某些中,响应于检测到该输入,设备从文件夹中移除(1252)相应可选择用户界面对象。 In certain of these embodiments, in response to detecting the input, the device is removed (1252) from the folder corresponding to selectable user interface object. 在某些实施例中,响应于将可选择用户界面对象移出文件夹,停止显示文件夹视图(例如,通过将第一部分和第二部分移动到一起而使该区域消失)。 In some embodiments, in response to selectable user interface objects out of folders, folder view display is stopped (e.g., by the first and second portions to move together so that the region disappears). 例如,在图5YY中,在设备显示文件夹视图5148时,设备检测到与将可选择用户界面对象移出文件夹视图5148 的请求相对应的输入。 For example, in FIG 5YY, when the folder view display device 5148, and the device detects the object out of the selectable user interface 5148 folder view corresponding to a request input. 特别地,设备检测到在触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上App-4应用图标5002-22的位置相对应的位置(例如,图5YY中的第一位置5162-a)处的接触5162,以及该接触到触敏表面(例如,触摸屏112)上与显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上位于该文件夹视图之外的位置相对应的位置的后续移动5164(例如,到图5ZZ所示的第二位置5162-b)。 In particular, the device detects the position of the application icon 5002-22 App-4 with a display (e.g., touch screen 112) on the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the corresponding position (e.g., a first position in FIG 5YY subsequent movement 5164 of the display (e.g., touch screen 112 located at the position of the folder out of view corresponding to a) contacting 5162 5162-a) at, and in contact with the touch-sensitive surface (e.g., touch screen 112) on the position ( For example, FIG. 5ZZ to a second position shown in 5162-b). 在这个例子中,在检测到该移动的停顿超过预定时间段之后,如图5AAA所示,设备停止显示文件夹视图。 In this example, the detection of the movement after a pause exceeds a predetermined period of time, the device stops displaying the folder view in FIG 5AAA. 随后,该可选择用户界面对象(例如,App-4 应用图标5002-22)被移出文件夹,并且被显示在文件夹视图外的可选择用户界面对象的布置内,如图5CCC所示。 Then, the selectable user interface object (e.g., App-4 5002-22 application icon) is moved out of the file folder, and are displayed in a selectable arrangement of user interface object external view of the folder, as shown in FIG 5CCC.

[0380] 在某些实施例中,在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域(例如,图5EEE中的文件夹视图5170)内显示(1254)文件夹的内容的第一部分。 [0380] In certain embodiments, in the region between the first portion and the second portion (e.g., FIG 5EEE the folder view 5170) displays a first portion (1254) the contents of the folder. 在这些实施例的某些中,设备检测(1256)与显示文件夹内容的下一部分的请求相对应的下一部分输入;并且响应于检测到下一部分输入,设备在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域内显示(1258)文件夹内容的第二部分(例如,检测到引发在该区域内显示应用图标的下一页面或应用图标的前一页面的向左或向右的轻拂手势)。 In certain of these requests in the next section, an embodiment of the device detects (1256) and the display contents of the folder at a portion corresponding to the input; in response to detecting the input to the lower part of the device between the first and second portions in the display area (1258) the second part of the contents of a folder (for example, detects lead to a flick gesture to the left or right of the previous page or next page of the application icons application icons displayed in this area). 例如,在图5EEE中,设备在文件夹视图5170内显示文件夹内容中包括第一多个可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5EEE中的5002-26、5002-27、5002-28、5002-29、 5002-30、5002-31、5002-32、5002-33、5002-34、5002-35、5002-36 和5002-37)的第一部分。 For example, in FIG 5EEE, the device in the folder view 5170 displays the contents of the folder comprises a first plurality of selectable user interface object (e.g., in FIG 5EEE 5002-26,5002-27,5002-28,5002- 29, 5002-37 and 5002-30,5002-31,5002-32,5002-33,5002-34,5002-35,5002-36) of the first portion. 响应于检测到扫动手势(例如,接触5176和该接触在触摸屏112上与文件夹视图5170内的位置相对应的位置处的向左移动5178),设备在图5FFF中的显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上的文件夹视图5170内显示文件夹内容中包括第二多个可选择用户界面对象(例如,图5FFF 中的5002-38、5002-39、5002-40、5002-41、5002-42、5002-43)的第二部分。 (Moving at a position, for example, the contact 5176 and the contact on the touch screen 112 locations within the view 5170 and the folder corresponding to the leftward 5178) in response to detecting the swipe gesture, the device displays (e.g., a touch screen in FIG 5FFF of 112 file) folder view 5170 displays the contents of the folder comprises a second plurality of selectable user interface object (e.g., in FIG 5FFF 5002-38,5002-39,5002-40,5002-41,5002-42 , 5002-43) in the second portion.

[0381] 在某些实施例中,在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域内显示(1260)文件夹的内容的第一部分。 [0381] In certain embodiments, a region between the first portion and the second portion of the display (1260) a first portion of the contents of the folder. 在这些实施例的某些中,设备检测(1262)与滚动文件夹内容的请求相对应的滚动输入;并且响应于检测到滚动输入,设备在显示器(例如,触摸屏112)上在第一部分和第二部分之间的区域内横向滚动(1264)文件夹的内容,从而显示内容的第二部分。 In some, the device detects (1262) of these embodiments, a scrolling input requesting scrolling contents of the folder relative; and in response to detection of a scrolling input device in a display (e.g., touch screen 112) on the first portion and horizontal scrolling (1264) the contents of the folder in the region between the two portions, so as to display a second portion of the content. 换言之,在某些实施例中,不是区分文件夹内容的若干部分,而是设备可以响应于检测到滚动输入(例如,如图5EEE所示,轻拂手势,其包括接触5176和该接触在触摸屏112上与文件夹视图内的某个位置相对应的后续移动5178),连续滚动可选择用户界面对象的列表或阵列。 In other words, in some embodiments, portions of the contents of the folder are not distinguished, but the device in response to detecting scroll input (e.g., as shown in FIG 5EEE, flick gesture including contacts 5176 and contacting the touchscreen 112 on a folder in a location view corresponding to subsequent movement 5178), continuous scrolling list of selectable user interface objects or arrays.

[0382] 注意,此处参考方法600、700、800、900、1000、1100(例如,图6A-6E、7A-7C、8A-8C、 9A-9B、10A-10B、IIA-IIC和5A-5PPP)描述的其它处理的细节也以类似方式适用于上面描述的方法1100。 [0382] Note that, here 600,700,800,900,1000,1100 reference method (e.g., FIGS. 6A-6E, 7A-7C, 8A-8C, 9A-9B, 10A-10B, IIA-IIC and 5A- 5PPP) details of other processes described are also applicable in a similar manner to the method 1100 described above. 例如,参考图12A-12E描述的可选择用户界面对象(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004)可以具有此处参考方法600、700、800、900、1000或1100中的任何一个描述的各种可选择用户界面对象/图标/项目中(例如,动作图标5002和文件夹图标5004) 的一个或多个特性。 For example, with reference to FIGS. 12A-12E selectable user interface object (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) described herein can have any one of various methods described herein with reference to the 1100 or 600,700,800,900,1000 selectable user interface object / icons / items (e.g., action icons 5002 and folder icons 5004) of one or more characteristics. 为了简洁起见,此处不再重复这些细节。 For brevity, these details are not repeated here.

[0383] 可以通过在信息处理装置中运行一个或多个功能模块来实现上面描述的信息处理方法中的操作,所述信息处理装置诸如是通用处理器或专用芯片。 [0383] by operating the information processing method to execute one or more functional modules in information processing apparatus described above is achieved, the information processing apparatus such as a general-purpose processors or application specific chips. 这些模块、这些模块的组合、和/或它们与一般硬件(例如,上面参考图1A、图IB和图3描述的)的组合被包括在本发明的保护范围内。 These modules, combinations of these modules, and / or their combination with general hardware (e.g., above with reference to FIGS. 1A, IB and described in FIG. 3) is included in the composition within the scope of the present invention.

[0384] 可由图1A-1C中示出的组件实现上面参考图6A-6E、图7A-7C、图8A-8C、图9A-9B、 图10A-10B、图11A-11C和图12A-12E描述的操作。 [0384] by the assembly illustrated implementation above with reference to FIG. 1A-1C 6A-6E, FIGS. 7A-7C, FIGS. 8A-8C, FIG. 9A-9B, FIGS. 10A-10B, FIGS. 11A-11C and 12A-12E the operations described. 例如,可由事件分拣器170、事件识别器180和事件处理器190实现检测操作608、对象移动操作612和文件夹创建操作624。 For example, sorting by event 170, event recognizer 180, and event handler 190 to achieve the detection operation 608, operation 612, and move the object folder creation operation 624. 事件分拣器170中的事件监视器171检测触敏显示器112上的接触,而事件分派器模块174向应用136-1传递事件信息。 Event sorter 170, event monitor 171 detects contact on a touch-sensitive display 112, event dispatcher module 174 and transfer the event information to application 136-1. 应用136-1的相应事件识别器180将事件信息与各个事件定义186进行比较,并且确定在触敏表面上的第一位置处的第一接触是否对应于预定的事件或子事件,诸如对用户界面上的对象的选择。 Application of a respective event recognizer 136-1 180 compares the event information to respective event definitions 186, and determines whether a first contact at a first location on the touch-sensitive surface corresponds to a predefined event or sub-event, such as a user select the object on the screen. 当检测到某个预定的事件或子事件时,事件识别器180激活与该事件或子事件的检测相关联的事件处理器190。 When detecting a predetermined event or sub-event, event recognizer 180 activates an event or sub-event of the detection of an event associated processor 190. 事件处理器190可以利用或调用数据更新器176、对象更新器177或⑶I更新器178,以更新应用内部状态192。 Event handler 190 may utilize or call data updater 176, object updater 177 or ⑶I updater 178 to update the application internal state 192. 在某些实施例中,事件处理器190访问相应的更新器178以更新应用所显示的内容。 In certain embodiments, the event processor 190 to access the corresponding application updater 178 to update displayed content. 类似地,本领域的普通技术人员将明了可以如何基于图1A-1C所示的组件实现其它处理。 Similarly, those of ordinary skill in the art will understand how other processes can be based assembly shown in FIG. 1A-1C.

[0385] 根据一个实施例,提供了一种用于管理文件夹的方法。 [0385] According to one embodiment, there is provided a method for managing a folder. 该方法包括:在显示器上显示多个可选择用户界面对象;检测第一输入;响应于检测到第一输入,在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置;在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则;和响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准贝Ij,创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹。 The method comprising: displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects on a display; detecting a first input; in response to detecting the first input, said plurality of selectable on a display user interface objects in the first object is moved to the display and a second user interface object in an object adjacent to the plurality of selectable positions; when adjacent to the second object, a first input of the first detection target folder creation meet predetermined criteria; and adjacent to the first object in response to detecting a second object to the first input satisfies a predetermined folder creating quasi shell Ij, create a file containing the first and second objects in the folder.

[0386] 根据一个实施例,提供了一种用于管理文件夹的设备。 [0386] According to one embodiment, there is provided an apparatus for managing a folder. 该设备包括:用于在显示器上显示多个可选择用户界面对象的装置;用于检测第一输入的装置;用于响应于检测到第一输入,在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置的装置;用于在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则的装置;和用于响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹的装置。 The apparatus comprising: means for a plurality of selectable user interface objects on a display; detecting means for a first input; in response to detecting the first input, on a display of said plurality of user selectable interface object to a first object is moved on a display device with a user interface object of the second object adjacent the plurality of selectable positions; when adjacent to meet a predetermined second object, a first input of the first detection target means to create folders criteria; and means for in response to detecting the first input satisfies a predetermined criteria to create the folder, creating means comprising a first and second objects of the folder when the first object is adjacent to the second object.

[0387] 根据一个实施例,提供了一种具有显示器、存储器和一个或多个处理器以执行存储在存储器内的一个或多个程序的多功能设备上的图形用户界面系统。 [0387] According to one embodiment, the system provides a graphical user interface on a multifunction device with a display, a memory, and one or more processors to execute one or more programs stored in the memory. 该图形用户界面系统包括多个可选择用户界面对象;其中:第一输入被检测;响应于检测到第一输入,所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象在显示器上被移动到与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置;在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则;和响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹被创建。 The graphical user interface system includes a plurality of selectable user interface objects; wherein: the first input is detected; in response to detecting the first input, the plurality of selectable user interface object to the first object is moved on the display the second plurality of selectable user interface objects near object position; when the first object is adjacent to the second object, detecting a first input satisfies a predetermined criterion to create folders; and adjacent to the first object in response to the first detecting two object to a first input satisfies a predetermined criteria to create the folder, comprising a first and second objects of the folder is created.

[0388] 根据一个实施例,提供了一种具有图形用户界面的多功能设备。 [0388] According to one embodiment, there is provided a multifunction device having a graphical user interface. 所述图形用户界面显示多个可选择用户界面对象。 The graphical user interface displays a plurality of selectable user interface objects. 该多功能设备包括:用于检测第一输入的装置;用于响应于检测到第一输入,在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置的装置;用于在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则的装置;和用于响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹的装置。 The multifunction device includes: a first detecting means for input; in response to detecting the first input, said plurality of selectable on a display user interface objects in the first object is moved onto the display and a plurality of selectable user interface objects in an object means adjacent the second position; a first object proximate a second object, a first input detection means satisfies a predetermined folder creation criteria; and means for in response to detecting a first input to the first object satisfies a predetermined criteria to create the folder, creating means comprising a first and second objects when the folder adjacent the second object.

[0389] 根据一个实施例,提供了一种多功能设备。 [0389] According to one embodiment, a multifunction device. 该多功能设备包括:显示器;一个或多个处理器;存储器;和一个或多个模块,其中所述一个或多个模块存储在存储器内并且被配置为由一个或多个处理器执行,所述一个或多个模块包括:用于在显示器上显示多个可选择用户界面对象的模块;用于检测第一输入的模块;用于响应于检测到第一输入,在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第一对象移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的第二对象邻近的位置的模块;用于在第一对象邻近第二对象时,检测第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则的模块;和用于响应于在第一对象邻近第二对象时检测到第一输入满足预定的文件夹创建准则,创建包含第一对象和第二对象的文件夹的模块。 The multifunction device includes: a display; one or more processors; memory; and one or more modules, wherein the one or more modules stored in the memory and configured by one or more processors to perform, the said one or more modules comprising: means for a plurality of selectable user interface objects displayed on the display; means for detecting a first input; in response to detecting the first input, on a display of said plurality selectable user interface object in the first object is moved to a second user interface object in an object adjacent to the plurality of selectable positions on the display module; when adjacent to a second object, the first object of detection an input module satisfies a predetermined criteria to create the folder; folder creation predetermined criteria, comprising creating a first and second objects and files in response to the detection of the first object to a second object adjacent the first input satisfies clip module.

[0390] 已经出于解释的目的参考特定实施例描述了前面的描述。 [0390] For purposes of explanation has described the embodiment with reference to the foregoing specific description. 然而,上面的说明性讨论不旨在穷举或将本发明局限于公开的精确形式。 However, the illustrative discussions above are not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed. 根据上面的教导可以做出许多修改和变型。 According to the above teachings many modifications and variations. 选择并且描述这些实施例是为了最好地解释本发明的原理和其实际应用,从而使得本领域技术人员能够最好地利用本发明和具有适合于所构想的特定用途的各种修改的各种实施例。 These embodiments were chosen and described in order to best explain the principles of the invention and its practical application, thereby enabling others skilled in the art to best utilize the invention and various embodiments with various suited to the particular use contemplated modifications Example.

Claims (14)

1. 一种用于管理文件夹的方法,包括: 在显示器上显示多个可选择用户界面对象,所述多个可选择用户界面对象包括第一应用图标和第二应用图标; 检测第一输入; 响应于检测到所述第一输入,在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的所述第一应用图标移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的所述第二应用图标邻近的位置; 在所述第一应用图标邻近所述第二应用图标时,检测所述第一输入是否满足预定的文件夹创建准则; 响应于在所述第一应用图标邻近所述第二应用图标时检测到所述第一输入满足所述预定的文件夹创建准则,创建包含所述第一应用图标和所述第二应用图标的文件夹;以及以文件夹图标取代所述第二应用图标的显示,所述文件夹图标不同于所述第二应用图标。 1. A method for managing a folder, comprising: displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects on a display, the plurality of user interface objects includes a first application and a second application icon to select an icon; detecting a first input ; in response to detecting the first input, on a display of the plurality of selectable user interface objects in said first application icon and moving the plurality of selectable user interface objects on a display a second position adjacent the application icon; application icon when the first icon adjacent to the second application, the first detecting input meets a predetermined criteria to create the folder; in response to the first application icon in the adjacent detecting the first input satisfies the predetermined folder creation application icon when said second criterion, to create a file containing the first application and the second application icon folder icon; and folder icons to the substituted display of the second application icon, a folder icon is different from the second application icon.
2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中检测第一输入是否满足预定的文件夹创建准则包括:在所述第一应用图标邻近所述第二应用图标时,检测所述第一输入的终止。 The method according to claim 1, wherein the first detecting input meets a predetermined criteria to create the folder comprising: when the first application icon in the icon adjacent to the second application, the first detecting input termination .
3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,包括响应于在所述第一应用图标邻近所述第二应用图标时检测到所述第一输入满足所述预定的文件夹创建准则,停止显示所述第一应用图标和所述第二应用图标。 3. The method according to claim 1, comprising in response to detecting said first application icon in the second application icon adjacent to the first input satisfies the predetermined criterion folder creation, ceasing to display the the first application and the second application icon icon.
4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中所述第一输入是在触敏表面上检测到的手势。 4. The method according to claim 1, wherein said first input is detected gesture on the touch-sensitive surface.
5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中以文件夹图标取代所述第二应用图标的显示包括显示所述第二应用图标变成所述文件夹图标的动画。 5. The method according to claim 1, wherein the substituent in the folder icon display of the second application icon comprises displaying the application icon into the second folder icon animation.
6. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,包括:在创建所述文件夹之后:检测第二输入,所述第二输入对应于将所述第一应用图标和所述第二应用图标中的相应的应用图标移出所述文件夹的请求; 当在所述文件夹的创建被确认之前检测到所述第二输入时,删除所述文件夹,并且重新显示所述第一应用图标和所述第二应用图标;以及当在所述文件夹的创建被确认之后检测到所述第二输入时,在继续显示所述文件夹的同时在所述文件夹之外显示所述相应的应用图标。 Detecting a respective second input, the second input corresponds to the first application and the second application icon in the icon: 6. The method according to claim 1, comprising: after creating the folder application icon out of the folder request; when detecting the second input prior to creation of the folder is confirmed, delete the file folder, and re-display the first icon and the second application two application icon; and when said second input is detected after creating the folder is confirmed, the display outside of the folder in the folder while the corresponding application icon continues to be displayed.
7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其中当所述方法检测到与执行某个动作的请求相对应的输入时,文件夹的创建被确认,其中所述动作选自由下列动作组成的集合:打开文件夹、 关闭文件夹、移动文件夹、重命名文件夹、向文件夹添加另外的可选择用户界面对象、进入用户界面重配置模式、离开用户界面重配置模式。 7. The method according to claim 6, wherein when said method detects and requests that an action corresponding to an input, create a folder is confirmed, wherein the action is selected from the set consisting of the following actions: open the folder, the folder closed, moving the folder, renaming a folder, additional selectable user interface objects, enter the user interface reconfiguration mode, leave the user interface reconfiguration mode to the folder.
8. -种用于管理文件夹的设备,包括: 用于在显示器上显示多个可选择用户界面对象的装置,所述多个可选择用户界面对象包括第一应用图标和第二应用图标; 用于检测第一输入的装置; 用于响应于检测到所述第一输入,在显示器上将所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的所述第一应用图标移动到显示器上与所述多个可选择用户界面对象中的所述第二应用图标邻近的位置的装置; 用于在所述第一应用图标邻近所述第二应用图标时,检测所述第一输入是否满足预定的文件夹创建准则的装置; 用于响应于在所述第一应用图标邻近所述第二应用图标时检测到所述第一输入满足所述预定的文件夹创建准则,创建包含所述第一应用图标和所述第二应用图标的文件夹的装置;以及用于以文件夹图标取代所述第二应用图标的显示的装置,所述文件夹图标不同于所述 8. - Species apparatus for managing a folder, comprising: means for displaying a plurality of selectable user interface objects, the plurality of selectable user interface object comprises a first application and a second application icon in the icon on the display; means for detecting a first input; in response to the plurality of selectable user interface on a display of the first object icon is moved to the application display and the multi-detector to the first input, means the position of selectable user interface object icon adjacent to the second application; for application icon when the first icon adjacent to the second application, the first detecting input meets a predetermined folder means creates criteria; in response to detecting the first input satisfies the predetermined criterion folder is created when the first application icon adjacent to the second application icon, comprising creating the first application icons, the second application means the folder icon; and means to replace the second folder icon displayed application icon for the folder icon is different from the 二应用图标。 Two application icon.
9. 根据权利要求8所述的设备,其中用于检测第一输入是否满足预定的文件夹创建准则的装置包括:用于在所述第一应用图标邻近所述第二应用图标时,检测所述第一输入的终止的装置。 9. The apparatus of claim 8, wherein the means for detecting whether the first input of predetermined criteria comprising folder creation met: a first application icon when the application icon adjacent to the second, detection means terminates said first input.
10. 根据权利要求8所述的设备,包括用于响应于在所述第一应用图标邻近所述第二应用图标时检测到所述第一输入满足所述预定的文件夹创建准则,停止显示所述第一应用图标和所述第二应用图标的装置。 10. The apparatus according to claim 8, comprising in response to detecting said first application icon in the second application icon adjacent to the first input satisfies the predetermined criterion folder creation, and stops said first and said second application icon application icon.
11. 根据权利要求8所述的设备,其中所述第一输入是在触敏表面上检测到的手势。 11. The apparatus of claim 8, wherein said first input is detected gesture on the touch-sensitive surface.
12. 根据权利要求8所述的设备,其中用于以文件夹图标取代所述第二应用图标的显示的装置包括用于显示所述第二应用图标变成所述文件夹图标的动画的装置。 12. The display apparatus according apparatus according to claim 8, wherein the substituent for the folder icon to the second application icon comprises an icon for displaying the second application into the folder icon animation means .
13. 根据权利要求8所述的设备,包括:用于在创建所述文件夹之后执行以下操作的装置: 检测第二输入,所述第二输入对应于将所述第一应用图标和所述第二应用图标中的相应的应用图标移出所述文件夹的请求; 当在所述文件夹的创建被确认之前检测到所述第二输入时,删除所述文件夹,并且重新显示所述第一应用图标和所述第二应用图标;以及当在所述文件夹的创建被确认之后检测到所述第二输入时,在继续显示所述文件夹的同时在所述文件夹之外显示所述相应的应用图标。 13. The apparatus according to claim 8, comprising: means for performing the following operations after the folder created for: detecting a second input, the second input corresponds to the first application icon and the app icon out of the second requested application icon in the folder; when detecting the second input prior to creation of the folder is confirmed, delete the file folder, and re-display the first a second application icon and the application icon; and when said second input is detected after creating the folder is confirmed, displaying the outside of the folder in a folder continuously displaying said simultaneous said corresponding application icon.
14. 根据权利要求13所述的设备,其中当所述设备检测到与执行某个动作的请求相对应的输入时,文件夹的创建被确认,其中所述动作选自由下列动作组成的集合:打开文件夹、关闭文件夹、移动文件夹、重命名文件夹、向文件夹添加另外的可选择用户界面对象、进入用户界面重配置模式、离开用户界面重配置模式。 14. The apparatus set according to claim 13, wherein when said device detects and requests that an action corresponding to the relative input, create a folder is confirmed, wherein said action selected from the group consisting of the following actions: open the folder, the folder closed, moving the folder, renaming a folder, additional selectable user interface objects, enter the user interface reconfiguration mode, leave the user interface reconfiguration mode to the folder.
CN 201010592864 2010-04-07 2010-09-25 Method for managing file folder and related equipment CN102033710B (en)

Priority Applications (16)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US32187210P true 2010-04-07 2010-04-07
US61/321,872 2010-04-07
US12/888,362 2010-09-22
US12/888,376 2010-09-22
US12/888,362 US10025458B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2010-09-22 Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders
US12/888,370 2010-09-22
US12/888,373 2010-09-22
US12/888,373 US8881061B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2010-09-22 Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders
US12/888,377 US8458615B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2010-09-22 Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders
US12/888,377 2010-09-22
US12/888,376 US9170708B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2010-09-22 Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders
US12/888,366 US8423911B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2010-09-22 Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders
US12/888,375 US20110252349A1 (en) 2010-04-07 2010-09-22 Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface for Managing Folders
US12/888,370 US8881060B2 (en) 2010-04-07 2010-09-22 Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing folders
US12/888,375 2010-09-22
US12/888,366 2010-09-22

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN102033710A CN102033710A (en) 2011-04-27
CN102033710B true CN102033710B (en) 2015-03-11

Family

ID=43304668

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN 201010592864 CN102033710B (en) 2010-04-07 2010-09-25 Method for managing file folder and related equipment

Country Status (1)

Country Link
CN (1) CN102033710B (en)

Cited By (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8893033B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2014-11-18 Microsoft Corporation Application notifications
US8922575B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2014-12-30 Microsoft Corporation Tile cache
US8933952B2 (en) 2011-09-10 2015-01-13 Microsoft Corporation Pre-rendering new content for an application-selectable user interface
US8935631B2 (en) 2011-09-01 2015-01-13 Microsoft Corporation Arranging tiles
US8990733B2 (en) 2010-12-20 2015-03-24 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Application-launching interface for multiple modes
US9015606B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2015-04-21 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Presenting an application change through a tile
US9052820B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-06-09 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-application environment
US9104440B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-08-11 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-application environment
US9146670B2 (en) 2011-09-10 2015-09-29 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Progressively indicating new content in an application-selectable user interface
US9158445B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-10-13 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Managing an immersive interface in a multi-application immersive environment
US9213468B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2015-12-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Application reporting in an application-selectable user interface
US9244802B2 (en) 2011-09-10 2016-01-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Resource user interface
US9329774B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2016-05-03 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Switching back to a previously-interacted-with application
USD757084S1 (en) 2014-09-02 2016-05-24 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user
US9383917B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2016-07-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Predictive tiling
US9423951B2 (en) 2010-12-31 2016-08-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Content-based snap point
US9557909B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2017-01-31 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Semantic zoom linguistic helpers
US9658766B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2017-05-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Edge gesture
USD803850S1 (en) 2015-06-05 2017-11-28 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
USD817987S1 (en) 2015-03-09 2018-05-15 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface

Families Citing this family (97)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8225231B2 (en) 2005-08-30 2012-07-17 Microsoft Corporation Aggregation of PC settings
CN102789353A (en) * 2011-05-20 2012-11-21 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Method and device for operating desktop objects on touch screen mobile devices
KR101891803B1 (en) * 2011-05-23 2018-08-27 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for editing screen of mobile terminal comprising touch screen
CN102841905B (en) * 2011-06-24 2016-06-01 联想(北京)有限公司 Electronic device and method for storage management
CN102221931B (en) * 2011-06-28 2016-06-15 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Touch type electronic device and a method of moving function icons
CN102866841A (en) * 2011-07-04 2013-01-09 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 File dragging method and system
TWI480794B (en) * 2011-07-10 2015-04-11 Compal Electronics Inc Information display method and electronic device
JP5799628B2 (en) * 2011-07-15 2015-10-28 ソニー株式会社 The information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
KR101830653B1 (en) * 2011-07-18 2018-02-21 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile device and control method for the same
KR101838031B1 (en) * 2011-07-21 2018-03-13 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for managing icon in portable terminal
CN102306080A (en) * 2011-08-25 2012-01-04 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Touch electronic device and icon moving method
CN102999286A (en) * 2011-09-16 2013-03-27 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 System and method for quickly creating folder
CN102298502A (en) * 2011-09-26 2011-12-28 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Touch type electronic device and a method for paging icon
JP5801673B2 (en) * 2011-09-28 2015-10-28 京セラ株式会社 Electronic devices, methods, and programs
CN103106209B (en) * 2011-11-11 2017-05-24 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Method and system for determining the compatibility of the file
KR20140030279A (en) * 2011-11-16 2014-03-11 후아웨이 디바이스 컴퍼니 리미티드 Operation interface management method, apparatus and mobile terminal
CN103135911B (en) * 2011-11-28 2015-12-09 联想(北京)有限公司 An information processing method, and an electronic terminal
KR101873744B1 (en) * 2011-11-29 2018-07-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling the same
CN103164192A (en) * 2011-12-08 2013-06-19 上海未来宽带技术股份有限公司 Individuation interface forming method and system for set top box
CN102495708B (en) * 2011-12-16 2014-05-14 上海华勤通讯技术有限公司 Mobile terminal and operating method for standby interface of mobile terminal
KR20130071908A (en) * 2011-12-21 2013-07-01 삼성전자주식회사 Device and method for editing screen in wireless terminal
CN103176688B (en) * 2011-12-26 2016-01-13 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Method and apparatus for application in the
CN103176729A (en) * 2011-12-26 2013-06-26 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Method and terminal of gathering icons of touch interface
CN102723091B (en) * 2011-12-30 2017-02-01 新奥特(北京)视频技术有限公司 One kind of straw method uploaded eng material collected based Electronic News
CN103186336B (en) * 2011-12-30 2016-07-06 联想(北京)有限公司 One kind of adjusting method and device icon
KR20130080179A (en) * 2012-01-04 2013-07-12 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for managing icon in portable terminal
CN103246426B (en) * 2012-02-10 2018-02-13 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Method and apparatus for implementing a plurality of icons for processing
US8812983B2 (en) * 2012-02-17 2014-08-19 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Automatic magnification and selection confirmation
KR101873413B1 (en) * 2012-02-17 2018-07-02 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and control method for the mobile terminal
US9778829B2 (en) 2012-02-17 2017-10-03 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Magnification based on eye input
CN103294385B (en) * 2012-03-05 2016-12-28 联想(北京)有限公司 A method and apparatus for information associated
US9285980B2 (en) 2012-03-19 2016-03-15 Htc Corporation Method, apparatus and computer program product for operating items with multiple fingers
US20130311934A1 (en) * 2012-05-16 2013-11-21 Compal Electronics, Inc. Method for displaying multi menu pages in one window of multi-touch-sensitive display unit of computing device and computing device applying the method
CN102799348A (en) * 2012-06-13 2012-11-28 北京小米科技有限责任公司 Method and device for icon edition on terminal adopting touch screen
CN102799357A (en) * 2012-06-20 2012-11-28 华为终端有限公司 Method for creating folder on user interface and terminal
KR20140007163A (en) * 2012-07-09 2014-01-17 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for providing a clipboard for mobile apparatus
CN102830907B (en) * 2012-07-13 2016-09-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A mobile terminal and method for placing icons touchscreen
KR20140010596A (en) * 2012-07-16 2014-01-27 삼성전자주식회사 Control method for terminal using touch and gesture input and terminal thereof
CN102789365A (en) * 2012-07-19 2012-11-21 华为终端有限公司 File folder creation method and device
CN102830911B (en) * 2012-07-30 2015-02-11 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Method for rapidly dragging application program to switch pages
JP5584806B2 (en) * 2012-09-25 2014-09-03 シャープ株式会社 Set-top boxes, display system, a display device, a television receiver, a control method, program, and recording medium
KR20140040401A (en) * 2012-09-26 2014-04-03 삼성전자주식회사 Method for providing one hand control mode and an electronic device thereof
CN103699552A (en) * 2012-09-27 2014-04-02 百度在线网络技术(北京)有限公司 Method and device for managing computer files, and equipment
KR20140042270A (en) * 2012-09-28 2014-04-07 삼성전자주식회사 Method for executing for application and an electronic device thereof
KR20140058212A (en) * 2012-11-06 2014-05-14 삼성전자주식회사 Method for displaying category and an electronic device thereof
CN103049168B (en) * 2012-11-09 2016-04-20 小米科技有限责任公司 A communication processing method of recording data, installations and equipment
CN103019812B (en) * 2012-11-20 2015-12-09 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Application deployment method of a multi-user terminal device and a terminal device
CN103853445B (en) * 2012-12-05 2017-05-24 华为技术有限公司 A method of controlling an icon and equipment
CN103870755B (en) * 2012-12-10 2016-06-29 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Method and apparatus for transferring files between a plurality of users of the same electronic device
CN103902203B (en) * 2012-12-24 2017-08-29 联想(北京)有限公司 Display processing method and apparatus, an information processing method and apparatus
KR20140097810A (en) * 2013-01-30 2014-08-07 삼성전자주식회사 Method for controlling layout and an electronic device thereof
CN103150079B (en) * 2013-02-01 2018-04-13 Tcl集团股份有限公司 An application icon management method and apparatus based on Firefox OS platform
CN103106005A (en) * 2013-02-17 2013-05-15 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Method and device for arranging status bar icons of mobile appliance
CN104035649A (en) * 2013-03-04 2014-09-10 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Bookmark display method and device
US9195388B2 (en) * 2013-03-15 2015-11-24 Apple Inc. Specifying applications to share in a shared access mode
CN104063403B (en) * 2013-03-22 2019-03-26 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 A kind of method and system of web page interlinkage management in pair of browser
CN104077008B (en) * 2013-03-25 2017-11-07 联想(北京)有限公司 A display method and an electronic device
KR20140130778A (en) * 2013-05-02 2014-11-12 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for file management using thumbnails
JP2015022567A (en) * 2013-07-19 2015-02-02 富士ゼロックス株式会社 Information processing apparatus and information processing program
CN104216699B (en) * 2013-08-07 2017-11-10 侯金涛 Html5 one kind of icon-based display system
CN104423789B (en) * 2013-09-09 2018-07-06 联想(北京)有限公司 Information processing method, and electronic equipment
TWI514241B (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-12-21 Synology Inc Method of managing icons on a screen
CN104657046A (en) * 2013-11-18 2015-05-27 联想(北京)有限公司 An information processing method and an electronic device
CN103616982B (en) * 2013-11-22 2017-06-06 华为终端有限公司 New method for file folders on a touch screen device and touch screen devices
US20160313893A1 (en) * 2013-12-20 2016-10-27 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Method for opening file in folder and terminal
WO2015096032A1 (en) 2013-12-24 2015-07-02 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Batch processing method and terminal
CN103902158B (en) * 2014-03-18 2017-08-25 深圳市艾优尼科技有限公司 A management application icon method and terminal
CN104133651B (en) * 2014-07-28 2017-12-26 联想(北京)有限公司 An information processing method and an electronic device
CN105468224B (en) * 2014-09-03 2018-12-04 富泰华工业(深圳)有限公司 Classification desktop icon display method and system
CN104267895B (en) * 2014-09-12 2018-08-14 上海闻泰电子科技有限公司 Method for enhancing the effect of interface apparatus by the direction sensing device
CN104391621A (en) * 2014-11-11 2015-03-04 北京元心科技有限公司 Management operating method for application programs on mobile terminal
CN104331247A (en) * 2014-11-20 2015-02-04 上海斐讯数据通信技术有限公司 System and method for automatically sensing user intentions by icons
CN105653079A (en) * 2014-12-02 2016-06-08 天津富纳源创科技有限公司 Touch control apparatus
CN104615337B (en) * 2015-02-27 2019-01-15 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 A kind of main interface icon management method and device applied to intelligent terminal
CN104735465B (en) * 2015-03-31 2019-04-12 北京奇艺世纪科技有限公司 The method and device of plane pattern advertisement is implanted into video pictures
CN106155457A (en) * 2015-04-01 2016-11-23 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 Message reminding method and device
CN104866095A (en) * 2015-05-18 2015-08-26 努比亚技术有限公司 Mobile terminal, and method and apparatus for managing desktop thereof
CN104866179A (en) * 2015-05-29 2015-08-26 小米科技有限责任公司 Method and apparatus for managing terminal application program
CN104978400A (en) * 2015-06-04 2015-10-14 无锡天脉聚源传媒科技有限公司 Method for generating video album name and apparatus
CN104978403B (en) * 2015-06-04 2018-08-24 无锡天脉聚源传媒科技有限公司 Kinds of video generation method and apparatus for the album name
CN104866203B (en) * 2015-06-23 2018-07-06 联想(北京)有限公司 Of applications processing method, apparatus, and an electronic device
CN105824520A (en) * 2015-06-29 2016-08-03 维沃移动通信有限公司 Desktop icon batch processing method and mobile terminal
CN105068714B (en) * 2015-08-10 2019-02-05 联想(北京)有限公司 A kind of display control method and electronic equipment
CN105045491B (en) * 2015-09-15 2018-01-19 北京金山安全软件有限公司 An application icon control method and apparatus
CN105892874A (en) * 2015-11-06 2016-08-24 乐视移动智能信息技术(北京)有限公司 Method and device for generating folder, and terminal equipment
CN105892790A (en) * 2015-11-11 2016-08-24 乐视移动智能信息技术(北京)有限公司 Folder editing method and apparatus, and terminal device
CN105653122A (en) * 2015-12-21 2016-06-08 东莞酷派软件技术有限公司 Method for operating icon, and terminal
CN105739829A (en) * 2016-01-29 2016-07-06 深圳天珑无线科技有限公司 Method and system for emptying application icons in folder
WO2017143482A1 (en) * 2016-02-22 2017-08-31 康志强 Smart-watch software display method and system
CN105607815A (en) * 2016-03-16 2016-05-25 深圳市万普拉斯科技有限公司 Method and device for managing icons
CN105892801A (en) * 2016-03-25 2016-08-24 乐视控股(北京)有限公司 Desktop icon processing method and terminal
CN105892802A (en) * 2016-03-25 2016-08-24 乐视控股(北京)有限公司 Desktop icon arrangement method and terminal
CN105871398A (en) * 2016-05-31 2016-08-17 努比亚技术有限公司 Information display method and mobile terminal
CN106126330A (en) * 2016-06-23 2016-11-16 网易(杭州)网络有限公司 An application switching method and device
CN106126111A (en) * 2016-06-30 2016-11-16 珠海市魅族科技有限公司 File moving method and device and terminal equipment
CN106101637A (en) * 2016-07-12 2016-11-09 姜正红 Visual system for realizing multi-interface display and function operation in virtual environment
CN106406662A (en) * 2016-09-13 2017-02-15 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Management method and system of application with function of generating replications

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1941874A (en) * 2005-07-13 2007-04-04 佳能株式会社 Image processing apparatus and control method therefor

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7370281B2 (en) * 2002-02-22 2008-05-06 Bea Systems, Inc. System and method for smart drag-and-drop functionality
JP4239090B2 (en) * 2004-01-08 2009-03-18 富士フイルム株式会社 File management program
US7908569B2 (en) * 2006-08-10 2011-03-15 Nokia Corporation Creating virtual targets in directory structures

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1941874A (en) * 2005-07-13 2007-04-04 佳能株式会社 Image processing apparatus and control method therefor

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8990733B2 (en) 2010-12-20 2015-03-24 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Application-launching interface for multiple modes
US9229918B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2016-01-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Presenting an application change through a tile
US9213468B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2015-12-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Application reporting in an application-selectable user interface
US9015606B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2015-04-21 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Presenting an application change through a tile
US9423951B2 (en) 2010-12-31 2016-08-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Content-based snap point
US9383917B2 (en) 2011-03-28 2016-07-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Predictive tiling
US9052820B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-06-09 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-application environment
US9104307B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-08-11 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-application environment
US9104440B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-08-11 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-application environment
US9535597B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2017-01-03 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Managing an immersive interface in a multi-application immersive environment
US9158445B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2015-10-13 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Managing an immersive interface in a multi-application immersive environment
US9658766B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2017-05-23 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Edge gesture
US9329774B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2016-05-03 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Switching back to a previously-interacted-with application
US8893033B2 (en) 2011-05-27 2014-11-18 Microsoft Corporation Application notifications
US8935631B2 (en) 2011-09-01 2015-01-13 Microsoft Corporation Arranging tiles
US8922575B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2014-12-30 Microsoft Corporation Tile cache
US9557909B2 (en) 2011-09-09 2017-01-31 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Semantic zoom linguistic helpers
US9146670B2 (en) 2011-09-10 2015-09-29 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Progressively indicating new content in an application-selectable user interface
US8933952B2 (en) 2011-09-10 2015-01-13 Microsoft Corporation Pre-rendering new content for an application-selectable user interface
US9244802B2 (en) 2011-09-10 2016-01-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Resource user interface
USD757084S1 (en) 2014-09-02 2016-05-24 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user
USD817987S1 (en) 2015-03-09 2018-05-15 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
USD842890S1 (en) 2015-03-09 2019-03-12 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface
USD803850S1 (en) 2015-06-05 2017-11-28 Apple Inc. Display screen or portion thereof with animated graphical user interface

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN102033710A (en) 2011-04-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9436374B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for scrolling a multi-section document
US8972903B2 (en) Using gesture to navigate hierarchically ordered user interface screens
US9436381B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and annotating an electronic document
JP5859508B2 (en) Devices with an interactive pop-up view, methods, and graphical user interface
AU2012268384B2 (en) Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for providing control of a touch-based user interface absent physical touch capabilities
CN104536690B (en) Operation using multi-contact gestures form an electronic device, a method and apparatus
CN103403663B (en) Means for manipulating soft keyboard, Method, and Graphical User Interface
AU2011282703B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for reordering the front-to-back positions of objects
US8799826B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for moving a calendar entry in a calendar application
US8525839B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for providing digital content products
CN104169857B (en) For access to a locked device application devices, methods and graphical user interface
US8799815B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for activating an item in a folder
US8438504B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating through multiple viewing areas
CN102754062B (en) Content display mode and a display having a means for rotating inspired, Method, and Graphical User Interface
US9442654B2 (en) Apparatus and method for conditionally enabling or disabling soft buttons
CN102763074B (en) Automatically determine the keyboard layout
CN103218148B (en) Means arranged for interacting with a user interface constrained, Method, and Graphical User Interface
US9094534B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for configuring and implementing restricted interactions with a user interface
US9857941B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for navigating and displaying content in context
US8621379B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for creating and using duplicate virtual keys
EP2529292B1 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for resizing objects
US9823831B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing concurrently open software applications
US20120032891A1 (en) Device, Method, and Graphical User Interface with Enhanced Touch Targeting
US8274536B2 (en) Smart keyboard management for a multifunction device with a touch screen display
US9052926B2 (en) Device, method, and graphical user interface for managing concurrently open software applications

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: DE

Ref document number: 1157462

Country of ref document: HK

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: DE

Ref document number: 1157454

Country of ref document: HK

C14 Grant of patent or utility model
C53 Correction of patent for invention or patent application
COR Change of bibliographic data

Free format text: CORRECT: INVENTOR; FROM: I. JODRY TO: I. JODRY VAN OS MARCEL

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: WD

Ref document number: 1157462

Country of ref document: HK

REG Reference to a national code

Ref country code: HK

Ref legal event code: GR

Ref document number: 1157454

Country of ref document: HK